initial commit of ebook 13701HEADmain

1 files changed, 8864 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/13701-8.txt b/13701-8.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3f2d082
--- /dev/null
+++ b/13701-8.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,8864 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898, V7,
+1588-1591, by Emma Helen Blair
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898, V7, 1588-1591
+
+Author: Emma Helen Blair
+
+Release Date: October 11, 2004 [EBook #13701]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Jeroen Hellingman and the Distributed Proofreaders Team
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898
+
+explorations by early navigators, descriptions of the islands and
+their peoples, their history and records of the catholic missions,
+as related in contemporaneous books and manuscripts, showing the
+political, economic, commercial and religious conditions of those
+islands from their earliest relations with European nations to the
+close of the nineteenth century
+
+Volume VII, 1588-1591
+
+
+
+Edited and annotated by Emma Helen Blair and James Alexander Robertson
+with historical introduction and additional notes by Edward Gaylord
+Bourne.
+
+
+
+
+Contents of Volume VII
+
+
+
+Preface ...   9
+Documents of 1588
+
+	Relation of the Philipinas Islands. Domingo de Salazar,
+	and others; Manila, 1586-88 ...  29
+	Letter to Felipe II. Santiago de Vera, and others;
+	Manila, June 26 ...  52
+	Letter to Felipe II. Domingo de Salazar; Manila,
+	June 27 ...  64
+
+Documents of 1589
+
+	Excerpt from a letter from the viceroy of India. Manuel
+	de Sousa Coutinho; Goa, April 3 ...  79
+	Letter to Felipe II. Santiago de Vera; Manila, June
+	13 ...	83
+	Conspiracy against the Spaniards. Santiago de Vera,
+	and others; Manila, May-July ...  95
+	Letter to Felipe II. [Gaspar] de Ayala; Manila,
+	July 15 ... 112
+	Decree regarding commerce. Felipe II; San Lorenzo,
+	August 9 ... 137
+	Instructions to Gomez Perez Dasmariñas. Felipe II;
+	San Lorenzo, August 9  ... 141
+	Customs of the Tagalogs (two relations). Juan de
+	Plasencia, O.S.F.; Manila, October 21 ... 173
+
+Documents of 1590
+
+	Letter from Portugal to Felipe II. [Lisboa?] ... 199
+	Decree ordering a grant to Salazar. Felipe II; Madrid,
+	April 12 ... 205
+	Letter from members of the suppressed Audiencia to
+	Felipe II. Santiago de Vera, and others; Manila,
+	June 20 ... 208
+	The Chinese and the Parián at Manila. Domingo de
+	Salazar; Manila, June 24 ... 212
+	Two letters to Felipe II. Domingo de Salazar; Manila,
+	June 24 ... 239
+	Decree regulating commerce. Felipe II; San Lorenzo,
+	July 23 ... 262
+
+The collection of tributes in the Filipinas Islands. Domingo de
+Salazar, and others; Manila, 1591 ... 265
+Bibliographical Data ... 319
+
+
+
+
+
+Illustrations
+
+
+
+	Autograph signature of Doctor Santiago de Vera; photographic
+	facsimile from MS. in Archivo general de Indias, Sevilla ...
+	61
+	Autograph signature of Juan de Plasencia, O.S.F.; photographic
+	facsimile from MS. in Archivo general de Indias, Sevilla
+	... 187
+
+
+
+
+Preface
+
+
+Important events and changes occur during the four years included
+in the scope of this volume. The Audiencia is suppressed, and in
+its place is sent a royal governor; the instructions given to him
+embody many of the reforms demanded by the people through their
+envoy Sánchez. Extensive and dangerous conspiracies among the natives
+against the Spaniards are discovered, and severely punished. Trade
+between Nueva España and China is beginning, and seems to menace the
+welfare of the Philippine colony. A large immigration of Chinese to
+the islands has set in, and is already seriously affecting economic
+interests there. The city of Manila, recently destroyed by fire, is
+being rebuilt, this time mainly with brick and stone. As usual, there
+is much friction between the ecclesiastical and secular authorities,
+largely concerning the collection of tributes from the Indians;
+the most prominent figure in these contentions is the aged but fiery
+bishop, Salazar.
+
+Shortly after the Jesuit Sánchez had gone to Spain as envoy of the
+Philippine colonists, a document was prepared (December 31, 1586),
+by order of the Manila cabildo, to be sent to him for use at the
+Spanish court. As this was lost on the "Santa Ana," and as Bishop
+Salazar regards the supply of missionaries in the islands as very
+inadequate, he applies (June 3, 1588) to the cabildo for another copy
+of such part of this document as relates to the religious needs of the
+natives. This he sends (June 25) to the royal Council of the Indias,
+with considerable additions regarding certain islands not mentioned
+in the cabildo's memorial. This document gives much interesting
+information, not only on religious matters, but on the social and
+economic conditions of both Spaniards and natives in the islands. In
+each island or province are enumerated the population, both native
+and Spanish; the number of Spanish troops, also of encomiendas and
+tributarios; the number of convents and their inmates; the religious
+and ecclesiastics, not only those resident, but those needed among
+the natives; the officials employed by the government; the Chinese
+immigrants and their occupations; the articles for sale in the public
+market; and the imports and exports at Manila. The writer relates many
+things of interest regarding the natural resources and products of the
+country, the mode of life of both Spaniards and natives, the means of
+defense possessed by the colony, the Indians who are not as yet under
+Spanish rule. All this affords a valuable and curiously interesting
+picture of the colony and its life; but Salazar, in presenting it,
+is mainly concerned with the great need of more religious instruction
+for the natives, and earnestly entreats the king to send more friars
+and ecclesiastics for the purpose.
+
+A letter from Santiago de Vera to the king (dated June 26, 1588)
+gives his report for the past year. He recounts the exploits of the
+English adventurer Candish against Spanish commerce. Hereafter the
+ships which carry goods from the Philippines will be armed with cannon
+and other means of defense. Vera asks for more artillery with which
+to defend the islands, which are menaced by great dangers in their
+present weak condition. He has built some galleys, but would prefer
+some light ships for navigation among the islands. The new fort at
+Manila is described; it will, when completed, be sufficient defense
+for the city. The governor also enumerates the artillery which he
+has, and asks that more be provided by the home government. He has
+punished the royal officials for engaging in trade. Vera advises
+that the sale of certain public offices be deferred for some years,
+until the colony shall be more prosperous.
+
+On the next day (June 27) Salazar writes to the king. He defends
+himself against the royal reprimand for his dissensions with the
+Audiencia. Further information is given regarding the capture of
+Spanish ships by Candish. The resulting losses of citizens in the
+islands are very great, and still more serious is the loss of Spanish
+prestige in the archipelago. In Mindanao, Moslem missionaries are
+conducting an extensive propaganda. The bishop complains that in
+his diocese the churches, as well as their furniture, are often so
+wretched and inadequate that they are a disgrace to religion, and are
+"not fit to be entered by horses." This arises from the penuriousness
+or the poverty of the encomenderos; nothing can be expected from
+the natives, who are "so harassed and afflicted with public and
+private undertakings that they are not able to take breath." The
+bishop regards the calamities that have befallen the Spaniards as
+punishments inflicted on them by God for their evil treatment of the
+Indians. He recommends that many religious be sent to the islands,
+who will be protectors of the natives; also that a governor be sent
+who is not ruled by selfish or family interests. Salazar complains
+of the harshness and severity shown by the viceroy of Nueva España,
+especially as the latter will not allow certain Dominican friars to go
+to the Philippines; and as he has injured the commerce of the islands
+by his restrictive measures--especially by selling the vessel "Saint
+Martin" to a Mexican merchant to be used in the Chinese trade. The
+wreck of that ship at sea he regards as a punishment from heaven. He
+urges that trade from Mexico to China be stopped, and that the viceroy
+of Nueva España be ordered to send aid to the Philippines, especially
+of troops and military supplies, and not to meddle with the decisions
+of the Audiencia there regarding customs duties, etc. Salazar objects
+to the presence of so many Chinamen in the islands.
+
+An extract from a letter of the viceroy of India to the king (April 3,
+1589) complains that some of his officers have violated the prohibition
+of intercourse with China and the Philippines. He has sent officials
+to Macao to quell disturbances there, and order has been given that
+all Castilians there shall be sent away. He is greatly opposed to
+the trade which has begun between Mexico and China, and thinks that
+rigorous measures should be taken against it.
+
+Vera writes (July 13) to the king imploring reenforcements and
+supplies for the islands. Three Spaniards, among them a Franciscan
+friar, have been treacherously slain by the Borneans. This proves to
+be the outcome of a general conspiracy among the Filipinos, Borneans,
+and other peoples to attack and drive out the Spaniards. The plotters
+are detected and severely punished. Certain public offices have been
+sold, account for which is rendered by the governor. He is endeavoring
+to secure a small fleet of trading ships, but is obliged to ask
+aid for this from the royal treasury. Not only ships, but sailors
+and carpenters are needed, who should be paid in the same way. More
+artillery is needed, also to be furnished by royal aid. The Chinese
+trade is continually increasing. The city of Manila is being fast
+rebuilt, and in stone. But the land is unhealthful and the soldiers
+die fast, so that the islands have few men for their defense; and
+again the king is earnestly entreated to order that men and supplies
+be sent at once from Nueva España. The new fort has been injured by
+earthquakes, but Vera is building it more strongly. He complains that
+the friars have neglected his commands to learn the Chinese language
+and instruct the Chinese who live on the islands. The Dominicans alone
+have entered this field; they have achieved great results, and have
+now among the Chinese "a village of Christians." Many more would be
+converted, if it were not for the bishop's order that the long hair
+of the converts should be cut off; accordingly the king orders that
+a conference of religious and learned persons be held, who shall
+take suitable action in regard to this and other matters concerning
+the conversion of the Chinese. Vera complains of the arrogance,
+obstinacy, and high temper of the bishop, and asks that the king
+restrain him. There is no physician in Manila, and one is urgently
+needed in the royal hospital. This document is followed by the notarial
+record of proceedings in the trial of various Indians for conspiracy,
+which is mentioned in Vera's letter. The punishments inflicted upon
+them are specified: in each case, appeal was made to the Audiencia,
+which in some cases modified the penalty, but otherwise affirmed the
+former decision.
+
+Gaspar de Ayala, royal fiscal in the islands, makes his report to
+the king (July 15). He advises that ships for the royal service be
+built in the islands; also that the gold used as currency there be
+exchanged in Nueva España for Spanish coin--both of which measures
+will be of profit to the royal treasury. He renders account of the
+recent sale of offices in the islands, and gives advice regarding
+this method of aiding the royal exchequer. Certain encomiendas
+becoming vacant, Ayala, as fiscal, undertakes to secure them for
+the crown; in this he has difficulties with the governor, who also
+is trying to make trouble for Ayala with the soldiers. The latter
+asks to be relieved from his post in the Philippines, and sent to
+some other. The Chinese trade is meager this year, owing to war and
+pestilence in China; and there are rumors that it is being diverted
+to Peru or Nueva España. If this be true, the Philippine colony will
+be ruined. A second plot against the Spaniards has been revealed,
+this time in Cebú; but the leaders have been captured. The Indians
+of Cagayán have also revolted, and troops have been sent against
+them. Ayala adds, "I am ready to certify that there are few places
+in these islands where the natives are not disaffected." The Spanish
+colony is in great danger, and imperatively needs reenforcements to
+save it from destruction. The galleys at Manila, now useless, should
+be replaced by light sailing-vessels. A further levy of tribute has
+been made on the Indians for the new fortress at Manila: this is an
+oppressive burden for them. Ayala relates at length the dissensions
+between the bishop and the secular authorities; the king is implored
+to settle the question at issue. The bishop has also offended the
+Augustinians, by sending Dominican friars into their field among the
+Chinese residents: The king is asked to send more friars, to instruct
+the natives. The Manila hospital for Indians has no income save of
+alms: Ayala recommends that the Franciscans in charge be allowed to
+sell a certain amount of pepper in Nueva España. The members of the
+Audiencia, and the magistrates and officials appointed during the
+current year are enumerated by name. A fierce tempest has occurred
+at Manila, causing great damage, and destroying all the vessels in
+the harbor except one small one. The expedition sent to Cagayán has
+returned without accomplishing anything except the destruction of the
+crops belonging to the hostile Indians, which will only irritate them
+and incite them to revenge.
+
+A royal decree (dated August 9, 1589) orders the newly appointed
+governor of the Philippines, Gomez Perez Dasmariñas, to repeal the
+import duties levied at Manila on provisions and military supplies,
+also to suppress the retail trade conducted there by the Chinese.
+
+As a result of Sanchez's embassy to Spain, the king and his counselors
+decide to institute many reforms in the Philippines, and to send
+thither a royal governor in place of the Audiencia. For this dignity
+is selected Gomez Perez Dasmariñas, and the king's instructions to
+him (dated August 9, 1589) embody the changes to be made in the
+government and life of the colony. The cathedral at Manila is to
+be built, for which purpose the king appropriates the sum of twelve
+thousand ducados. Similar aid is to be granted to the two hospitals
+at Manila. More religious are to be sent to the islands. The rate of
+tribute from the Indians shall be increased from eight reals to ten;
+this increase shall be used for tithes and the support of troops in
+the islands; and the encomenderos must support religious instruction
+among the natives, and pay tithes. A grant of money for six years
+is made to the city of Manila; but the king declines to abolish
+the customs duties--setting aside their proceeds, however, for the
+payment of the soldiers stationed in the islands--except those on
+food and military supplies. Appointments and encomiendas must be
+given to old citizens, or to soldiers who have done actual service;
+and a list of persons who are to be rewarded for their services is
+furnished to the new governor. Workmen are to be paid at Manila,
+not, as heretofore, at Mexico. Trade with Mexico is restricted to the
+inhabitants of the Philippines. The question whether the Chinese and
+other foreign merchants are to be allowed to sell goods at retail at
+the ports is left to the discretion of Dasmariñas. Only Christian
+Chinese may remain in the islands. Agricultural colonists shall be
+sent thither from Spain, for whom various provisions are made; and it
+is expected that from them the Indians will learn the Spanish methods
+of farming. Cattle and horses are to be sent to the islands; and the
+farmers sent out shall be ordered to tame and breed the wild buffaloes
+found there. Agriculture shall be encouraged in all ways. A convent for
+girls should be established, and its inmates provided with husbands;
+and Indian women should be enabled to marry poor Spaniards. Encomiendas
+must be granted with great care, and must be provided with adequate
+religious instruction. Dasmariñas is advised to settle lawsuits
+amicably out of court, when possible. In disaffected encomiendas,
+only part of the tributes should be collected. Suitable instruction
+for the natives must be provided, and those who are dispersed should
+be gathered into settlements where they can be taught the Christian
+faith. The king appoints Bishop Salazar the official protector of
+the Indians; and the governor is instructed to cultivate friendly
+relations with him. A force of four hundred paid soldiers shall be
+maintained in the islands, and various provisions are made for their
+discipline and welfare. The minimum age for military service is fixed
+at fifteen years, and the enlistment of mestizos is discouraged. The
+city of Manila shall be fortified and garrisoned; and the governor is
+instructed to be on his guard against various enemies, "chiefly of
+the Lutheran English pirates who infest those coasts," and to build
+forts and galleys for the defense of the islands. He is expected
+to continue the conquests begun there by the Spaniards, but only in
+accordance with instructions furnished him. He must do all in his power
+to pacify the Indians in the disaffected provinces. In attempting any
+military expedition, the governor must consult with the most learned
+and experienced men of the community; he may contract with captains or
+encomenderos for the exploration or pacification of hitherto unsubdued
+regions. Provision is made for the instruction of the natives; and
+extortion and oppression of the natives in collecting the tributes
+must be checked. All Indians enslaved by the Spaniards shall be
+immediately set free. All lawsuits concerning the Indians shall be
+settled as promptly and simply as possible. Religious persons sent to
+the islands must remain there, except by permission of the authorities.
+
+Of especial value are two relations (1589) by the Franciscan missionary
+Juan de Plasencia, on the customs of the Tagalogs. He describes their
+social organization, which was originally patriarchal; and rights of
+property, which are partly individual and partly communistic. There
+are three classes among the people--nobles, commoners and slaves. The
+status and rights of each are carefully defined, and the causes and
+kinds of slavery. A somewhat elaborate system of regulations concerning
+inheritances is described, also the status of children by adoption,
+which usage is widely prevalent among the Tagalogs. Marriage,
+dowries, and divorce are fully treated. In the second of these
+relations Plasencia describes their modes of burial and worship,
+and the religious beliefs and superstitions current among that
+people. They have no buildings set aside as temples, although they
+sometimes celebrate, in a temporary edifice, a sort of worship. Their
+chief idol is Badhala, but they also worship the sun and the moon,
+and various minor divinities. They believe in omens, and practice
+divination. A detailed account is given of the various classes of
+priests, sorcerers, witches, etc., in which the natives believed;
+also of the burial rites of both Tagalogs and Negritos.
+
+A letter to the king from Portugal (written early in 1590) gives him
+information which he had requested from Portuguese officials in India,
+regarding the character and results of the trade between the Spanish
+colonies and those established by the Portuguese in India and the
+Eastern archipelago, and China. The continuance of this trade would,
+they think, ruin the prosperity of the settlements in India, and
+greatly injure the commerce of Spain, and deplete that country and her
+colonies of their coin. At Salazar's petition, he receives from the
+king (April 12, 1590) a grant of money toward the payment of debts
+incurred by him in procuring the rebuilding of Manila in stone. On
+June 20 of the same year, the members of the Audiencia, suppressed
+by order of the king and replaced by Dasmariñas, notify the king that
+they have surrendered their posts, and ask him for various favors.
+
+Bishop Salazar writes to the king (June 24) a special communication
+regarding the Chinese (or Sangleys) at Manila. He apologizes for
+having formerly given, under a mistake as to their character,
+a wrong impression of that people; and relates various instances
+of their humane treatment of foreigners in their land. He blames
+the Portuguese for having spread in China false reports about the
+Spaniards, and thinks that by this means the devil is trying to hinder
+the entrance of the gospel into that land. The bishop urges that no
+hostile demonstration be made against the Chinese; for they are most
+favorably inclined to the Christian religion, and many conversions may
+be made among them. Most of Salazar's letter is devoted to the Chinese
+residents of Manila, and their quarters there, which is called the
+Parián. He narrates the gradual increase of the Chinese immigration
+to the islands, their relations with the Spaniards, the establishment
+of the Parián, and his efforts for their conversion. These last are
+ineffectual until the coming of the Dominican friars in 1587; they
+assume the charge of converting the Chinese, and build their convent
+next the Parián, which brings the friars into constant and friendly
+relations with the Chinese. An interesting description of the Parián
+and its inhabitants is given; all trades are represented therein, and
+the people carry on the manufactures to which they were accustomed
+in China, but with a better finish, which they have learned to use
+from the Spaniards. Salazar makes the enthusiastic statement that
+"the Parián has so adorned the city [Manila] that I do not hesitate
+to affirm to your Majesty that no other known city in España, or
+in these regions, possesses anything so well worth seeing as this;
+for in it can be found the whole trade of China, with all kinds of
+goods and curious things which come from that country." Especially
+interesting are the economic effects of their residence there;
+"the handicrafts pursued by Spaniards have all died out, because
+people all buy their clothes and shoes from the Sangleys, who are
+very good craftsmen in Spanish fashion, and make everything at very
+low cost." Salazar admires their cleverness and dexterity in all
+kinds of handiwork especially as they have learned, in less than
+ten years, both painting and sculpture; "I think that nothing more
+perfect could be produced than some of their marble statues of the
+Child Jesus which I have seen." The churches are thus being furnished
+with images. A book-binder from Mexico had come to Manila, and his
+trade has been quickly taken from him by his Chinese apprentice,
+who has set up his own bindery, and excels his master. Many other
+instances of the cleverness, ability, and industry of the Chinese
+are related; and the city is almost entirely dependent on them for
+its food supplies. Not the least of the benefits received from them
+by the city is their work as stone-masons, and makers of bricks and
+lime; they are so industrious, and work so cheaply, that Manila is
+rapidly being rebuilt with substantial and elegant houses, churches,
+and convents, of stone and brick. The day's wage of a Chinaman is one
+real (equal to five cents of American money). So many Chinese are
+coming to Manila that another Parián is being built to accommodate
+them. Nearly seven thousand of them reside there, and in the vicinity
+of Manila, and four Dominican friars labor among them. Salazar reports
+the condition and progress of the missions conducted by that order
+in the islands. Those who minister to the Chinese are securing some
+converts, but many who are otherwise inclined to the Christian faith
+are unwilling thus to exile themselves from their own land. After due
+deliberation, the Dominicans conclude to open a mission in China, and
+in that case to relax the rule compelling converts to cut off their
+hair and foresake their native land. This purpose they are enabled to
+accomplish, after encountering many difficulties, through the aid of
+some Chinese Christians in Manila; and two friars are sent to China,
+Miguel de Benavides and Juan Castro. The Dominicans have also built a
+hospital for the Chinese; it is supported by alms, partly contributed
+by "Sangley" infidels; and its physician is a converted Chinese
+who devotes himself to its service. This institution has won much
+renown and commendation in China. Salazar asks that the king grant
+it some aid, and that he confirm a reward given by the governor to
+the two Christian Chinese who aided the mission to China. Another
+letter from Salazar bearing the same date (June 24) recounts many
+things concerning affairs in the islands. He protests against the
+royal orders to increase the rate of tribute paid by the Indians,
+saying that the king has been misinformed regarding their ability
+to pay. He makes comments on the several royal decrees which have
+come in this year's mail. One commands that the conquerors make
+restitution for the damages inflicted by them upon the natives; but
+they or their heirs are tardy in paying the amounts levied for this
+purpose, and meanwhile the Indians live in great poverty and want. The
+bishop's heart and conscience are harassed not only by this, but by
+the inability of the Spaniards to pay the full amount which is due
+the Indians as restitution; he therefore asks the king to settle this
+matter by remitting part of the amounts thus required. Salazar defends
+himself for having encouraged the Indian slaves (who had been freed
+by royal decree) to leave their Spanish masters; and for obliging the
+Chinese converts to cut off their hair. He also explains, as being
+greatly exaggerated, the accusations brought against his clergy of
+engaging in traffic; and promises to do all in his power to check
+them. One of the decrees settles the question of precedence between
+him and the Audiencia; but, as that tribunal has been suppressed,
+it is now useless. Salazar takes this opportunity to defend himself
+against the aspersions cast upon him in this matter, and in regard
+to certain legal proceedings wherein the Audiencia had claimed that
+he defied its authority. He declares that he always complied with
+its decisions or commands except in a few cases, which he explains in
+detail; and complains that the Audiencia has at various times usurped
+his jurisdiction, of which he relates instances.
+
+In still another letter (of the same date) the bishop thanks his
+sovereign for recent kindness shown him, and for decrees favorable to
+the Philippine colony. The money which the king ordered to be given
+for building the cathedral at Manila has not yet been paid, as the
+royal treasury there is so poor. Salazar comments on certain recent
+decrees by the king: that the friars should not leave the islands
+without permission from the authorities; that tithes be remitted for
+twenty years to new settlers in the islands; and that the processes
+of justice be simplified, and pecuniary fines abrogated. The bishop
+reiterates his complaint against the cruelty and injustice with which
+the Spaniards collect the tributes from the natives, and the dearth
+of religious instruction for the latter; he feels responsible for this
+instruction, yet cannot provide it for lack of religious teachers. If
+more priests can be sent, great results can be achieved. The spiritual
+destitution of that region is so great that "of the ten divisions of
+this bishopric, eight have no instruction; and some provinces have
+been paying tribute to your Majesty for more than twenty years, but
+without receiving on account of that any greater advantage than to be
+tormented by the tribute, and afterward to go to hell." If religious
+teachers are supplied, it will be comparatively easy to complete
+the pacification of the Indians who are now hostile; then the royal
+treasury will receive, from the increase in the tributes, far more than
+it would now expend in sending out the missionaries. The bishop asks
+that, as he is now appointed by the king the protector of the Indians,
+he may have also funds for the expenses and assistants necessary for
+this office; also that the same protection may be extended toward
+the Chinese, who need it even more than the Indians. A royal decree
+(July 23, 1590) orders that the trade with China shall be confined
+for six years to the inhabitants of the islands.
+
+Next follows a long document, a collection of papers (bearing
+various dates in 1591) relating to the collection of tributes in
+the islands. The first is a memorandum of the resources and needs
+of the hospital at Manila; the former are so small, and the latter
+so great, that the institution is badly crippled. A short letter
+by Bishop Salazar (dated January 12) classifies the encomiendas
+according to the amount of religious instruction given therein,
+and lays down the conditions which ought to govern the collection
+of tributes. He declares that the encomendero has not fulfilled his
+obligations to the Indians under him by merely reserving a fourth
+of the tributes for building churches; and advises that the small
+encomiendas be combined to form larger ones. This letter is followed by
+twenty-five "conclusions" (dated January 18) relating to this subject,
+which express the opinions of bishop and clergy on the collection of
+tributes from the Indians. These define the purposes for which this
+tax should be collected, the restrictions under which collections
+shall be permitted, and the respective duties in this matter of the
+encomenderos, ministers of religion, and governors, They declare that
+restitution should be made for all tribute unjustly collected from
+the natives--which includes all that is taken from pagans who have
+not been instructed, or from any Indian by force. Another letter
+by the bishop (dated January 25) accompanies this document. He
+states that he does not desire to forbid the encomenderos from
+personally collecting the tributes. He advises that the amount of
+such collections should be reduced, and that the Spaniards should not
+be too heavily mulcted for the restitutions which should be made to
+the Indians. The governor replies to these communications, expressing
+much interest in the Indians and desire to lighten their burdens. The
+collections should be uniform in rate everywhere, and of moderate
+amount. Certain requirements should be made from the encomenderos,
+especially in regard to the administration of justice; but they must
+be enabled to retain their holdings. The governor wishes to adopt
+some temporary regulations which shall be in force until the king can
+provide suitable measures. On February 15 the city officials and the
+encomenderos present a petition to the governor. They complain of the
+pressure exerted upon them by the clergy and the friars to prevent
+the collection of the tributes; and entreat the governor to interpose
+his authority, and to secure a royal mandate, in order that they may
+collect the tributes without ecclesiastical interference, or else
+to permit them to return to Spain. Salazar answers (February 8) the
+previous letter of Dasmariñas; this reply, and the opinions furnished
+by the religious orders, we synopsize in our text, as being somewhat
+too verbose for the edification of our readers. Salazar answers the
+objections made to his earlier statements, and assures the governor
+that the encomenderos can live on one-third of the tributes, that
+there is no danger of their abandoning their holdings, and that the
+chief obstacle to the conversion of the pagans is the cruelty of the
+Spaniards. He urges the governor to reform the abuses practiced by
+them, and to do justice to the poor Indians; and says that the clergy
+will cooperate with him in this. The heads of the religious orders
+(except the Dominicans) send written opinions on this subject to
+the governor; and the Jesuits discuss certain measures proposed by
+the bishop, with some of which they disagree. The remainder of the
+document on tributes will be presented in _Vol_. VIII.
+
+_The Editors_
+
+September, 1903.
+
+
+
+
+
+Documents of 1588
+
+
+
+	Relation of the Philipinas Islands. Domingo de Salazar,
+	and others; 1586-88.
+	Letter to Felipe II. Santiago de Vera; June 26.
+	Letter to Felipe II. Domingo de Salazar; June 27.
+
+
+
+_Sources_: The first of these documents is obtained from _Cartas
+de Indias_, pp. 637-652; the others, from the original MSS. in the
+Archivo general de Indias, Sevilla.
+
+_Translations_: The first document is translated by James A. Robertson;
+the others, by José M. and Clara M. Asensio.
+
+
+
+Relation of the Philipinas Islands
+
+
+Most potent Sir:
+
+I, the bishop of the Philipinas, declare that to your Highness [1]
+it is evident and well-known that the greater number of the natives in
+these islands are yet to be converted, and that many of those who are
+converted are without instruction, because they have no one to give
+it; and because, even in the districts where there are ministers,
+they are so few, and the natives so numerous, that they cannot give
+the latter sufficient instruction. I have, moreover, been informed
+that in a letter which the cabildo of this city of Manilla wrote to
+your Highness last year there was a section in which they gave your
+Highness information of the districts and localities in these islands
+where instruction is provided, and of those where it is not, and of
+the number of ministers who are necessary to furnish instruction to
+the natives therein. This letter, with all the others which went in
+the said year on the ship "Sancta Ana," was lost. For the relief of
+your royal conscience and my own, and for the welfare of the said
+natives, it is best that an order be given that those natives who are
+converted shall be supplied with ministers to instruct and maintain
+them in the Christian faith; for it is well known that, as soon as
+ministers fail them, they return to their rites and idolatries--in
+some districts, because they have lacked ministers for many years;
+and, in others quite near here, because those religious who had them
+in charge have abandoned them. This is well known to your Highness,
+through the information that has been given your Highness many times
+from this Audiencia. I am ready to furnish you sufficient information
+in this regard, if your Highness be so inclined. It is necessary
+also that ministers be furnished to the natives yet unconverted,
+that they may teach them and look after their conversion, since all
+of these Indians are under the dominion of your Highness, and pay
+tribute, as if they were Christians and received instruction. Unless
+ministers come hither from España, it is impossible to make good
+these deficiencies, or to supply the great lack of instruction. In
+order that this matter may be manifest to your Highness, and that you
+may be pleased to command that a remedy be provided, according to the
+great necessity for instruction in these islands, I ask, and, in order
+that the said need may be more certainly evident to your Highness,
+it is fitting, that the [above-mentioned] section of the said letter
+be sent to your royal hands. I beg and supplicate your Highness that
+you order the notary of the cabildo of this said city to draw up from
+the book of the cabildo one, two, or more copies of the said section,
+publicly and duly authenticated, in order to approach therewith your
+royal person--for which, etc.
+
+_The Bishop of the Philippinas_
+
+
+(In Manilla, on the third day of the month of June in the year one
+thousand five hundred and eighty-eight. The honorable president and
+auditors of the royal Audiencia of these Philipinas Islands being in
+public session, this petition was read; and after examination by the
+said members of the Audiencia, they declared that the request of the
+bishop should be granted.
+
+_Juan de la Paraya_)
+
+
+(In fulfilment of the above order, I, Simon Lopez, notary of the king,
+our lord, and of the cabildo of this distinguished and ever loyal city
+of Manilla, [2] have caused to be made, from the books and papers of
+the cabildo which are in my possession, a copy of the relation which
+is mentioned in the present memoir. It is as follows:)
+
+_Relation of the natives now inhabiting these Western Islands--those
+who are pacified, and from whom tribute is collected, both those who
+are under control of his Majesty and those allotted to encomenderos;
+also of the religious, and the instruction given by them, among the
+natives; of the number of Spanish inhabitants, both in this city of
+Manila and in the settlements outside of it; and of the ministers of
+religion who are needed here_.
+
+
+_Manilla_
+
+This city of Manilla was founded in the island of Luzon, which
+is very fertile and populous. Outside of it, within the circuit
+of five leagues, are settled seven thousand five hundred Indians;
+four thousand of these belong to his Majesty, and the rest, three
+thousand five hundred, are allotted to four encomenderos. There are
+eight Augustinian friars, in four residences, and in another house
+are two Franciscans, one of whom is a lay brother, all of the rest
+being priests. In order that sufficient instruction be furnished the
+Indians, five more religious are needed.
+
+This city has eighty citizens. It contains the cathedral and the
+bishop's house, and the ecclesiastical dignitaries--the latter
+consisting of an arch-deacon, a schoolmaster, two canons, thirteen
+clerics who are priests, and a few candidates for holy orders.
+
+The monastery of St. Augustine, which usually has seven or eight
+religious, four priests, and three brothers and candidates for
+holy orders.
+
+The monastery of St. Francis, which usually has four priests, and
+eleven or twelve other professed members and novices.
+
+Of the Society of Jesus, the father superior, with two other fathers
+and two brothers.
+
+A royal hospital for Spaniards, and another (in the Franciscan
+monastery) for the Indians.
+
+There are, ordinarily, two hundred soldiers in this city, quartered
+among the citizens and in the houses of the Indians near them. These
+soldiers are very poor, and are sustained by alms, as are likewise the
+inmates of the monasteries and hospitals--although four hundred pesos
+are given every year from the treasury, besides two hundred fanégas
+of rice, for the support of four Augustinian religious; and the royal
+hospital possesses an encomienda worth six or seven hundred pesos.
+
+Fifty Spaniards in the city have married Spanish women; and some of
+the others, native Indian women. There are fifteen Spanish widows;
+also eight or ten girls who are marriageable, and some others who
+are very young.
+
+The president and three auditors, one fiscal, one alguaçil-mayor,
+two secretaries--one for the Audiencia, and the other for the
+government--one bailiff, one keeper of the antechamber, two reporters,
+one proctor of the exchequer, four attorneys and as many interpreters,
+[3] four commissioners of examination, two alguaçils of the court,
+one prison warden, the officials of the royal Audiencia, an officer
+to serve executions for the same, and one notary.
+
+The governing body of the city, with two alcaldes-in-ordinary,
+an alguaçil-mayor, twelve regidors, bailiffs, six notaries public,
+two attorneys, a depositary-general, a chancellor, and registrar,
+a superintendent of his Majesty's works, two city watchmen, and one
+for vagabonds.
+
+There are thirty captains, only four of whom have companies in
+this city.
+
+All the above is confined to the said eighty citizens of this city,
+leaving out of account the churches, hospitals, and monasteries. Inside
+this city is the silk-market of the Sangley merchants, [4] with shops
+to the number of one hundred and fifty, in which there are usually
+about six hundred Sangleys--besides a hundred others who live on
+the other side of the river opposite this city; these are married,
+and many of them are Christians. In addition to these there are more
+than three hundred others--fishermen, gardeners, hunters, weavers,
+brickmakers, lime-burners, carpenters, and iron-workers--who live
+outside the silk market, and without the city, upon the shores of the
+sea and river. Within the silk market are many tailors, cobblers,
+bakers, carpenters, candle-makers, confectioners, apothecaries,
+painters, silversmiths, and those engaged in other occupations.
+
+Every day there is held a public market of articles of food, such as
+fowls, swine, ducks, game-birds, wild hogs, buffaloes, fish, bread,
+and other provisions, and garden-produce, and firewood; there are
+also many commodities from China which are sold through the streets.
+
+Twenty merchantmen generally sail hither each year from China, each
+one carrying at least a hundred men, who trade from November until
+May--in those vessels coming hither, living here, and departing
+to their own country, during these seven months. They bring hither
+two hundred thousand pesos' worth of merchandise, only ten thousand
+pesos being in food supplies--such as flour, sugar, biscuits, butter,
+oranges, walnuts, chestnuts, pineapples, figs, plums, pomegranates,
+pears, and other fruits, salt pork, and hams--and in such abundance
+that the city and its environs are supported thereby during the whole
+year, and the fleets and trading-vessels are provisioned therefrom;
+they bring also many horses and cows, with which their land is well
+supplied. For two years, merchantmen have come hither laden with goods
+from Japon, Macaon, Cian [Siam], and other places, in order to trade
+in this city. The people of those countries are consequently becoming
+desirous of our friendship and trade, and many of the inhabitants of
+those nations are being converted.
+
+They carry to their own countries, from this land, gold, wax, cotton,
+dye-woods, and small shells, which latter pass for money in their
+country, being used besides for many things, whereby they are held
+in much esteem. They bring hither silks--figured satins, black and
+colored damasks, brocades and other fabrics--which are now very
+commonly seen, a great quantity of white and black cotton cloth,
+and the above-mentioned articles of food.
+
+Outside of this city and the above-mentioned villages lying within
+five leagues of it, there are seven well-populated provinces in
+this same island of Luzon--namely, Panpanga, Pangasinan, Ylocos,
+Cagayan, Camarines, La Laguna, and Bonbon y Balayan. These include
+three Spanish settlements--namely, Camarines, Ylocos, and Cagayan,
+and have the following number of tributarios [i.e., Indians paying
+tribute] and encomiendas.
+
+
+_The province of Panpanga_
+
+The province of Panpanga has twenty-two thousand tributarios, of
+whom seven thousand belong to his Majesty, and fifteen thousand
+are apportioned among eleven encomiendas. There are eight houses
+of the religious of St. Augustine, and one house of St. Francis, in
+which are sixteen Augustinian priests and one Franciscan. In another
+house is a Dominican, who is a coadjutor of the bishop. All together,
+there are eighteen priests. In order that sufficient instruction be
+given in this province, twenty-six more priests are needed; because,
+at the very least, a thousand tributarios means four thousand people,
+who require two religious--and in this ratio throughout the islands,
+where, it is believed, there will be a great increase of people and
+of their instruction. This province has an alcalde-mayor, and needs
+two corregidors.
+
+This province is fifteen leagues in circuit, and is situated, at the
+very most, a like distance from this city. Between this province and
+that of Pangasinan, which is adjacent to it, there are three thousand
+Indians apportioned between two encomiendas; they are Çanbales, and
+many of them are pacified. Living at a distance of twenty-five or
+thirty leagues from this city are more than three thousand others of
+this same race--brave mountaineers--still to be pacified; and we have
+not the wherewithal to send twenty soldiers for that purpose. This
+entire population is without instruction. It needs six ministers.
+
+
+_The province of Pangassinan_
+
+The province of Pangassinan has five thousand tributarios, pacified,
+but without instruction. It is forty leagues' distance from this city,
+by either land or sea. His Majesty possesses one thousand five hundred
+of its tributarios, and the rest are held by five encomenderos. It
+has one alcalde-mayor. Ten religious are necessary.
+
+
+_The province of Ylocos_
+
+Five leagues beyond Pangasinan, by either land or sea, begins the
+province of Ylocos, which is inhabited for forty leagues inland. It has
+twenty-seven thousand tributarios. Of these the king has six thousand,
+and twenty-one thousand are in fourteen encomiendas. There are three
+Augustinian religious in two houses or districts, and two ecclesiastics
+in two others. Fifty others are needed. There is a considerable
+population of mountaineers who recognize no master. This province
+has an alcalde-mayor, and the [Spanish] population of a small town.
+
+
+_The province of Cagayan_
+
+The province of Cagayan has many rivers and bayous. On its principal
+river, by name Taxo, the city of Nueva Segovia has been founded,
+being situated two leagues inland. This city has forty citizens
+who are encomenderos. It has one Augustinian monastery, containing
+two priests; one alcalde-mayor, two alcaldes-in-ordinary, one
+alguaçil-mayor, and six regidors, who constitute the cabildo;
+and a royal hospital, which has for its income the tribute-money
+collected here for his Majesty. There is a fort with seven large
+pieces of artillery, and an equal number of small pieces--such as
+small culverins and falcons--a number of muskets and arquebuses,
+pikes, and coats-of-mail, which constitute the weapons and armor
+used in this land. For its maintenance this fort has assigned to it
+the tribute from one village, which amounts to about one hundred
+pesos. It has its own governor. The forty citizens of this city
+maintain in addition forty soldiers, who help to pacify, conquer,
+and collect the tribute of the encomiendas. Ten of these citizens
+are married, the remainder single. Twenty-six thousand Indians, of
+whom seven thousand are pacified and pay tribute, are apportioned
+to thirty-three of these citizens--some along the principal river
+Taxo, and the remainder in the districts near the same. Along this
+river and in its neighborhood his Majesty has one thousand seven
+hundred tributarios, of whom a thousand are pacified and pay their
+tribute. This river Taxo is very broad and deep, and large vessels
+can ascend it even to the city. It has an excellent bay. It rises
+fifty leagues inland, and is inhabited along its entire course by the
+above-mentioned people. Its water is excellent, and the whole land is
+quite fertile and healthful, and abounds in rice, swine, fowls, and
+palm-wine; and there is much hunting of buffaloes, deer, wild hogs,
+and birds. A great amount of wax, cotton, and gold is collected in
+this district, in which articles the natives pay their tribute. Two
+leagues opposite the bar of the river Taxo is the dense population of
+the Babuyanes Islands. One island is an encomienda under the control
+of his Majesty, and is said to contain one thousand men. The tribute
+has not been collected, because the inhabitants, it is said, are not
+pacified. The eight other islands are distributed among the seven
+[other] citizens [of Nueva Segovia]. They number three thousand men,
+more rather than less from all of whom their masters collect three
+hundred tributes. All of these islands are distant three or four
+leagues from one another. Sixty priests would be needed for the care
+of these thirty thousand Indians, counting two priests to each thousand
+tributarios. At the present time, sixteen priests are needed for those
+who are pacified, as we have said. These priests are very important
+for the pacification and permanent settlement of the natives, and for
+[the spiritual needs of] the soldiers. This province of Cagayan lies
+seventy leagues from the mainland of China and the coast cities of
+that country. Seventy ministers are necessary, who, with the help and
+protection of the soldiers, will gather the inhabitants together and
+pacify them all, and seek out the rest of the people--who, as we are
+informed, exist in great number as far as Cagayan.
+
+
+_The province of La Laguna_
+
+The province of La Laguna ["the Lake"], commences at the lake--which is
+the body of water above this city of Manilla where the river of this
+city rises, as well as others in the mountain hard by--six leagues
+from this city. [5] It is about twenty leagues in circuit, and in
+this territory, inhabited by eleven thousand Indian tributarios,
+there are twelve religious houses--ten of Franciscans, with fifteen
+priests and nine brothers; one of Augustinians, with three priests;
+and, in the other house, one ecclesiastic. Two thousand seven hundred
+of the inhabitants are his Majesty's, and two thousand four hundred
+[6] are distributed among eight encomenderos. Of all the provinces
+in these islands, this one has the most instruction. It needs three
+more priests. It has one alcalde-mayor, and should have besides one
+corregidor. Near the coast of the bay of this city is the province
+of Bonbon y Balayan.
+
+
+_The province of Bonbon y Balayan_
+
+The province of Bonbon contains the people of the Lake, who amount
+to four thousand men, belonging to the Mariscal. [7] It comprises
+the villages of Batangas, Galbandayun, Calilaya, and the lowlands
+of Balayan, which amount in all to nine thousand tributarios. His
+Majesty has one thousand two hundred of them, and five encomenderos
+seven thousand eight hundred. There are four religious houses--two of
+Augustinians, in Bonbon and Batangas; and the other two of Franciscans,
+in Balayan and Dayun. These houses contain four Augustinian priests,
+and three Franciscan priests and two brothers. Ten more ministers
+are necessary.
+
+
+_Province of Camarines_
+
+The province of Camarines lies fifty leagues from this city. In
+it is located the city of Caçeres, with thirty citizens, who have
+generally thirty soldiers quartered among them. Twenty of these
+citizens are married, six of them to native women. The city has
+its own cabildo and governing body; also a church with one vicar,
+one Franciscan monastery with two priests and two brothers besides,
+and one alcalde-mayor. It could have three more corregidorships.
+
+This province has twenty thousand tributarios, of whom two thousand
+five hundred are his Majesty's, and seventeen thousand five hundred
+are distributed among twenty encomiendas.
+
+There are ten Franciscan houses in this province, besides the convent
+of the city, with eleven priests and eight brothers in all. There
+are two more ecclesiastics in two districts, not counting the curate
+of the city. Twenty more priests are necessary. The faith has had an
+excellent opening in this province of Camarines, and the preaching
+of the gospel has shed its rays far and wide therein. The natives
+are especially inclined to the sacrament of Penitence; and it is a
+thing to marvel at, to see the churches continually filled, especially
+during Lent, with people asking confession.
+
+The people of this province are simple and well disposed. Their
+country is delightful in its location, being healthful and very
+beautiful. The chase yields many wild hogs, deer, and buffaloes;
+and there are many birds, such as hens, ducks of many varieties, the
+smaller birds, and many others. There is a river where fish abound
+in great plenty, especially swordfish, and many black shellfish,
+the latter being gathered at the river. There is much fine scenery
+in this province, and it contains many springs and rivers of fresh,
+clear water, on account of which there is always abundance of excellent
+water in this province. Near the boundaries of the province are two
+volcanoes of great size and remarkable beauty--one of fire, and the
+other of water. [8] According to the report of the natives who have
+climbed up to the volcano of water, there are many royal eagles there,
+besides much white honey and wax, and fruits of various kinds.
+
+The entire population of this province is in encomiendas, separated
+two or three leagues, or even a less distance, from one another;
+and all these encomiendas are contained within thirty leagues.
+
+Besides this island of Luzon, there are many other inhabited islands,
+situated close to it, within a circuit of one hundred leagues. There
+are two more Spanish colonies--one the city of Nonbre de Jesus,
+in Çebu; and the other the town of Arevalo, [9] in Oton.
+
+
+_Concerning Cubu_
+
+The city of Cubu has thirty citizens, among whom are quartered twenty
+soldiers. These citizens are all encomenderos, and all married to
+either Spanish or Indian women. Their encomiendas are located among
+the neighboring islands, there being thirty-two encomiendas with
+eighteen thousand tributarios. Here his Majesty possesses some few
+little hamlets, in which but little tribute is collected, and the
+natives of the city--who by special privilege pay no tribute, because
+from the very first they received the Spaniards in a friendly manner,
+furnishing the camp with provisions, and showing themselves loyal
+on many occasions. This city has a church, with one vicar; and one
+Augustinian monastery, containing three or four religious. In all
+those encomiendas there is no other instruction. Three more priests
+are necessary.
+
+This city has a municipal council and alcaldes; and has a fortress
+provided with three or four large pieces of artillery, and some
+small ones, such as falcons and small culverins; and having its own
+governor. This fort is located opposite Burney, the Malucos and
+Mindanaos, and other infidel islands and kingdoms. This city has
+one alcalde-mayor.
+
+
+_The town of Arevalo_
+
+The town of Arevalo is situated on the island of Oton [or Panay],
+and has twenty citizens; they are encomenderos, and have thirty
+soldiers quartered among them. The town has a municipal council,
+alcaldes-in-ordinary, and one alcalde-mayor. In the islands near this
+settlement there are twenty-two thousand tributarios; three thousand
+of these are his Majesty's, and nineteen thousand are distributed
+among eighteen encomiendas. There is one church and one vicar, and
+one monastery with two Augustinians. Outside of the town, in certain
+of the encomiendas, are four more houses of the same order. The five
+houses contain ten priests. Three or four more are needed.
+
+All of these islands, as well as those of the settlement of Çubu,
+abound in flesh of wild hogs and birds; and in all the above-mentioned
+places many fowls and swine are raised. Tribute is paid in gold,
+cloth, wax, cotton thread, rice, and fowls, at a valuation based on
+the peso of Tipuzque.
+
+In addition to these islands and settlements, there are other
+islands, namely, Marinduque, Luban, Mindoro, Elen, Calamianes, with
+two thousand five hundred tributarios, besides a much greater number
+still unpacified. None of them has any instruction, except Mindoro,
+where his Majesty has five hundred Indians who are instructed. One
+ecclesiastic in the islands of Calamianes collects the tribute,
+in the name of his Majesty, from two hundred more. We hear of many
+more who are still unpacified. The rest are in two encomiendas. Six
+ecclesiastics are necessary.
+
+
+_Summary of the Above Relation_
+
+According to what is set forth in this relation, it is therefore
+evident that there are one hundred and forty-six thousand, seven
+hundred pacified tributarios in this island of Luzon and the other
+islands of this government. Of this number his Majesty has twenty-eight
+thousand seven hundred. The religious number fifty-four Augustinian
+priests, and thirty-eight descalced Franciscan friars--all these
+for this city and the instruction of the natives--with an additional
+number of some ten ecclesiastics, in curacies and vicariates outside
+of this city, as has been related. One hundred and ninety more priests
+are necessary for the instruction of the said natives, which number
+will furnish sufficient instruction, counting for each thousand
+tributarios two religious--priests, friars, or ecclesiastics. These
+thousand tributarios amount to somewhat less than four thousand
+people. It is quite certain that with adequate instruction, such
+as is indicated in the foregoing, many people, not yet pacified,
+will become so, and the number of tributarios in the above-named
+provinces would be increased to two hundred thousand. For we have
+heard that in the province of Cagayan there are many more people
+besides those apportioned in encomiendas, as also in the islands of
+[Ca]lamianes, Mindoro, Luban, and Elin, as well as in many other
+islands included in the colonies of Oton and Çebu. In all of these
+the Christian instruction and conversion would be extended through
+the territories and provinces adjoining them, and the inhabitants
+would be rendered obedient to his Majesty without the necessity of
+arms and war; whereby God, our Lord, would be much pleased and these
+kingdoms greatly extended. The fathers of the Society, comprising
+but three priests and two brothers, reside in this city, where by
+means of their teaching they produce the greatest results. They are
+studying and learning the language of the natives and of the Chinese,
+in order to work among them when more of their Society come hither--a
+pressing necessity, for which your Majesty should provide.
+
+(This relation, in its present sum and substance, was made by the
+cabildo of this city, in order that it might be sent to Father
+Alonso Sanchez, general agent for this city and these islands at
+his Majesty's court. Made on the last of December, one thousand five
+hundred and eighty-six.
+
+This copy was made and transcribed, corrected, and collated with
+another copy in my possession, among the papers of the cabildo in
+Manila, on the twenty-first day of the month of June, one thousand five
+hundred and eighty-eight, Francisco de Zarate and Alonso Maldonado
+being witnesses. Therefore, in testimony of the above, I, Simon
+Lopez, notary of the king, our master, and of the cabildo of this
+distinguished and ever loyal city of Manila, do affix hereunto my seal.
+
+In testimony of the truth:
+
+_Simon Lopez_, notary of the cabildo)
+
+
+[The following matter is added by Salazar:] In addition to the towns
+named in this relation, I feel in duty bound to give your Majesty some
+general information concerning certain islands which are named in
+it without making particular mention of them; and concerning others
+which are not mentioned at all, which are very important, and have
+a large population.
+
+The town of Arevalo, of which mention is made above, was founded
+in the island of Panay, which is one of the best islands of this
+archipelago. This island is one hundred leagues in circuit, and is
+well populated. The Augustinian friars had charge of it when the
+relation was written; but they abandoned it about six months ago,
+on account of having an insufficient number of friars for their houses.
+
+Next to this island, at a league's distance, is the island of Ymaras,
+which is apportioned among encomenderos. It is about twenty leagues in
+circumference, and has six hundred tributarios. Instruction has never
+been furnished it, although some Augustinian friars have visited it
+at times.
+
+Next this island of Ymaras, at three leagues' distance toward the
+south, is situated the island called Negros. It is much larger
+than Panay, but not so densely populated. It had two Augustinian
+monasteries, but they were abandoned more than five years ago, and
+the baptized Christians were left without instruction. The island is
+without instruction now, and the baptized Christians have returned
+to their idolatries.
+
+The island of Bantayan is small and densely populated. It has more than
+eight hundred tributarios, most of them Christians. The Augustinians
+who had them in charge have abandoned them also, and they are now
+without instruction. This island is twenty leagues from Zubu.
+
+
+_The island of Leyte_
+
+The island of Leyte is thirty leagues south of Cubu. It is one of the
+most excellent islands of this bishopric, and produces much food. It
+has sixteen or eighteen encomenderos, and fifteen or sixteen thousand
+tributarios. It has never had, and has not now, any instruction.
+
+
+_Island of Bohol_
+
+The island of Bohol, situated near Çubu, is small and populated. It
+has about six hundred tributarios.
+
+The island of Mindanao is larger than that of Luzon, although it is
+believed to be not so well populated. Much of it is apportioned among
+Spaniards, and some of the natives pay tribute. For three years, the
+preachers of Mahoma have come into the regions hereabout, coming from
+Burney to Terrenate. We have heard that there are some Moros from Méca
+among them. The law of Mahoma is preached publicly at the very river
+of Mindanao, and mosques have been built and are being built. And it
+is to the shame of Christianity there that it does not hasten to drive
+these preachers from that region, since the inhabitants are vassals
+of your Majesty, and have rendered your Majesty obedience for a long
+time. The galleons sailing from India to Maluco know that island,
+and obtain water and provisions there. Fifty leagues from this island
+of Mindanao lies the island of Jolo, which has been given over to
+encomenderos these many years. It is an island where many pearls are
+found, and where elephants are reared. The inhabitants have a king of
+their own, who is a relative of the monarch of Terrenate. Neither in
+this island nor in that of Mindanao is there much Christian teaching;
+nor can there ever be, unless the people are pacified.
+
+The island of Ybabao, situated between this island of Luzon and that
+of Cubu, is quite large, but does not contain many inhabitants. It
+has a few encomenderos, is not yet entirely pacified, and has never
+had any instruction. The island of Catanduanes is excellent and well
+populated; it lies next to Camarines. There are four encomiendas
+on it; it contains about three thousand tributarios, who up to the
+present time have never had any Christian teaching. The island of
+Marinduque, lying about three leagues from this island, is divided
+into encomiendas. It has about eight hundred tributarios, who have
+never been instructed in the faith. From this island to the strait
+called Espiritu Sancto, many small islands are scatered--namely,
+Masbate, Capul, Burias, Banton, Conblon, Simara, Sibuyan, the island
+of Tablas, and many others--of which, because of their small size and
+scanty population, no mention is made, although all are apportioned
+into encomiendas and tribute is collected in them every year. They
+have no Christian teaching, nor hope of any.
+
+Eighteen or twenty leagues west of the island of Panay, is located an
+exceeding fine and well-populated island, called Cuyo; it is very low
+and small. Together with seven small islands near by, it contains one
+thousand two hundred tributarios. Its inhabitants are rich, and the
+principal men live very well. The people of Burney have intercourse
+with this island, and we suspect that they preach here the law of
+Mahoma, although not so publicly as in Mindanao. Many goats, pheasants,
+and fowls of larger size than those of this region, are reared in
+this island. Its encomendero goes thither each year in the months
+of February and March for the purpose of collecting his tributes,
+and, this done, returns to his home in the island of Panay. No other
+communication is held with this island. It has no instruction now,
+and has never had any.
+
+Lying between the islands of Mindoro and Burney are a number of
+islands called the Calamianes. They are scantily populated, and are
+under his Majesty's control. Great quantities of wax are collected
+therein. Their inhabitants pay tribute also to the people of Burney,
+because the Spaniards do not trouble themselves about them further
+than to collect the tribute, leaving them to whomsoever may come
+from Burney to rob them. They have never had any Christian teaching,
+nor is there hope of any speedily, because they are few in number
+and widely scattered.
+
+The island of Mindoro is situated twenty-five leagues southwest of this
+city. From the nearest coast of this island [Luzón] the distance to
+Mindoro is about six leagues. This island of Mindoro is sixty leagues
+in circumference. It contains more than five thousand families, of whom
+two thousand pay tribute and are pacified. The remainder, for lack
+of men to subdue them, neglect to pay their tribute. Augustinian and
+Franciscan friars have been in this district, but all have abandoned
+it. There is at present one ecclesiastic there, who has the care of
+about one thousand Christianized tributarios. All of the remainder
+of the inhabitants are infidels, and without instruction.
+
+Next to the island of Mindoro, and in the direction of this city, lies
+the small island of Luban, with about five hundred tributarios. Its
+inhabitants are well disposed, and have asked me many times for
+Christian teaching; but, for lack of ministers to send to them,
+they cannot have it.
+
+This is the most trustworthy relation that your Majesty can have, in
+order that your Majesty may see clearly the great need for ministers
+who shall labor for the conversion of these infidels, and for the
+preservation of those who have already received the faith, but are
+falling back into their idolatrous practices, because they have been
+abandoned by those who baptized them. Many of the islands named in
+this relation I have visited personally, and concerning the others
+I have been informed by those familiar with them; and, although it
+is not possible to know the exact truth, I have tried to ascertain
+it as nearly as I could. All of these islands are included in your
+Majesty's kingdom; all pay tribute, and in sufficient quantities
+to entitle them to receive instruction. Since your Majesty has in
+your dominions so many and so excellent religious and ecclesiastics,
+who, if your Majesty give the order, will prepare to come hither,
+may your Majesty feel so strongly the ills of this land and its lack
+of religious workers, that you will order to come hither as many as
+are needed for the salvation of the great number of souls who are
+perishing here for want of religious teaching. Your Majesty should
+understand that, when we speak of such an island or town having so
+many tributarios, we mean married men, or two single men who make one
+whole tribute; so that when there are one thousand tributarios, it
+follows that there must be two thousand persons. And it will happen
+most frequently that the number will reach three or four thousand,
+counting one or two children to each household. From the foregoing
+your Majesty will realize clearly the countless number of souls under
+your Majesty's charge, and who are waiting for your Majesty to provide
+them with ministers of religion, in order that they may be drawn out
+of their present darkness, and placed on the pathway of salvation. At
+Manila, June twenty-fifth, 1585 [sic; should be 1588].
+
+
+
+
+Letter from Vera to Felipe II
+
+
+Sire:
+
+In the past year of 87, I sent your Majesty an account of the
+condition of this land, by the usual route, and also one by way of
+India. As the voyage is so uncertain and dangerous, another duplicate
+is sent herewith; and I beg your Majesty to have it examined, as it
+is important for your service.
+
+On the twenty-seventh of February of this year, I had news from the
+Pintados Islands that, on the seventh of the said month, at one of
+the islands about eighty leagues south of Luçon, an English ship had
+been seen. With their small boat they had seized a Spanish sailor
+who was coasting along carelessly in a small bark. He did not flee
+from the enemy, as he took them to be Spaniards and friends; for it
+is unusual for ships from England to come here. Next day the English
+learned that a galleon of your Majesty was being built in the shipyard
+of Caigoan on the island of Panay. An attempt was made to land troops
+for the purpose, as is supposed, of burning it; but it was defended
+by some carpenters and calkers who were working thereon. By this
+it may be inferred that the enemy carried but a small force. After
+this resistance, the enemy went to Mindanao, leaving on an islet in
+their course the mariner whom they had taken prisoner. [10] From him
+I ascertained the fresh destruction planned for this country. He
+says that several Spaniards, who were his fellow-prisoners on the
+English ship, told him that your Majesty's galleon "Santa Ana" had
+been captured near California, a country on the mainland which is
+continuous with Nueva España. The galleon left this port in June of
+the past year, 87; and as no other ships but ours have ever been
+sighted on this voyage, which is through so remote regions, they
+have always sailed with little or no artillery, and with as little
+fear from corsairs as if they were on the river of Sevilla. Thus
+the English easily captured the galleon, plundered and burned it,
+and hanged a canon of our church. The other persons were sent in a
+small boat to land, where it is believed that some of them have died
+of starvation and hardships. From this galleon there was plundered
+a thousand marcos of registered gold, and there must have been as
+large a sum unregistered; twenty-two and one-half arrobas of musk,
+an abundance of civet, and many pearls, and the richest of silks and
+brocades. At this capture, the enemy took with them [from the "Santa
+Ana"] several skilful mariners and a pilot, to guide them to these
+islands. The captive mariner knew these men, and in conversation with
+them he learned what I have related. This ship left England with two
+others, and plundered sixteen ships off the coast of Piru. One of the
+three was lost; the remaining two captured the said galleon "Santa
+Ana," and came to these islands. They were separated in a storm,
+and only this one arrived. It brought about fifty men, most of them
+pilots. This mariner noticed that this vessel carried twenty-five
+pieces of bronze, and cast-iron artillery, and much ammunition. The
+ship is small, of about one hundred and fifty toneladas, staunch
+and well fitted. There is no doubt that they have plundered more
+than a million [pesos'] worth of gold, pearls, musk, civet, and rich
+merchandise, which all belonged in Nueva España. The Spaniards there
+would have been diligent in pursuing this corsair; but, as I received
+information so late, and the enemy only reconnoitered here, without
+remaining at any place, to inform them would have done no good. I
+sent word to Maluco, whither it seems the enemy directed his course,
+to the captain-general and to the sea-captains who might be there
+with their galleons; also to the petty kings friendly to your Majesty,
+and to the fort at Ambueno--where, it is understood, this corsair is
+going to spend the winter and repair his ship. Captain Francisco is
+at an island of that archipelago called Jula, near either Macasar or
+Japara. I advised the sending of a message to him, and the exercise
+of diligence, as they have greater facility for obtaining news there
+on account of the many ships which are usually near at hand. And
+I advised them to follow the Englishman and ascertain where he was
+going to winter; for it was impossible to return immediately to his
+own country, because the weather began to be contrary. It would be
+necessary to pass out through Sunda and other straits, of which the
+Portuguese are warned; and there it would be easy to await him and cut
+off his passage, as they hold him so closely. This account was given
+by a sailor--a native of this land--who was seized in the galleon,
+and carried away by the Englishman. He escaped at the mouth of the
+channel of these islands, and I have kept him here with me. His
+declarations accompany this letter.
+
+The first time when this galleon "Sancta Ana" sailed from here, I sent
+by her some artillery removed from your Majesty's forts, in order to
+provide greater security. In Nueva España the artillery was taken out,
+and the ship returned without it. I thought that if I sent more on the
+ships, and it were taken out over there, the forts here would be in
+need, while the ships would gain nothing. Understanding that there was
+no danger from corsairs on the voyage, I sent the ships, as usual,
+without artillery. Now that I have seen the need for artillery,
+and the risk that they run, if it is not carried, I am sending
+two ships this year, each with four heavy pieces of artillery, two
+falcon guns, and arquebuses and other arms carried by the sailors and
+passengers. I am collecting what metal I can find and making thereof
+some pieces of ordnance with which to fill the place of those sent
+from the said forts. The merchants are paying your Majesty the value
+of the artillery, arms, and ammunition carried by one of the ships,
+and I have loaned the price of those of the other. They will pay
+this also in the coming year, and the ships will sail armed at the
+account and cost of the merchants. I beseech your Majesty to command
+the viceroy of Nueva España to have the artillery and arms returned
+by the same ships; and that the pieces carried by the "Sancta Ana"
+be returned to these forts, which greatly need them.
+
+In another letter I have written to your Majesty about the general
+fire in this city. The powder and military supplies were burned and
+the artillery destroyed. Although I have had the pieces recast, using
+the metal which was left, there are only twenty-five heavy pieces and
+several lighter ones. This is but little artillery for the needs of
+this land, for defense and the expeditions that are made. Some copper
+mines have been discovered but although at first they seemed to be
+very rich, on commencing to work them, it was found that the labor
+was expensive and there was but little metal. Everything necessary
+could be brought from Macan, if your Majesty were pleased to have
+money sent from your royal treasury of Mexico for this purpose.
+
+I have already written to your Majesty of the necessity that, for the
+preservation of this land, the viceroy of Nueva España send annual
+reenforcements of troops, arms, and ammunition. As this has not been
+done for three years, the majority of the troops have died, and there
+are now so few here, that if reenforcements are not supplied according
+to the requests of the governor and officers of the royal exchequer,
+great risk will be run, and what your Majesty has gained and preserved
+at cost of such labors and expenses will be irretrievably lost. I
+especially beg your Majesty to order such provision to be made that
+so propitious a beginning be not lost, and the door closed which
+has been opened by your Majesty for the conversion of so large and
+powerful kingdoms with untold riches and innumerable inhabitants.
+
+According to your Majesty's commands I had some galleys made in
+these islands, and I have three at this port. They are of little use,
+because of the lack of men skilled in managing and sailing with lateen
+sails, and the scarcity of rowers. I have tried to keep up its crew by
+hiring men; but the natives are so despicable a people that they are of
+little use for this purpose, nor do they have sufficient strength for
+rowing. On hearing the report of an arquebus they throw themselves on
+the ground, and do not rise even at the lash. I have selected three
+hundred Chinese, who are stronger, and who, if allowed liberty to
+quit the work, and exemption from tribute, will bind themselves to
+serve on the galleys. But although earnest endeavors have been made
+to teach them, they row very badly, and have as little energy as the
+natives of these islands have. They row in their own country with
+a sort of oar which they call _lios lios_. By means of these the
+galley moves very slowly, and therefore they may be of some benefit
+among these islands. Better results would be obtained, however, if
+instead of these galleys there were small ships of from sixty to a
+hundred toneladas with which it is easier to navigate here. I inform
+your Majesty thereof in order that provision may be made according
+to the royal pleasure. As I have advised your Majesty, I have, in
+anticipation of future contingencies, commenced a good stone fort
+in this city, which will be entirely completed within a year. I have
+levied taxes therefor upon the citizens and encomenderos; the Indian
+tributarios have each paid one real, while one per cent has been
+collected for two years on the coin brought from Nueva España. I am
+sending to your Majesty the sketch and model of this fort; it is the
+strongest which has been built in the Yndias, although it is not of
+modern style. It was necessary to build it according to the condition
+of the country; it is round in shape, high, and covered over so as to
+be more capacious. The climate is so hot, the sun so fierce and the
+rains so heavy, that if the soldiers who must defend the place were
+not under cover they would perish from the heat, as would likewise
+those who should undertake to erect the fort. The stone for the most of
+the rampart is so suitable in quality that, wherever a ball strikes,
+the wall remains unhurt, nor is any other injury inflicted. There
+is no fear that an attack by a battery can do as much damage as if
+the stone were hard and resisting. The balls cannot be fired so as
+to strike, without great difficulty, as the fort is on the shore and
+the country is perfectly level. Within there is fresh running water
+in abundance; and in addition to that, wherever one digs, excellent
+drinking water is found. It is impossible to undermine the fort,
+because there is water around it, at a distance of one or two varas,
+or even less in some places. The city is surrounded by water--the sea
+on one side; on another the moat, which extends to the river; and, on
+still another side, the river itself. Thus the city is on an island;
+and, with the other bulwarks and the wooden fort, which I have had
+repaired, this city is well defended, provided we had sufficient
+troops and ammunition.
+
+I received your Majesty's letter on the twenty-second of May of this
+year; and, by a royal decree of the first of December of the year 86,
+your Majesty orders me to act in accordance with my best judgment,
+as your Majesty had understood that the auditors of this Audiencia
+according to the present regulations, cannot visit the country out
+of their turn. I will fulfil your Majesty's commands and will render
+an account of all transactions.
+
+By another royal decree of the nineteenth of August of said year,
+your Majesty orders that, if it should appear necessary to me,
+certain offices of notaries and magistrates in these islands should
+be sold, under the condition that the persons who should be the
+highest bidders should obtain confirmation of their title within
+three years. These offices are of very little profit, and of none
+at all in some places, as the land has been settled so recently,
+and there are few inhabitants and little business therein. As it is
+continually becoming more populous and well established, it would
+be more advantageous to postpone the sale of these offices for some
+years, until they shall be worth more. I will make the necessary
+investigations, as your Majesty commands me, and will advise your
+Majesty of the prices offered. If I find that for any of them I
+can obtain its value in the future I will have it auctioned. In the
+meantime I will make endeavors to have them sold for a price that
+can be profitable to your Majesty's royal exchequer.
+
+By another decree of the twenty-seventh of August of said year,
+your Majesty orders me to give my opinion of the arms that are in
+the fort of the city of Manila, and those that are needed. In three
+forts which your Majesty has here, there are twenty-four heavy pieces,
+two small ones, and some culverins, as will be seen below.
+
+In the stone fort there are three swivel-guns, located in the three
+casemates, of about twenty quintals' weight. On the first floor over
+the rampart, there are seven heavy pieces, extra thick and strong at
+the breech. Two are of about forty quintals' weight, three varas in
+length and carry a ball of cast iron weighing sixteen libras. Two
+others are of wrought iron, of sixty quintals' weight, three and
+two-thirds varas in length, and carry a ball of cast iron weighing
+fifteen libras. One cannon is of fifty-five quintals' weight, four and
+one-third varas in length, and carries a ball of cast iron weighing
+fourteen libras; one culverin, five and one-half varas in length,
+weighs one hundred and one quintals one arroba, and carries a cast
+iron ball weighing seventeen libras; another piece of thirty-five
+quintals' weight, three varas in length, carries a cast iron ball
+weighing twelve libras.
+
+The fort at the point has one cannon weighing twenty-five quintals;
+three small cannon [_sacres_], weighing twenty-two; and a half-sacre
+weighing thirteen--the last, with its apparatus, being four varas
+in length.
+
+The cavalier of the beach has a piece, extra thick and strong at
+the breech, of forty quintals' weight which carries a ball weighing
+fifteen libras; and one half-sacre, of thirteen quintals' weight.
+
+At the river there is a large swivel-gun with cross-bars, weighing
+thirty quintals; one cannon weighing twenty-six quintals, one sacre
+weighing twenty-two quintals, four half-sacres weighing thirteen or
+fourteen quintals, and two _esmeriles_ [a small piece of ordnance]
+weighing four or five quintals.
+
+For the stone fort to be provided with artillery according to its
+plan and embrasures, it is necessary to have twenty-five pieces,
+three of them heavy, and twelve sacres and half-sacres.
+
+The cavalier of the beach needs five pieces, two of them heavy,
+and three sacres.
+
+That at the point of the sea and the river needs six pieces--some
+sacres, and two swivel-guns.
+
+For the service of the ships and galleys there are needed four
+cannon, six swivel-guns, six sacres, six half-sacres, and some small
+culverins. Thus sixty pieces in all are necessary to provide the
+city well with artillery for defense, as well as for the galleys
+and ships of the fleet, and for the succor and pacification of all
+these islands. There are only twenty-four needed, for there are now
+thirty-six. In the shipyard there are now four sacres of twenty-two
+quintals' weight, two of which have been cast, and the other two are
+about to be cast. This class of arms is the best and most important for
+this land these and the swivel-guns. This artillery could be provided,
+and much more be made, for other of your Majesty's strongholds in these
+islands and the Yndias, should your Majesty be pleased to have six or
+eight thousand pesos sent annually from Mexico so that the metal could
+be bought at Macao in China, as it is very plentiful and cheap there.
+
+According to the commission of your Majesty, I have proceeded
+against the royal officials in regard to their traffic and trade
+in merchandise. By the convictions of guilt which have resulted
+from the investigations and process of law, I have condemned the
+guilty to pay fines to the exchequer. There seems to have been no
+traffic with funds in the royal exchequer; or, if there were any,
+no damage or injury to it has resulted. I am sending the testimony
+of the sentences and proceedings to your Majesty's royal Council,
+where your Majesty will order their examination, if such is your
+pleasure. May God guard the Catholic person of your Majesty. Manila,
+June twenty-sixth, of the year 1588.
+
+The licentiate _Santiago de Vera_
+
+[_Endorsed_: "Examined, with the other letter."]
+
+
+
+Letter from Domingo de Salazar to Felipe II
+
+
+Sire:
+
+In a letter which your Majesty had written to me from Madrid, on the
+eleventh of January of the year 87, I see the reprimand which your
+Majesty gives me, on account of information that you had received that,
+on certain occasions which had arisen, I had had controversies with the
+royal Audiencia here; also that this has finally resulted in scandal
+and comment in the town, and that there was fault on both sides. I
+receive this reprimand as from my king and lord, but, although it
+comes from him, it is very serious and is sufficient to cause much
+pain; nevertheless, I have not allowed myself to feel hurt, since your
+Majesty judges according to the information that you have received. He
+who so informed your Majesty that I was made to appear guilty will
+give account to God for his good or bad intention, since for my own
+satisfaction the testimony of my conscience is all-sufficient. It is
+well-known in the city, and outside of it, that if I had not entered
+as mediator neither the president and auditors, nor the auditors
+alone, would have had peace. It would not have been possible for me
+to establish peace if there had not been friendly relations between
+them and me. Since they were pacified through my intercession, peace
+has lasted until now; and in order that this peace be lasting, and
+that there be no occasion for violating it, I humbly beseech your
+Majesty to be pleased to command the president and auditors not to
+interfere with me in affairs which concern my privileges--since my
+life is a very open one, a fact known to all. They have no cause for
+complaint because I sat down in my own church on the gospel side;
+for, besides my being the father and pastor of this state, and having
+in charge the souls of the auditors, it is a very usual thing for
+bishops and archbishops to seat themselves in that very place in the
+presence of viceroys and presidents, without that act exciting any
+surprise. For the sake of peace, I have overlooked the matter, and
+have not again taken my seat in that place, hoping that your Majesty
+would send commands concerning this and what ought to be done, since
+it is not right that I should leave to my successors the disputes
+and controversies with the Audiencia whereby results so much harm to
+the commonwealth. It is of no less importance that the prelates be as
+much respected by the people as are the audiencias. The latter make
+themselves feared by the power which they hold; but if the prelates
+are not favored by those who govern, they are speedily despised by
+the people. Since your Majesty sees how important this matter is, may
+it be your Majesty's pleasure not to leave us in controversies, but
+to order that each shall do his duty without prejudice to the other.
+
+The hardships and calamities sent by God to this land make me greatly
+fear that we who live here have seriously offended Him. For I have
+been here eight years, and not one year have I seen pass without the
+happening of great calamities--loss of ships; death of the animals
+which maintained us; hurricanes, called here _baguios_, which tear
+up the trees by the roots and overthrow the houses completely, or
+leave them so that they cannot be inhabited; and the general fire
+of the year 83, of which your Majesty has been informed. Both before
+and since that time, this city has been burned three or four times;
+and now, as the last straw, the ship "Santa Ana," which left this
+city last year, the richest ship to leave these islands, fell into
+the hands of the Lutherans. With that loss, and also that of the ship
+"Sant Juan" the year before, which likewise was laden with goods from
+this country, some of the citizens of these islands are totally ruined,
+and others have suffered so heavy losses that it will be long ere,
+with much difficulty, they regain their former state.
+
+It is very evident, and can be denied by no one, that the loss of
+that particular ship was ordained by God; for, three days before
+it reached the coast [of California], another ship--from Macao,
+bound for Mexico--passed the same place and was not sighted by the
+Lutherans. When news was received in Piru of the coming of this pirate,
+the viceroy sent in pursuit of them a good fleet, with many soldiers
+and ammunition sufficient to engage an equal or greater number. When
+they came to the port of Acapulco, supplies were needed; and they
+requested these from the purveyor who had them in your Majesty's
+warehouses. He was unwilling to give them; and they even say that an
+order was given to detain some pack-teams which brought biscuits, so
+that the captain of the fleet from Peru could not take them. Thus they
+say that, as it was not desired to supply them with provisions, and
+because Doctor Palacios [11] became dictatorial in regard to several
+points, they returned to Piru; while the Lutheran remained free to
+attack and capture, as he did. So great was our misfortune that, at the
+time when the two captains were debating as to who should take command,
+the pirate was near Puerto de la Navidad, which is not very far from
+Acapulco, repairing his ships. Had they attacked him, it would have
+been impossible for him to escape; but God chose to blind our men,
+so that we might be punished by this pirate. The punishment of God
+did not stop here; for, having set fire to the ship "Santa Ana," they
+left it half burnt, set sail, and came to these islands. With more than
+human courage, they passed through the midst of them with a ship of one
+hundred toneladas, where the natives venture with trembling in very
+light boats; but this infidel dared not only to come into our midst,
+but to collect tributes from your Majesty's vassals. A Spaniard was
+captured, and after having told him what they wished him to say to us,
+they put him ashore. What they said was in boast that they had left
+the coasts of Peru and Nueva España utterly ruined; and that they had
+robbed and burned the ship "Santa Ana," and hanged a canon who was
+on his way from this city to Mexico. In testimony of his prowess and
+our misfortune he displayed the silks, brocades, and cloths of gold
+which he had seized as plunder. Not content with this, he went away
+threatening us that he is to return soon to drive us all hence, and
+to destroy the nest that we have made here--meaning thereby the stone
+fortress built here. The grief that afflicts me is not because this
+barbarian infidel has robbed us of the ship "Santa Ana," and destroyed
+thereby the property of almost all the citizens; but because an English
+youth of about twenty-two years, with a wretched little vessel of
+a hundred toneladas and forty or fifty companions, should dare to
+come to my own place of residence, defy us, and boast of the damage
+that he had wrought. As your Majesty has here an army of captains,
+who, as I understand, are certainly as many as the companions of the
+Lutheran, he went from our midst laughing, without anyone molesting
+or troubling him; neither has he felt that the Spaniards are in this
+land to any purpose. In this matter, I do not care to blame anyone,
+because I understand that the governor did his duty--although I was
+always of the opinion that the pirate should be pursued and that the
+result thereof would not be so bad as some say. The belief here,
+however, is that God is chastising us for our sins, and is making
+us the laughing-stock of other nations, who have all hitherto stood
+in such fear of us. I must explain to your Majesty two other points
+bearing on this subject, although it detains me somewhat, as I consider
+that I do thereby a very great service. The first is the failure of
+the expedition to Maluco. We all had been certain that with fewer men
+and less equipment than there actually were, the king of Terrenate
+could be subdued; but, quite to the contrary, our men came back as
+if fleeing from an unknown foe. The Indians of this archipelago,
+who feared us, now laugh; and, together with those of Terrenate,
+threaten us. The second point is that in the island of Mindanao,
+which is subject to your Majesty, and for many years has paid you
+tribute, the law of Mahoma has been publicly proclaimed, for somewhat
+more than three years, by preachers from Burney and Terrenate who
+have come there--some of them even, it is believed, having come from
+Meca. They have erected and are now building mosques, and the boys
+are being circumcised, and there is a school where they are taught the
+Alcoran. I was promptly informed of this, and urged the president to
+supply a remedy therefor at once, in order that that pestilential fire
+should not spread in these islands. I could not persuade them to go,
+and thus the hatred of Christianity is there; and we are striving no
+more to remedy this than if the matter did not concern us. Such are
+the calamities and miseries to which we have come, and the punishments
+which God inflicts upon us. The reason for it, He only knows; but,
+as I infer and fear, it is because we have ill acquitted ourselves
+in this land, where it is so needful that we be upright and furnish
+good examples. I have written to your Majesty on this point at other
+times; and I think that either my letters are not read, or what I
+say is not credited. I assure your Majesty that I have never written
+anything which is not true, and free from all outward influence,
+or self-interest, or human considerations; but I have only done my
+duty. The temporal affairs of this land are in the condition which I
+have related to your Majesty; and I consider that there will never be
+improvement, since cupidity is increasing so immeasurably that neither
+the punishments of God nor the threats of men are effectual to produce
+any moderation, nor do the manifold outrages cease to be felt.
+
+The spiritual state, which is my concern, is in the sorriest condition,
+because there is no more respect for the things of God than if we
+were not Christians. I refer to the Indians and their instruction; and
+because entering on this subject is like embarking on a bottomless sea,
+I have determined to send to your Majesty a relation of the islands and
+towns of this bishopric which are without instruction, in order that
+your Majesty's conscience may be relieved by commanding that the remedy
+be applied. Therefore I shall now proceed with the said relation.
+
+The cause of ruin in these islands--which is very menacing, although
+it is not declared in España--is that both the villages of your
+Majesty and those of encomenderos are places where the curacy is so
+ill-supplied with chalices and ornaments that it is a shame to see
+them. Many of the churches are so indecent that when I visited them,
+from pure shame I was obliged to command that they be torn down; they
+were not fit to be entered by horses. There are two principal causes
+for this: the first is that the encomenderos are penurious and allow
+little for the proper ornamentation of the church; and the second,
+that some or the majority of the encomiendas are so small that they do
+not suffice to support their encomenderos, who thus cannot attend to
+matters of divine worship. Consequently, the natives come to regard
+the things of God as of little worth, and have little esteem for our
+faith and the Christian religion, seeing that we who profess to be
+Christians pay so little attention to them. Moreover, the natives of
+these islands are so harassed and afflicted with public and private
+undertakings, that they are not able to take breath; nor do they have
+time to observe the instruction, and hold it of so little account that
+when they lack for anything, it must be in the instruction and not in
+temporal affairs. I cannot picture to your Majesty, nor declare what
+I feel in my heart about this matter. Moreover, I am very sure that
+all the chastisements given us by God, the hardships, misfortunes, and
+calamities sent us, all are because of evil treatment of the Indians
+and the little heed taken for the principal reason for our coming--that
+is, their conversion and protection. The remedy therefor is not that
+your Majesty send decrees and orders charging good treatment of the
+Indians, as in the letters which have already been received here; but
+that a number of the best religious be sent. They can deal with these
+natives, and defend them from the labors imposed by the Spaniards,
+and from the outrages that they inflict upon them. Again, it is of
+even more importance that, if your Majesty, as is rumored here, is
+to send hither a governor or president, he be a man free from all
+human interests, whose head could not be turned by the great gains
+in this country. He should not be married, nor should he bring with
+him relatives or followers for whom to provide. For under any one of
+the aforesaid conditions it is impossible to avoid the destruction of
+this country, beyond the power of your Majesty to remedy it. I have
+written this to your Majesty several times before, and now I repeat it,
+since it is the most necessary thing for the betterment of this land,
+which would be surely destroyed by its lack.
+
+Of the viceroy of Nueva España, so many things are said in this
+country, that if but one-tenth of them were true, it is impossible
+for your Majesty to know them and fail to correct them. This is
+another of the heavy afflictions that God has sent upon this land,
+for even the severity which has been shown by him to those who
+go from here is alone sufficient to make this land desolate. No
+consideration is given to the fact that the citizens and soldiers
+thereof serve your Majesty with the same hardships and loyalty with
+which other men have served their king. Nevertheless, there is no
+lack of persons to inform your Majesty thereof, since the loss of
+temporal things is always felt more than the spiritual. I leave it
+to be described by those who have felt the hurt, since it does not
+concern me in any way, except the regret that I feel for the damage
+done to my neighbors; for my enterprises and traffic are to remedy
+the needs of the poor, and to defend and help the natives of these
+islands, who have much need thereof. The complaint that I make of the
+viceroy of Nueva España is that he has not allowed more than fifteen
+Dominican friars to come here, although your Majesty sent to Mexico
+forty of them. This is the greatest damage that the viceroy could do
+to this country, as there is exceeding need of ministers of religion,
+such as come now. If the fifteen were five hundred, the evils of the
+country would be corrected, and the conscience of your Majesty quite
+at ease. It is such men that your Majesty should order to come here,
+and you should refuse to permit those to come who will do more harm
+than good. Likewise your Majesty should order the generals of the
+orders of St. Francis and St. Augustine to send hither visitors,
+who are most necessary. Those of St. Augustine are to be preferred,
+however, as the friars of St. Francis are more retired from the world.
+
+I wrote to your Majesty, via Malaca, of what had happened with the
+religious in regard to the observance of the royal decrees treating
+of the instruction of the Indians by the religious. As the licentiate
+Ayala, fiscal of the royal Audiencia here, sent the records concerning
+the subject, I shall but mention and not refer to them at length.
+
+At other times I have written to your Majesty explaining the
+impossibility of a bishop being able to govern all the bishopric which
+I have now. For this island of Luçon it is necessary to have two or
+even three bishops--that is to say, I humbly beseech your Majesty to
+be pleased to provide for the Pintados Islands a bishop with his seat
+in the city of Çubu. By the relation which I am sending, your Majesty
+will see that two bishops are not sufficient. I declare to your Majesty
+that in that case the royal conscience would not be at ease nor would
+mine; and I dare not leave it unsaid, for fear of my peace of mind.
+
+As I have said before, I had determined to write nothing whatever in
+detail concerning the damages that the viceroy of Nueva España had
+done to these kingdoms. It seems to me that your Majesty will have had
+advices thereof, and will have ordered a means of correction. Moreover,
+as many are interested and have grievances, there will be no lack of
+a person to advise your Majesty thereof. Nevertheless, I have since
+thought that I neglect my duty in failing to send a testimonial to
+your Majesty which was forwarded to this city from Lope de Palacios,
+captain of the ship "Sant Martin," which went to China. He sent
+to this city, asking that he be granted permission to leave Macao,
+because he feared that they were about to kill him in order to gain
+possession of his property. I am the only person who can send this
+memorial to your Majesty, as Lope de Palacios sent it to this city
+with much secrecy, and in the same manner was it given to me. I
+discussed the matter with the president, saying that we should send
+for the captain as if the idea were our own and he had not requested
+it--employing so great secrecy, so that the Portuguese who were here
+would not learn of it; for the same Lope de Palacios had declared that
+he would be certainly put to death if they knew that he was trying
+to come here. Nevertheless, the request to send for him was in vain,
+and I was moved to forward this testimonial to your Majesty. It states
+therein the great harm done by the viceroy in sending the ship "San
+Martin" to Macao. As the same person who went to learn the damage gives
+testimony thereof, no witness more worthy of credit can be entered in
+the cause. I am also writing to the viceroy of Nueva España in regard
+to the injuries which he wrought on these kingdoms by despatching
+the ship "San Martin" to China--although God supplied the remedy,
+by the loss of the same ship. I tell him that if that ship had been
+sent to this city a more prosperous voyage would have been made than
+the investors could have expected, for so many Chinese merchants came
+this year to this city, that the merchandise was worth nothing; and
+if the ship "San Martin" had come here a satisfactory and cheap cargo
+could have been obtained, perhaps even in greater quantity than at
+Macao. Instead of damaging this city, those persons would have been
+enriched, who on account of greed were unable to see the damage done
+to all of us. Thus God has punished them all, by depriving them of
+that profit the desire for which had blinded them to their duty.
+
+They also say that the ship "Sant Ana" was sold for thirty thousand
+pesos and ordered to make a voyage to Macao. These proceedings also
+were put to confusion by God, through means which have cost us dearly,
+namely the loss, of that vessel. It can be said that if it had been
+at Macao somewhat less damage would have been done to these islands
+than in the burning of the ship by the Englishman. As I wrote to
+your Majesty, via Malaca, for ships to go from Mexico to Macao is
+to destroy both those kingdoms and these, since the Chinese raise
+the prices of their merchandise to such an extent that Portuguese
+and Castilians cannot live. May your Majesty be pleased to order
+the viceroy to hold these lands in somewhat higher estimation,
+since your Majesty considers them (and justly so) worthy of constant
+attention. Ever since the viceroy came to Mexico, he has not sent to
+this country any troops (except exiles or criminals), or ammunition,
+or the customary supplies for this camp, as wine, flour, and other
+articles; he has so reduced everything that there is great privation
+here, and very little profit to your Majesty.
+
+Your Majesty's governor and royal Audiencia in these islands look well
+to the service of your Majesty and the good of this country. Will
+your Majesty be pleased to order the viceroy of Nueva España,
+present or future, not to disturb or change what may be decided by
+them? not only in the customs duties, but in the price fixed for
+each tonelada, and in the mode of registration. According to our
+information, the viceroy has changed everything, greatly increasing
+the taxes imposed here. The labors of the citizens in the service of
+your Majesty in these islands should be sufficient without still more
+severe requirements from Nueva España.
+
+During the past year there was great confusion, which still continues,
+about the goods which were brought to this city by your Majesty's
+ships. The citizens claim that they ought to be preferred to the
+merchants; and the merchants complain that, on account of the cargoes
+of the citizens, their merchandise remained here. I understand that on
+this point offenses' against God have been committed, and still more
+serious damage may be done--some persons being ruined, as they have
+no space in the cargoes for their property--unless it is checked by
+your Majesty commanding what order must be followed in this affair. It
+is of exceeding importance for the quiet and content of this city.
+
+There are so many Chinese that come to this land that the islands
+are full of them. Thereby follows much damage to the natives, as
+the Chinese are a very vicious people, from intercourse with whom no
+good but much harm can be gained. I have tried to have the governors
+remedy the matter by commanding that all the Chinese be collected in
+this city. I see no improvement, however; and it is of much importance
+that this be corrected, for the temporal and spiritual good of these
+lands. Will your Majesty be pleased to order that this be remedied
+by severe measures. May our Lord guard your Majesty many years for
+the good of us who can do but little. At Manila, June 27, 1588.
+
+_The Bishop of the Filipinas_
+
+
+
+
+Documents of 1589
+
+
+
+	Excerpt from a letter from the viceroy of India. [Manuel de
+	Sousa Coutinho]; April 3. Letter to Felipe II. Santiago de
+	Vera; July 13. Conspiracy against the Spaniards. Santiago de
+	Vera, and others; May-July.
+	Letter to Felipe II. [Gaspar] de Ayala; July 15. Decree
+	regarding commerce. Felipe II; August 9. Instructions to
+	Dasmariñas. Felipe II; August 9. Customs of the Tagalogs
+	(two relations). Juan de Plasencia, O.S.F.: October 21.
+
+
+_Sources_: All but the fifth and the last of these documents are
+obtained from MSS. in the Archivo general de Indias. The decree
+of August 9 is taken from the "Cedulario Indico" in the Archivo
+Historico Nacional, Madrid; and Plasencia's accounts of the Tagalogs,
+from Santa Inés's Crónica, ii, pp. 592-603.
+
+_Translations_: The first of these documents is translated by Arthur
+B. Myrick, of Harvard University; the second and fourth are by José
+M. and Clara M. Asensio; the third and fifth, by Alfonso de Salvio,
+of Harvard University; the sixth, by James A. Robertson; the seventh,
+by Frederic W. Morrison, of Harvard University.
+
+
+
+
+Excerpt of a Letter from the Viceroy of India
+
+
+One of the things that have seemed most surprising in Don Juan de Gama
+is the following. When decrees were published by order of the viceroy;
+Don Duarte, [12] in your Majesty's name, prohibiting navigation to
+China and Luçoens [Luzón], which he [Juan de Gama] as captain-general
+should have executed, he did the contrary. Jheronimo Pereira, captain
+of the expedition to Japon, had already done likewise; thus those in
+authority, who were under obligation to execute your Majesty's laws
+and commands, were the first to break them, to the great scandal
+of all. Therefore, as soon as possible, I ordered a remedy for such
+disorders. For this purpose I appointed certain chief magistrates,
+who excused themselves, either through fear of Don Juan or dread of
+the sea. Things came to such a pass that, it was necessary to send by
+schooner, outside the monsoon season, the licentiate Ruy Machado who
+came from the kingdom this year, and who had been appointed to that
+auditorship; his adjutant was Ynacio Nuñez de Mancelos, the captain of
+the said vessel. The latter had a few soldiers, and is also to remain
+as captain of the city, since an order for the voyage will not have
+arrived from India. I think that these two vessels will suffice in
+every respect for this matter, both to extend the voyage for Don Juan,
+and to quiet various disturbances arising in the country, on account
+of the navigation from Nueva España. I also hope that everything will
+turn out well, and that your Majesty will bestow upon him great favor
+and honor for this service alone. Among the despatches brought by the
+auditor is a decree ordering, the embarcation for India and Luçoens of
+all Castilians, both religious and secular, so that only the original
+Portuguese citizens shall remain in Machao. That will do away with
+any further occasion for vessels to go there from Nueva España. From
+this last has resulted great injury to your Majesty's vassals in these
+regions, to the royal exchequer, and religion itself. Peradventure
+the Castilians were the cause of again closing the door to the
+preaching of the gospel, being moved by indiscreet eagerness or too
+much solicitude. They are so unrestrained in this particular, that, by
+trading in China without your Majesty's permission, they are the first
+who broke your decrees, under pretense of religion itself. No easier
+remedy can be applied than preventing them from entering this trade,
+which your Majesty should have for the advantage of your own service.
+
+We might describe here the great inconveniences and hindrances to your
+Majesty from a longer continuance of this navigation. But since this
+letter will, be despatched by land, and the viceroy Don Duarte has
+described these matters so fully, I refrain from doing so here. I say
+only that, even if there were no other reason than not opening the
+way to the English and other nations to resort to those regions (as
+they did last year and this) that alone would be sufficient reason
+to stop this intercourse entirely. The Englishman Don Thomas, who
+came to these regions lately, has caused us much anxiety here. For
+this reason the people of India are very confident that your Majesty
+will order assistance in this case and apply the fitting remedy,
+for the common good of these states and that of your service.
+
+Don Thomas, the Englishman, sailed from England with three ships in
+the year 87. Entering the straits of Magallanes, he sailed to the
+South Seas. Having made some prizes of large and small vessels, he
+loaded two of his own vessels and sent them to that kingdom [England]
+by the same route. Nearing the Philipinas, he took his course to
+Java, and entered the port of Balambuao in Java itself. At that
+time two Portuguese were at that port, who came immediately to the
+ship thinking it was from India. The Englishman received them well,
+and gave them some church ornaments and other valuable articles,
+together with a letter for the bishop of Malaca and another for the
+captain, the substance of which was, that he had come to explore
+those regions. From the questions asked these men by the auditor of
+Malaca, it was ascertained that the purpose of their coming was none
+other than trade, exploration, and prizes. He asked particularly about
+Achen, the straits of Meca and Malaca, and their fortifications. It is
+thought that this Englishman came especially to explore the channels
+of Bale, whence these men said that he would sail in March of this
+year to the island of Sant Lorenzo, from which place he would lay
+his course to the island of Santa Helena, following the course taken
+by the Portuguese vessels. Pray God he come not hither again, as an
+example for the daring of others--although the interest they have in
+doing so is so great, that I fear this navigation cannot be stopped
+without much trouble, and the prohibition of navigation by Castilians
+and Portuguese to Nueva España. A blockade will be established again,
+so that foreign nations will not undertake this navigation. On this
+account alone, it seems to me that this navigation should always be
+rigorously prohibited.
+
+
+
+
+Letter from Santiago de Vera to Felipe II
+
+
+Sire:
+
+This past year of eighty-eight I gave an account to your Majesty of
+the condition of this land. As the voyage is so full of sea-perils
+and danger from corsairs, and it is difficult for the despatches
+to reach the hands of your Majesty, the duplicate of that letter
+accompanies this. Therein is declared the extreme need of the islands
+for reënforcements of troops and necessary supplies for the camp,
+and other things, of which I gave an account to your Majesty. They
+are most important to the royal service and the preservation of
+this land. I beseech your Majesty to have provision made with all
+possible expedition.
+
+A small ship leaving this port for the city of Malaca carried two
+descalced religious of the order of St. Francis. As the king of Burney
+was at peace with us, they stopped at the port of Mohala which is
+two leagues from Burney. They visited the king, to whom they gave
+my letters, and were well received by him. He commanded houses to be
+given them and everything necessary to assure their sustenance. One
+night many people of that kingdom attacked them, among whom, it
+is said, there were a brother and other kinsmen of the king. They
+killed three Spaniards, among them one of the religious, and robbed
+them of all their possessions. From those who escaped I learned that
+the assaulting party were people well known in Burney, and that the
+spoils were sold publicly in that city. Some articles were seen in
+the possession of the king's kinsmen. I learned that some chiefs of
+these islands had intrigued with that people to secure their aid;
+and that they had plotted together to do this, and had agreed to bring
+Burney and the kings of Jolo and of Mindanao, and many other foreigners
+against this city, in order to rob and kill us. As there was a Japanese
+ship here, they conferred with the captain, and with people who came
+from that land, all Japanese, proposing that the latter should aid
+them with what they had, and with supplies and everything necessary,
+and thus deliver to them this land, in accordance with the plan and
+arrangements previously agreed upon. So well did they keep this secret,
+during fifteen months while they were awaiting a favorable opportunity,
+that they were not even suspected by myself, or the religious, or any
+other person. To accomplish their design, they despatched the chiefs
+of these islands to Burney, and to the other kingdoms three chiefs of
+their number. They wrote to Japon, so that, at the appointed time,
+all would come; and all were given orders as to what they were to
+do. I made secret investigations, and found out that all the aforesaid
+was true; and in a short time I had in my hands the guilty ones who
+were in these islands, and also those who had gone away after the
+death of the people, so that none remained uncaptured. Without any
+disturbance whatever, I beheaded seven of the authors of the rebellion,
+sons, nephews, and grandsons of the lords of this land. Others not so
+culpable I punished by exile to Nueva España and by other penalties,
+so that it now seems that this disturbance is quelled. After that,
+in the province of Cubu and in that called the Pintados, the chiefs
+held a conference, and plotted to kill the Spaniards. The majority of
+those who took part in this have been imprisoned, and proceedings are
+being instituted against them. I think that this will cause us but
+little trouble. This boldness is caused by the natives noticing the
+fewness of Spanish troops in the islands and the few reënforcements
+sent from Nueva España. It is necessary that your Majesty should
+order that there be less negligence in this respect.
+
+By a royal decree your Majesty commands me to sell the magistracies
+of this city and four offices of notaries-public therein; also those
+of the provinces of Oton, Cebu, Camarines, Ylocos, Cagayan, Panpanga,
+and Bonbon. As the land is so newly settled, and the offices of so
+little profit, I wrote to your Majesty that, in my opinion, it was
+not time to dispose of them, and that they would bring but little if
+offered at auction; but that, if anyone would buy them at a reasonable
+price, I would sell them. This I did, and in order to enhance their
+value at the sale, I announced that the offices could be renounced and
+sold by paying to your Majesty the third part of the price they were
+worth. As the offices of notary have been sold, will your Majesty
+be pleased to provide that this condition be observed; or, if not,
+that the price be returned to them and the offices be sold without
+this condition--as the perquisites and influence of these offices are
+held in such esteem in this land, that they have risen to very good
+prices. The bids for the first of the magistracies that were commanded
+to be sold closed at one thousand two hundred and fifty-one pesos;
+and for the second, third, fourth, and fifth, at two thousand eight
+hundred. The four offices of notary-public of this city brought two
+thousand eight hundred and eighty pesos, at seven hundred and twenty
+pesos each. That of the province of Panpanga brought one thousand;
+of Oton, one thousand six hundred and twenty; that of the city and
+province of Cubu, five hundred and sixty; of Ylocos, three hundred
+pesos; and that of Bombon, two hundred and sixty-two pesos. The other
+magistracies and offices of notary-public which were offered at auction
+did not bring so high a price, as the stubbornness and competitions
+which had caused the offices to rise so in value had ceased. For
+this reason the remaining magistracies and offices of notary-public
+have not been sold. I shall give an account to your Majesty, later,
+of whatever is done with regard to them, and the sum they bring will
+be placed in the royal treasury as soon as it is collected. [_Marginal
+note_: "Write to the governor that, in what refers to the offices of
+regidor, it is not expedient that there be the condition permitting
+them to renounce the offices. The sales must be made in the usual
+way. As regards the notarial offices, what has been done is approved."]
+
+On this route to Nueva España your Majesty has four ships, and the
+new one that has just been finished, and which makes the voyage this
+year. Of these, the viceroy of Nueva España sold the ship "San Martin,"
+to make the voyage to Macan, where it was wrecked and burned by the
+Chinese. Another was taken by the English corsair, as I reported to
+your Majesty; and but now when another, in the port of this city,
+was ready to make the voyage, so great a hurricane burst on this and
+many other Spanish and Chinese ships that only a small boat was left
+unwrecked. Of the two remaining, only one is available; the other
+cannot be used, as it is so old. Understanding the great need there
+was of ships, I had a large galleon of six hundred toneladas, which
+had been built in the Pintados Islands, placed in the shipyards of
+your Majesty, for the above-named route. God willing, it may sail in
+the year ninety-one. I have given orders for private persons to make
+two other ships of less tonnage. One is already finished, and both
+will be able to sail next year. It is most important that there be
+for this navigation plenty of ships, both for the emergencies of war
+which may arise, and for the preservation of these islands, which are
+supported by trade. If, as I have suggested several times before, your
+Majesty were pleased to have about ten thousand pesos sent annually
+from Nueva España, two ships of good capacity can be launched very
+easily, without harassing the natives in any way--and with this
+help, at even less than a third of the cost elsewhere. Otherwise,
+there is no way to bring it about. Your Majesty will signify your
+royal pleasure in this. [_Marginal note_: "Write to the governor to
+proceed with and carry out this plan, and to give orders for private
+persons to build ships."]
+
+For the ships sailing between these islands and Nueva España,
+and to other places which may be found, sailors are much needed,
+to navigate them and to remain here to look after them; also
+carpenters and calkers who must reside here to repair them. They
+should be paid in Nueva España as this treasury is too poor. As the
+money for their wages must be sent, sometimes it is not brought,
+and at other times it is lost, thereby causing the sailors to die of
+starvation. Therefore the sailors serve half-heartedly, and desert;
+and there is great negligence in the despatch of the fleets. The only
+remedy for both these evils is from the exchequer of your Majesty. If
+it is to be spent therefor, it would be best for your Majesty to have
+the amount of the freight-charges on the property sent from these
+islands in the said ships granted annually to this royal treasury
+up to the sum of three thousand pesos. Thus the needs here will be
+met without taking from the treasury of Mexico. [_Marginal note_:
+"A decree in accordance herewith. Meanwhile order shall not be given
+that the ships of this line shall sail at his Majesty's cost."]
+
+I have already reported to your Majesty the removal from these forts
+of a quantity of artillery, for the security of the two ships which
+I despatched to Nueva España last year, eighty-eight. That carried by
+one of the ships is paid for by the merchants, as well as the powder,
+arms, and ammunition; and that on the other was at your Majesty's
+expense. Part of the money received I sent to the kingdom of China
+in order to buy what metal could be obtained. Thence they brought
+me one hundred and twenty-five picos [13] (about five arrobas) of
+copper, at thirteen pesos and eight rreals. With this artillery is
+being cast; to take the place of the pieces carried by the ships,
+I had others cast from the metal which I had here. The results are
+very good. Bronze is so cheap in China, and so easy to transport
+and cast in this country, that, if your Majesty will have money
+sent hither from Nueva España for this purpose, artillery could
+be provided in this country both for Nueva España and Piru. Will
+your Majesty signify the royal pleasure in this. [_Marginal note_:
+"Write to the viceroy of Nueva España that this seems expedient, and
+that he may send money to the governor, in order that some artillery
+may be made there, both for Nueva España and Peru. Advice as to what
+is needed must be given to the viceroy of Peru."]
+
+The trade with the Chinese is continually increasing in these
+islands. About four thousand men of that land are here as a general
+rule, including merchants and workmen. These become citizens and settle
+in the alcaiceria [silk-market] of this city. In the surrounding
+villages there are also a large number of Chinese. Their houses are
+being rapidly built of stone, according to the Spanish custom. They
+are very strong, large and imposing in appearance. In two or three
+years, God willing, all the buildings will be erected, as also the
+cathedral church, the monasteries, and other churches. They are being
+built very substantially and some are already finished. The materials
+are so good and the workmen, both Chinese and natives, so numerous,
+that everyone is encouraged to build the houses in this manner. But
+it is a melancholy fact (for it all is like an empty purse, or an
+inn without a guest) that the land is unhealthful, and there are no
+doctors or medicines; and so there is great lack of troops, and of
+men for the usual work of guard and sentinel-duty, and for expeditions
+to carry succor to the settlements and to pacify the uprisings of the
+Indians. The soldiers are constantly dying and passing away, in such
+number that I fear there will be no troops to defend the city from any
+of the many enemies by whom we are surrounded. For the remedy thereof,
+will your Majesty be pleased to have the viceroy of Nueva España send
+the troops, arms, and ammunition which may be requested by the governor
+of these islands, and also the medicines and supplies necessary for
+the camp. It has been three years since we have had any kind of aid
+whatever, and consequently we are in extreme necessity. I beseech
+your Majesty, if you wish these islands to be preserved, that you will
+expressly command the said viceroy to send reënforcements annually to
+this camp, of two hundred men, with powder and ammunition; medicines,
+and other supplies for the hospitals; and whatever the governor may
+advise is necessary. I can assure your Majesty that if this succor
+fail, everything else will fail also, and everything gained by your
+Majesty at so great and excessive expenses, in order to start on the
+way to heaven so many millions of souls who had been dominated by the
+devil, will be lost. Thus will be closed the door of this new world
+which has been opened by your Majesty. [_Marginal note_: "Write to
+the governor that he continue the building. To Don Luis de Velasco,
+that he observe this command, and aid the settlements."]
+
+The fort which, as I had written to your Majesty, was being built, was
+shaken, when about completed, in three places by great earthquakes. It
+opened in one place more than a finger's breadth, although less in the
+others. To assure its safety and construct it in the modern style,
+although it was quite sufficiently strong before, I am constructing
+cavaliers which are to serve as buttresses for it. The principal part,
+that toward the sea, is finished; the other parts are commenced, and,
+God helping, will soon be completed. These will make it so capacious
+and strong that it can withstand any attack. I am sending the model,
+report, and account herewith to your Majesty. _[Marginal note_:
+"Let it be brought."]
+
+Since coming to this country, I have insisted that the religious
+should try to learn the Chinese language, in order to convert and
+teach the Chinese in this land, who are ordinarily about as many as I
+before stated. As it is so difficult and the religious are so busily
+engaged with the natives of the islands, they have not done this. When
+the Dominicans came here, I entrusted to them the instruction of
+the Chinese, and supplied them with interpreters to teach them the
+language. I bade them build a church and dwelling in the alcaiceria
+(called the Parian); and at the point of Tondo, where the Chinese live
+and carry on their trade. Two of the religious have been so apt that
+one of them already understands and speaks that language well, and the
+other will know it in a short time. They are preaching and teaching and
+have converted many people, having now a village of Christians. This
+year, on Holy Thursday they held a procession in honor of the blood
+of Christ, wherein they displayed much devotion. I hope in our Lord
+that, as this people so clearly and firmly understand what they learn,
+and as they have no particular worship, in a short time they will all
+be converted. It is certain that if their long hair were not cut off
+when they are baptized (according to the bishop's commands), there
+would already have been a general conversion in this land, and they
+would have received baptism. I gave account thereof to your Majesty,
+and await your orders. [_Marginal note_: "Write to the provincial
+acknowledging this, and to the bishop "in regard to cutting off the
+hair of the Chinese. This is not expedient, as their conversion is
+thereby retarded. Moreover, they do not dare to return to their own
+country where they could teach and convert others. This custom of the
+Chinese, wearing their hair long, is more usual in other parts of
+the Yndias, as he knows; and hitherto this has not been considered
+unseemly. Let the bishop call together the superiors of the orders,
+and other learned and zealous persons. They shall confer and give
+commands for what is expedient in regard to suitable measures for the
+conversion of the Chinese. He shall send advices thereof, and of the
+difficulties in the way, and shall provide for both."]
+
+The bishop of these islands, as I have at other times written to
+your Majesty, does not countenance appeals made by force, and the
+decrees of the Audiencia; and when he is so inclined, he refuses to
+comply therewith. We have therefore been put to much annoyance and
+constraint in enforcing exile and other penalties, particularly in
+regard to the defense of the royal jurisdiction. This latter has
+not been done because the land is new, and to avoid offending the
+natives. He becomes very angry at times, with little or no occasion,
+so that he often disagrees with the Audiencia, in the pulpit and out of
+it, and causes others to do the same--notwithstanding what your Majesty
+has commanded, and the reprimands that he has received. Although there
+have been serious difficulties, I do not discuss them, in order not
+to weary your Majesty with a longer account. I beseech your Majesty to
+supply the remedy which you think suitable, and to order the bishop not
+to publish, without reason, as he has done, causes of the Holy Office
+against the Audiencia and fiscal. Although we must always do justice,
+and the fiscal must act as plaintiff, there is caused much scandal and
+many hindrances to the authority of your Majesty's Audiencia, by trying
+to disgrace and intimidate the judges by threats of the Inquisition.
+
+Although your Majesty has ordered this camp and the royal hospitals to
+be provided with medicines and other necessities, as there is no doctor
+the soldiers are only treated by unskilled surgeons who attempt to cure
+them. For this reason many people die, and I beseech your Majesty,
+as it so important to your service, to order the viceroy of Nueva
+España to send a good physician with an adequate salary at the cost
+of your royal estate. The city has no money with which to pay him,
+nor do the soldiers, since even the richest of them has not enough
+for his own support. _[Marginal note_: "Write to the viceroy of Nueva
+España to send a doctor and a surgeon to treat these people and give
+advice thereof."]
+
+At the shipyard of these islands your Majesty's chief shipbuilder
+and superintendent of work was Master Miguel de Palacio. He died and
+his place was filled by Master Marco, a good builder of all kinds of
+ships. He died also; and although I understand there is another now in
+charge of the galleon which is being built in the Pintados, he is old
+and cannot all alone attend to the work, to the repairing of the ships
+of the line, and the building of others. There is great need of another
+good officer. I beseech your Majesty to order that, if possible, men
+be sent for this from the kingdoms of Nueva España. [_Marginal note:
+"Idem."_]
+
+In the relation written by the Audiencia are other matters, of which
+I give no account here, since they are there mentioned; your Majesty
+will please order that these be examined. May God preserve the Catholic
+person of your Majesty. At Manila, July 13 of the year 1589.
+
+The doctor _Santiago de Vera_
+
+[_Endorsed_: "Provision is made for the within; let the governor
+be informed."]
+
+
+
+
+Conspiracy Against the Spaniards
+
+
+_Testimony in certain investigations made by Doctor Santiago de Vera,
+president of the Philipinas_
+
+
+In the city of Manila, on the twentieth of May in the year one thousand
+five hundred and eighty-nine. Doctor Santiago de Vera, of the Council
+of the king, our lord, and his governor and captain-general in these
+Philipinas Islands, stated that inasmuch as it is proper and necessary
+to inform the king our sovereign of the compact and conspiracy which
+the Indian chiefs and natives of these islands and the vicinity of
+Manila had plotted against the service of God, our Lord, and against
+his Majesty, and of the inquiry and investigations made thus far in
+order to ascertain and verify the facts, and the status of the case:
+he therefore would order, and he did order, Estevan de Marquina,
+notary-public of Manila--before whom most of the trial has been
+conducted, of which an account has already been given three times to
+the royal Audiencia--to draw up an attested record of the said trial
+in a summary and relation, or such documents as shall be necessary,
+in order to send them to the royal Council of the Indias this present
+year. He also ordered him to inform his Majesty of what is occurring,
+and of what has been done about the matter. This was what Doctor
+Santiago de Vera declared, ordered, and signed.
+
+By order of his Lordship:
+
+_Thomas Perez_
+
+
+In fulfilment of the command and decree of Doctor Santiago de Vera,
+governor and captain-general of these islands, and president of the
+royal Audiencia, I, Estevan de Marquina, notary-public for the king our
+sovereign, of the number [authorized] in the city of Manila, testify
+that a trial and criminal process has been conducted and is still
+pending before the said governor and captain-general. The parties are
+the royal department of justice of the one part, and certain Indian
+chiefs, natives of the villages of Tondo, Misilo, Bulacan, and other
+villages in the neighborhood of Manila, of the other part. The cause
+of this contention seems to be that on the twenty-sixth of October
+of last year, one thousand five hundred and eighty-eight, Doctor
+Santiago de Vera, governor and captain-general of these islands,
+and president of the royal Audiencia, learned that the following
+persons: Don Agustin de Legaspi, one of the chiefs of this land;
+Martin Panga, governor of the village of Tondo, and his first cousin;
+Magat Salamat, the son of the old lord of this land; and other chiefs,
+had not long ago sent a present of weapons and other articles to the
+king of Burney, and that they were quite intent upon holding meetings
+and their usual drunken feasts, swearing to keep secret whatever they
+discussed. He also learned that they had sold and were selling their
+landed property. In order to ascertain what the condition of affairs
+is, the governor made an inquiry and many witnesses were summoned. From
+this inquiry and other investigations and inquests made in the course
+of the trials, it appears that the said Don Agustin de Legaspi and
+Magat Salamat had sent a quantity of shields, arquebuses, and other
+weapons to Xapon and to the petty king of Burney, who has thus been
+enabled to put himself on a war-footing. They warned these powers to
+fortify themselves in their strongholds, because the Spaniards intended
+to go there. They added that the said Don Agustin would notify them in
+person of what was taking place; and that, for this purpose, he would
+ask permission to set out on his commercial enterprises. Likewise
+we learned that the people of the kingdom of Burney were thinking of
+manning a fleet for the purpose of attacking the Spaniards; and that
+they had killed a Franciscan friar and other Spaniards while on their
+way to Malaca from Manila with messages and despatches for the king,
+our sovereign. It appears that on the fourth of November of the said
+year, when the inquiry had not gone further than this, Captain Pedro
+Sarmiento arrived in this city from the Calamianes, which are islands
+near Burney; and brought the news and information that he had left
+behind in the said Calamianes three Indian chiefs of Tondo, namely,
+Magat Salamat, Don Agustin Manuguit, son of Don Phelipe Salalila, and
+Don Joan Banal, brother-in-law of the said Magat. Through Don Antonio
+Surabao, his servant and chief of his encomienda, he had learned that
+these men were going as ambassadors to the petty king of Burney, in
+order to induce him to send a fleet to attack the Spaniards, and to
+join the chiefs of Jolo, and Sumaelob, chief of Cuyo, who had already
+come to terms and offered to help them with two thousand men. They had
+persuaded the said Don Antonio Surabao to accompany them and carry
+out their plans; but the latter while on the one hand he promised
+to help them, in order not to arouse their suspicion, on the other
+hand unfolded the plan to Captain Sarmiento. He added, moreover,
+that Amarlangagui, chief of Baibai, who was within the jurisdiction
+of Manila and held the office of master-of-artillery, had told him,
+while in this city, that all the chiefs of this neighborhood had
+plotted and conspired with the Borneans to rebel against the service
+of the king our sovereign, and to kill the Spaniards of this city,
+while they were off their guard. The plan was that when the fleet
+of Burney reached the port of Cavite, and the Spaniards trustfully
+called these chiefs to their aid, they would all immediately enter
+the houses of the Spaniards with their men, fortify themselves in
+them and thus take possession of them one by one. If the Spaniards
+took refuge in the fortress, Indian soldiers would follow them; and,
+being two to one, they would surely kill the Spaniards. Maluco offered
+an example of this; for with but few people they had taken so large a
+fortress from the Portuguese. To this end the people of Burney were
+building seven galleys and other warships, and were getting ready
+ammunition and war-material. Thus it is affirmed by the said Don
+Antonio Surabao himself, who says that, under the pledge of friendship
+and secrecy, he was made acquainted with all this, and was persuaded
+to join the said conspiracy. Upon this, with the governor's approval,
+soldiers and attendants were immediately despatched with his orders to
+arrest the said chiefs, and to bring them to this city as quickly as
+possible. From the inquiry and secret investigations which were taken
+up anew, it appears that last year, five hundred and eighty-seven,
+when Captain Don Joan Gayo and many Japanese with merchandise arrived
+at this city in a ship from Xapon, Don Agustin de Legaspi became
+very friendly to him, inviting him many times to eat and drink at
+his house which is on the other side of the river of this city. The
+agreement and stipulation which he made with Don Joan Gayo through
+the Japanese interpreter, Dionisio Fernandez, and in the presence of
+the said Magat Salamat, Don Agustin Manuguit, Don Phelipe Salalila,
+his father, and Don Geronimo Bassi, Don Agustin de Legaspi's brother,
+was, that the said captain should come to this city with soldiers from
+Xapon, and enter it under pretext of peace and commerce, bringing in
+his ship flags for the use of the Spaniards, so that the latter should
+think his intentions peaceful. It was also agreed that the chiefs
+of the neighborhood would help them to kill the Spaniards, and would
+supply the provisions and everything necessary. The said Don Agustin
+de Legaspi was to set out to meet them; and, in order that they might
+recognize one another, he would carry some of the weapons which the
+said captain had given him. After they had conquered the Spaniards,
+they would make him [Don Agustin] king of the land, and collect the
+tribute from the natives, which would be divided between Don Agustin
+and the Japanese. They swore this after their fashion, by anointing
+their necks with a broken egg. Don Agustin de Legaspi discussed and
+arranged the whole plan with Amaghicon, an Indian chief of Navotas,
+warned him to keep the secret, and gave him some of the weapons which
+the Japanese had given him, in order that they might recognize one
+another. According to the declarations of Dionisio Fernandez, the
+Japanese interpreter, Don Phelipe Salalila, Don Geronimo Basi, Magat
+Salamat, and other witnesses who were present at the said meetings and
+compacts, and as it appears also from the trial and investigations,
+it seems that when Don Martin Panga, under the charge of adultery,
+Don Agustin de Legaspi, for accounts demanded of him at the time when
+he was governor of Tondo, Don Gabriel Tuambaçan, Don Francisco Acta,
+his son, and Pitongatan were taken to the prison of this court, each
+and every one of them swore, after their fashion, to help one another
+with their persons and property in all matters--be it concerning the
+liberty of their slaves, or in any other difficulty.
+
+Likewise it appears that after they left the said prison, the said
+Don Martin Panga was exiled from the village of Tondo for a certain
+period, and went to live in the village of Tambobo, not far from this
+city. There he and Don Agustin de Legaspi invited the other leaders to
+come together for a secret meeting. Under pretext of visiting said Don
+Martin Panga, a meeting was held in the said village by Don Phelipe
+Salalila, Don Agustin Manuguit; Magat Salamat, chief of Tondo; Don
+Pedro Bolingui, chief of Pandaca; Don Geronimo Basi and Don Grabiel
+Tuam Basar, Don Agustin's brothers; Don Luis Amanicalao and Calao
+his son; the brothers Don Dionisio Capolo and Don Phelipe Salonga;
+Don Phelipe Amarlangagui, chief of Catangalan; Don Francisco Acta and
+Amaghicon; with other Indian timaguas, servants, and allies of his. For
+three days they met, and drank after their fashion. During this time
+they resolved to act in harmony and with one mind in everything. If
+their slaves demanded liberty, they were to help one another against
+them; for already they were not regarded or obeyed as before. They
+possessed neither slaves nor gold, and found themselves poor and
+cast down, ready to go to prison any day. Their sorrow was very keen
+because their wives were being taken away from them, and given to
+others to whom, they claimed, they had been first married. For all
+these reasons they were very sad, and they discussed and plotted,
+and took oath, according to their custom, that if an enemy came to
+Manila to attack the Spaniards, they would unanimously and with one
+mind aid the enemy against the Spaniards. Thus they would once more
+become masters, as they had been before, and exercise the old tyranny
+over the common people--who now were much favored by the Spaniards,
+being promoted to superior places by them. The said Don Agustin de
+Legaspi proposed to them the plan and compact which he had made with
+the said Japanese Don Joan Payo [Gayo]; and the other chiefs declared
+that they were ready to help him and to accede to his wishes.
+
+After this, it appears that in the month of February, one thousand
+five hundred and eighty-eight, when we heard of the English pirate
+who passed through these islands and plundered the ship "Santana,"
+the said chiefs made preparations, thinking he would come to this city,
+to carry out their plan.
+
+A few days afterward, Don Estevan Taes, chief of Bulacan, came to
+the village of Tondo where they were. He conferred with Don Martin
+Panga; and they decided that since the Englishman had not come, and
+the compact made at the meeting of Tambobo had not been carried out,
+they should call another meeting to discuss what had been planned at
+the former one. To this end, he offered to notify and call together
+all the chiefs from his village as far as Tondo, while Don Martin
+Panga was to summon the other chiefs as far as Cavite. To this end,
+the said Don Martin Panga said that he would carry a letter to the
+governors of Malolos and Guiguinto, and tell them to hasten to the
+meeting; and that, when they were assembled, he could communicate
+to them the bad or the good which he kept within his breast. After
+Don Esteban Tael [_sic_] had told him to leave the matter in his
+hands, Don Martin Panga declared, in the presence of Pitongatan,
+that he and Don Agustin had planned to call together the men of La
+Laguna and Comitan; and that, when the people were all gathered,
+they would discuss the means of regaining the freedom and lordship
+which their fathers had enjoyed before them; and, with all the people
+collected at Tondo, would attack Manila, as arranged with Balaya,
+chief of Vangos, and with the natives of Batan. It seems that the
+said meeting did not take place, on account of various occupations
+which detained the said chiefs. Moreover it appears that about the
+same time, when certain Indian chiefs of Panpanga came to Manila on
+business connected with their province, on passing through the village
+of Tondo, Don Agustin Panga summoned them; and he, together with
+Don Agustin de Legaspi, Sagat Malagat, and Amanicalao, talked with
+them, and inquired after the business that took them to Manila. The
+chiefs answered that they came to entreat the governor to command the
+cessation of the lawsuits concerning slaves in Panpanga, until they
+could gather in the harvest. Don Martin said that this was very good,
+and that they also wished to make the same entreaty and to bring their
+slaves to court; but that to attain this it would be best to assemble
+and choose a leader from among them, whom they should swear to obey
+in everything as a king, in order that none should act alone. The
+chiefs of Panpanga said that they had [no] war with the Spaniards,
+to cause them to plot against the latter, and that they had a good
+king. Thus they did not consent to what was asked from them by the
+aforesaid chiefs, and proceeded to Manila in order to transact their
+business. In Manila they were again invited to go to Tondo, to take
+food with the plotters; but the Panpanga chiefs refused. On the same
+day a meeting was held in Tondo by Don Agustin de Legaspi and Don
+Martin Panga; Don Luis Balaya, chief of Bangos; Agustin Lea and Alonso
+Digma, his nephews; Don Phelipe Salalila and Don Agustin Manuguit, his
+son; Don Luis Amanicalao, and Calao, his son; Don Grabiel Tuambacar,
+Don Francisco Acta, Don Phelipe Salonga, and other natives who rendered
+service. While they were thus assembled, they all resolved and agreed,
+amid the usual drinking, that the abovementioned Magat should go to the
+Calamianes and from that place notify the Borneans to come to Manila
+to attack the Spaniards; and the chiefs would wait for them here,
+and would take care to receive and help them. In fulfilment of this,
+the said chief Magat Salamat went to the Calamianes, which are near the
+kingdom of Burney, taking with him the chiefs Don Agustin Manuguit and
+Don Joan Banal. Thence he went to the island of Cuyo, where it seems
+that he discussed the matter with Sumaelob, chief of the said island,
+and persuaded him to come with the Borneans to plunder Manila. At
+that time he was arrested for this trial, was brought to this city,
+and openly confessed that what has been said actually occurred.
+
+The said inquiries and investigations made in reference to the
+trial of the aforesaid persons were examined by the governor and
+captain-general; and he gave orders to arrest those who appeared
+guilty, in the various regions and provinces in which they were
+to be found, and on different days, letting no one of the guilty
+ones escape. The men were arrested and their confessions were taken
+down separately. At the proper time and place they were each charged
+with the crime which resulted against each of them; and a copy of the
+charge was given to them and to their attorneys on their behalf. Their
+cases were received on trial in a certain order and for a certain
+period, so as to give them, during that period, an opportunity of
+clearing themselves from the charge. The time expired, and the trial
+was definitely closed. The governor and captain-general reviewed the
+trial, and on different days pronounced a final sentence against each
+one of them, according to their guilt. The sentence is in substance
+as follows:
+
+Don Agustin de Legaspi and Don Martin Panga, as leaders and chiefs, and
+being convicted by witnesses, were condemned to be dragged and hanged;
+their heads were to be cut off and exposed on the gibbet in iron cages,
+as an example and warning against the said crime. All their goods
+were to be confiscated and set apart, half for the royal treasury
+and half for judicial expenses. The above-mentioned appealed from
+the aforesaid sentence to the royal Audiencia of these islands; but
+after having examined the trial, the Audiencia confirmed the aforesaid
+sentence, and returned the case to the governor and captain-general
+in order that justice might be done. The death-punishment was to cut
+their heads off and to expose them on the gibbet in iron cages. The
+sites of their houses were to be plowed and sown with salt. All their
+property, after the judicial expenses had been defrayed, should be
+set aside for the royal treasury. This sentence was executed upon
+the abovementioned persons as here stated.
+
+Dionisio Fernandez, Japanese interpreter in the negotiations with
+Xapon, having confessed and having been convicted, was condemned to
+be hanged and to lose his property, half of it to be set aside for
+the royal treasury and half for judicial expenses. He appealed from
+this sentence to the royal Audiencia; but this court, after it had
+examined the trial, returned it to the governor and captain-general,
+in order that justice might be done. The sentence was executed upon
+him as here stated.
+
+Don Pedro Balinguit, chief of the village of Pandaca, was sentenced to
+six years of prescribed exile in Nueva España, and was condemned to
+pay six taes of orejeras gold [14] for the treasury of the king our
+sovereign, and for judicial expenses. The fiscal and he appealed to
+his Majesty's chamber--I mean to the royal Audiencia--and this court
+returned the case to the captain-general, so that justice might be
+done. This man is about to sail in these ships for his place of exile.
+
+Pitongatan, chief of the village of Tondo, was sentenced to exile in
+Nueva España for eight years. His property was to be equally divided
+between the treasury of the king, our sovereign, and the judicial
+expenses. He and the fiscal appealed to the royal Audiencia; and this
+court on a second examination sentenced him to exile in such place
+as the governor should choose, for two years--one prescribed and the
+other unconditioned--and to pay costs only.
+
+Don Phelipe Salonga, chief of the village of Polo, was sentenced to
+exile in Nueva España for six years. Half of his property was to be
+set aside for the treasury of the king, our sovereign, and half for
+judicial expenses. He and the fiscal appealed to the royal Audiencia;
+but the case was returned to the captain-general, in order that
+justice might be done.
+
+Don Phelipe Amarlangagui, chief of Catangalan, was sentenced to
+exile from his village for six years, to a place prescribed. His
+property was to be divided equally between the treasury of the king,
+our sovereign, and the judicial expenses. He and the fiscal appealed to
+the royal Audiencia; but the case was returned to the captain-general,
+in order that justice might be done, except that the exile was to be
+for four years.
+
+Daulat, chief of the village of Castilla, was sentenced to prescribed
+exile from this district for four years, and condemned to pay ten taes
+of orejeras gold, half for the royal treasury and half for judicial
+expenses. He and the fiscal appealed to the royal Audiencia; but
+the case was returned to the captain-general, in order that justice
+might be done, except that of the four years of exile two were to be
+prescribed and two unconditioned.
+
+Don Joan Basi, chief and former governor of the village of Tagui,
+was sentenced to prescribed exile from this jurisdiction [15] for
+four years. Half of his property was set aside for the treasury of
+his Majesty, and half for the judicial expenses. He and the fiscal
+appealed to the royal Audiencia, whence the case was remitted to the
+captain-general, with the exception that the whole penalty should
+consist only of two years of prescribed exile.
+
+Dionisio Capolo, chief of Candava, was sentenced to prescribed exile
+from this jurisdiction for eight years, and was condemned to pay
+fifteen taes of orejeras gold, half of which was to be set aside
+for the treasury of his Majesty, and half for judicial expenses. He
+and the fiscal appealed to the royal Audiencia, which, after having
+examined the report of the trial, remitted it to the captain-general,
+in order that justice might be done--save that the whole penalty
+was to consist of four years of prescribed exile, and the payment of
+twelve taes of orejeras gold. The sentence was executed.
+
+Don Francisco Acta, chief of Tondo, was sentenced to four years of
+prescribed exile. Half of his goods and property was to be divided
+between the treasury of his Majesty and judicial expenses. He and the
+fiscal appealed to the court of his Majesty; but the case was remitted
+to the captain-general in order that justice might be done--save that
+the whole penalty was to consist of four years' prescribed exile,
+and nothing more.
+
+Don Luis Amanicalao was sentenced to prescribed exile from this
+jurisdiction for six years. His goods were to be divided between the
+treasury of his Majesty and the judicial expenses. He and the attorney
+appealed to the royal Audiencia, but the case was likewise remitted
+to the captain-general in order that justice might be done--only that
+the exile was to be reduced to three years. The sentence was executed.
+
+Don Grabiel Tuambacar, chief of Tondo, was sentenced to exile from
+this jurisdiction for four years, and was condemned to pay six taes
+of orejeras gold--half for the treasury of his Majesty, and half for
+the judicial expenses. He appealed to the royal Audiencia, as did the
+fiscal also; but the case was remitted to the governor, in order that
+he might execute justice upon him--except that the penalty was to be
+only four years' exile.
+
+Calao, chief of Tondo, was sentenced to exile from this jurisdiction
+for four years. Half of his goods were to be applied as in other
+cases. He and the fiscal appealed to the royal Audiencia, whence
+the case was returned to the captain-general, in order that he might
+execute justice--except that the only penalty was four years' exile.
+
+Omaghicon, chief of Navotas, was sentenced to prescribed exile in
+Nueva España for six years, and was condemned to pay sixty taes of
+orejeras gold, half of it to be set aside for the treasury of his
+Majesty, and half for the judicial expenses. This money was to be paid
+within a month, under pain of hanging. The fiscal of his Majesty and
+the culprit appealed to the royal Audiencia; there the sentence was
+revoked, and the guilty man was condemned to die, and to lose half of
+his goods, the latter to be applied as specified above. Thus he was
+condemned on a new trial, and put to death; and inquiries are being
+made about his goods.
+
+Don Geronimo Bassi was sentenced to exile in Nueva España for ten
+years. His property was to be divided between the treasury of his
+Majesty and the judicial expenses. He and the fiscal of his Majesty
+appealed to the royal Audiencia--which, after an examination and a
+new trial, revoked the sentence and condemned him to death, and to
+the loss of all his goods in favor of the royal treasury. The sentence
+was executed.
+
+Don Phelipe Salalila, chief of Misilo, was exiled to Nueva España for
+twelve years, and condemned to pay seventy taes of gold _de orejeras_,
+of which half was to be set aside for the treasury of his Majesty
+and half for judicial expenses. He was to pay the money within twenty
+days under pain of death. He and the attorney of his Majesty appealed
+to the royal Audiencia--which, after an examination and a new trial,
+revoked the sentence and condemned him to death, and to the loss of
+all his goods in favor of the treasury of his Majesty. The sentence
+was executed upon him.
+
+Don Esteban Taes, chief of Bulacan, was sentenced to prescribed
+exile in Nueva España for eight years, and condemned to pay sixty
+taes of orejeras gold, for the treasury of his Majesty and for
+judicial expenses. The money was to be paid within thirty days
+under pain of death. He and the fiscal of the king appealed to the
+royal Audiencia--which, on an examination and new trial, revoked the
+sentence, and condemned him to death and to the loss of all his goods
+in favor of the royal exchequer and the treasury of his Majesty. The
+sentence was executed.
+
+Magat Salamat was condemned to death. His goods were to be employed
+for the erection of the new fortress of this city. He appealed to
+the royal Audiencia; but the case was remitted to the governor, in
+order that justice might be done--except that the goods were to be
+set aside for the treasury. The sentence was executed.
+
+Don Agustin Manuguit was sentenced to exile in Nueva España for six
+years, and condemned to pay twenty taes of orejeras gold toward the
+building of the new fortress. Failing to pay this sum, the term of
+his exile would be doubled. He agreed to pay it, and the sentence
+was executed.
+
+Don Luis Balaya, chief of Bangos, was sentenced to exile from his
+village for two years, one prescribed and the other unconditioned. He
+was also condemned to pay ten taes of orejeras gold toward the building
+of the fortress, to which he agreed.
+
+Alonso Lea was acquitted on the trial.
+
+Amarlangagui, chief of the village of Tondo, was exiled from this
+jurisdiction for four years, two prescribed and two unconditioned. He
+was also condemned to pay fifteen taes of orejeras gold toward the
+said building of the fortress. He agreed to this, and the sentence
+was executed.
+
+Don Joan Banal, chief of Tondo, was sentenced to exile from this
+jurisdiction for six years, and condemned to pay ten taes of orejeras
+gold toward the building of the said fortress. He agreed to this,
+and paid the money.
+
+In the case of Amaghicon, Indian chief of the island of Cuyo, sentence
+is yet to be passed by the governor; for the man was brought hither
+only a short time ago, as he lived very far from this city.
+
+The said sentences, as specified, were executed upon the above-named
+persons. Those who were exiled to Nueva España are about to sail in
+the ships which are to be despatched this year to that country. As for
+the goods [confiscated], most of the men have paid their fines; but in
+case of those who have failed to do this, the alcaldes-mayor have been
+ordered to make investigations about them. They are already doing so,
+as appears from the said trial and process, to which I refer. And,
+in order that the whole matter may be evident, I give by the said
+command the present record, in Manila, on the thirteenth day of July
+in the year one thousand five hundred and eighty-nine. I affix my seal,
+in testimony of the truth.
+
+_Esteban de Marquina_, notary-public.
+
+
+We, the notaries who have here signed our names, [16] certify and
+attest that Esteban de Marquina, from whom proceeds this authenticated
+record, is indeed a notary-public, of the number authorized in this
+city, as is stated herein, and is now exercising his office; and
+that the deeds, attestations, and records which have been and are
+transacted in his presence have been and are thoroughly certified
+and authenticated, both within court and without. Done at Manila,
+on the thirteenth day of July in the year one thousand five hundred
+and eighty-nine.
+
+
+
+
+Letter from Gaspar de Ayala to Felipe II
+
+
+Sire:
+
+Last year I gave your Majesty a detailed account of the events that
+had hitherto occurred in these islands; of what has since happened I
+will give account in this letter. As soon as the ships left for Nueva
+España, we set about building a ship of seven hundred toneladas at
+the cost of your Majesty's royal exchequer. As purveyor thereof was
+appointed Captain Don Juan Ronquillo, alcalde-mayor of the province
+of Pintados. The ship is being built in that district, and paid
+for out of the tributes which your Majesty has from that province;
+and this city provided some articles which were lacking there. The
+purveyor writes that he can make the voyage this coming year. This ship
+will be the fourth of your Majesty's vessels on that route [to Nueva
+España]. I understand that two of them will be of no use for this next
+year, as they will have to be laid aside. Thus it will be necessary,
+that the navigation on that route may not cease, that ships be built
+continually. Although the Mariscal Grabiel de Rribera and Captain Juan
+Pablo de Carrion are each building a ship, they will not be able to
+support them, and will be obliged to sell them at the port of Acapulco
+on the first voyage, for the Piru trade. Although they could be bought
+in these islands on the account of your Majesty's royal exchequer,
+it seems to me better that your Majesty should save the profits that
+will be made after their construction; since they can easily be built
+at much less cost than if they were bought after they are built.
+
+The accounts of your royal exchequer have been audited this year, and
+are being sent with everything clearly expressed. The entire accounts
+are set forth and the data in detail, each class by itself. Because
+the gold was very cheap this year, on account of the great lack of
+coin, some uneasiness was felt for your royal exchequer. Its income
+has not reached the value of last year, although your Majesty's gold
+has been more valuable than that of private persons, because it had
+to be distributed in various payments. If it were possible for your
+Majesty's royal treasury to keep the gold and sell it at the coming of
+the ships, there would be considerable profit. However, as the gold is
+being constantly needed, and there is nothing else with which to meet
+the salaries and other necessary obligations, it is, when there is a
+lack of coin, distributed at the common value--although, as I have said
+before, a somewhat higher value is given to your Majesty's gold. If,
+as I have written in other letters, your Majesty would be pleased to
+command forty or fifty thousand pesos to be brought every year from
+Nueva España to the royal treasury of these islands, returning thence
+the value thereof in gold, it would give the greatest relief to this
+treasury and profit to your royal exchequer; for twenty-five thousand
+pesos in gold, at the price at which it is given in tribute by the
+Indians, would amount to fifty thousand in Nueva España. This could
+be done very easily, if your Majesty would assume the risk of the
+transportation of the money and the return of the gold. As a result,
+your royal treasury could in a short time be free from obligations,
+and could aid in the maintenance of this kingdom. [_Marginal note_:
+"Abstract this clause, and send it to the viceroy of Nueva España."]
+
+By virtue of your royal decree received by your governor in the past
+year, concerning the sale of the magistracies and offices of notary,
+by order of your said governor the following offices were sold, in the
+usual manner of selling your royal property: Four public notaryships
+in this city, at eight hundred pesos each; the notarial office of
+Panpanga, at one thousand pesos; that of the province of Pintados,
+at one thousand seven hundred pesos; that of Cebu, at six hundred;
+that of Bombon, at three hundred; that of Ylocos, at three hundred;
+that of Camarines is set at six hundred, and has not been adjudged
+to a bidder. These offices were sold with some inducements, in order
+that there should be more bidding. Of ten magistracies which were
+placed at auction, five were sold--the first at one thousand four
+hundred pesos, the second at nine hundred, the third at a thousand,
+the fourth at one thousand two hundred, and the fifth at nine hundred
+and ten. The others are left to be auctioned upon the arrival of the
+ship from Nueva España. To increase the value of the offices sold,
+there were also admitted some bonuses, after payment of which, I
+understand, the offices will clear fifteen thousand pesos more or
+less. That the magistracies might have more value to meet the present
+necessities, your said governor commanded that they be sold with the
+condition that the owners thereof could renounce them by depositing
+in your royal treasury the third of the value, as is done with the
+offices of clerks. Should your Majesty confirm this, it will be of
+much profit to your royal exchequer.
+
+Besides the notarial offices which your royal decree ordered to be
+sold, no mention was made of those of La Laguna, of the Coast and
+Tondo, of Bulacan, of the cabildo of this city, and that of Pangasinan,
+which are all large jurisdictions and have notaries appointed by
+themselves. Moreover, there may thus be sold the office of notary of
+the alcaiceria [silk-market] of the Chinese, where there is a separate
+judge; and that of the mines and registries, with the inspection
+of the Chinese ships, in the form provided by your governor, and
+used by Thomas Perez. If this last office were sold with the others,
+we could find a person who would give therefor five thousand pesos;
+and should your governor provide the office of al-ferez-mayor and
+that of depositary-general, it would come to six thousand pesos. I
+understand that if your Majesty should command these offices to be
+sold by open vote in the cabildo, there would be found many purchasers.
+
+When Alonso Veltran, your notary of the court of this Audiencia,
+departed for Nueva España, he sold his office, by official permission,
+to Alonso de Torres, an honored merchant, for four thousand five
+hundred pesos. The third thereof was placed in your royal treasury
+of which he made royal exhibition in the Audiencia, and asked to be
+admitted to the possession and exercise of said office. When your
+governor examined the records, he said that the cognizance of that
+cause was not for the Audiencia, but for the governor, because the
+general decree providing for the sale of offices for Nueva España came
+addressed to the viceroy. Consequently, the Audiencia referred to the
+governor the cognizance and decision of this matter; and he declared
+that the said Alonso de Torres was not entitled to admission. Although
+the latter appealed, he did not dare continue the case, in order,
+as he said, to avoid misfortune. For this reason, your royal treasury
+lost one thousand five hundred pesos. To remedy this, and to increase
+your royal exchequer, it is most important for your Majesty to command
+that the said general decree directed to the viceroy of Nueva España
+in the year eighty-one, [17] which treats of the sale and renunciation
+of offices, be observed in these islands. Its fulfilment should be
+enforced by your president and auditors; and, when a vacancy occurs
+in any office, the said office should be sold, in order that your
+royal treasury may have some relief. If it is not thus commanded,
+the governors will exercise the privilege of providing offices.
+
+Last year I reported to your Majesty that, because of the death of
+Doña Ana de Palacios, there had been left vacant an encomienda owned
+by her in Camarines. Petition had been made to your governor that
+it be placed to the account of your royal crown, in virtue of your
+Majesty's royal decree; and that twelve thousand pesos of income should
+be paid to this royal Audiencia. But because Captain Joan Maldonado
+presented another decree in which your Majesty commands that there
+be given him two thousand pesos of income from unallotted Indians,
+on account of his many services and extreme poverty, part of the
+said encomienda was given him; while to your royal crown there was
+assigned the other part, amounting to eleven hundred Indians, more or
+less. Moreover, at the end of December of the past year, eighty-eight,
+the encomienda owned by Don Luis de Sagajosa at Ylocos was left vacant
+by his death. I petitioned your governor to place it to the account
+of your royal crown, in compliance with the said royal decree. He
+declared that it could not be allotted to the crown, but that it would
+remain vacant, and the income would be assigned to your royal treasury
+as royal property, until your Majesty should command otherwise. Less
+than seven hundred Indians of this encomienda were apportioned to your
+royal crown, in order that the income therefrom should be enjoyed by
+the hospital. Appeal from this was made to the Audiencia, and the case
+was continued. The result thereof was that another decree was issued
+by your Majesty to the Augustinian friars, in which your Majesty
+granted them a gift and alms of ten thousand ducats, payable within
+ten years in unassigned Indians. In consideration of their poverty,
+I consented that from the income of this encomienda there should be
+given them three hundred pesos every year, until your decree should
+be fulfilled. Then a revision of the decree was issued, ordering that
+the said encomienda be allotted to your royal crown; but that from the
+income thereof there should be given to the hospital six hundred pesos
+for eight years, and to the convent of San Agustin three hundred pesos
+every year until your decree should be fulfilled. After the payment
+of that nine hundred pesos, the grants for religious instruction, and
+the costs of the collection, I understand that there will remain clear
+for your royal treasury the sum of one thousand four hundred pesos,
+besides the nine hundred of the hospital and convent after their dues
+are satisfied. The Audiencia placed this encomienda to the account of
+your royal crown; for, although your governor was ordered twice to do
+so, according to the ordinances of first consideration and revision,
+he would not comply. He was ordered to give a writ, in order that
+the officials of your royal exchequer could hold it as title.
+
+Later, on account of the death of Captain Villanueva, two encomiendas
+were left vacant--one called Malgandon, and the other near this
+city--which were worth two thousand pesos of income. As soon as he
+died, without notice thereof having been given to me, on the first
+day of last May before daybreak, your governor assigned the said
+encomiendas--that of Malgandon to Cristoval de Axqueta; and the
+other to Don Luis Enrriques, who abandoned another encomienda which
+he held, of as much and more income, but somewhat farther away from
+this city. At the same time the encomienda that he had abandoned was
+assigned, half to each of two other soldiers. On the following day
+I heard the news, and I presented myself in the Audiencia in order
+to appeal, and to take exception to whatever possession should
+be taken. I appealed from whatever writ of possession might be
+provided; and I ordered that a copy of this appeal be handed to the
+parties. Cristoval de Axqueta kept himself hidden, in order that notice
+might not be served on him; and four or five days after my appeal
+the possession which I had opposed was given him by an alcalde-mayor
+of Pangasinan. The other litigants did not take possession; and, the
+case being concluded, a writ was issued, by which all were protected
+in their possession. The decision in respect to the ownership was
+submitted to your royal Council of the Indias, I having appealed
+from the writ. The case has been concluded and considered, and the
+decision has not been reached; of that I shall later send a report
+to your Majesty.
+
+For these reasons your governor is inciting the soldiers and telling
+them that I am depriving them of means of sustenance, and various
+other things, in order to set them against me, and make himself
+popular with them, while disparaging me. Consequently, some of them
+bear me ill-will. Your said governor, although he knows that he cannot
+take Indians from your royal crown, has assigned some of them three
+or four times; and I have had them taken away by process of law. He
+satisfied himself by telling the soldiers that he had given them a
+means of support, but that I had taken it away. As I took exception
+to his acts, and caused several encomiendas to be revoked which
+had been given by him, he says that he is not the governor, but I
+am. I beseech your Majesty to be pleased to command your governor to
+refrain from such indignities to me, as the diligence which I exercise
+and the actions at law which I cause are for your royal service, the
+increase of the royal exchequer, and the fulfilment of my conscience
+and obligation. As I am hated in this country for doing my duty,
+would your Majesty be pleased to favor me by granting me leave to
+depart, and giving me a charge elsewhere where I may serve better and
+more satisfactorily, and where no one will complain of me. When your
+Majesty receives this, I shall have served in this office of fiscal
+almost seven years. Should your Majesty not be disposed to grant me
+this favor I shall continue in my service here until I die.
+
+Still later, at the death of Doña Maria de Miranda, two encomiendas
+were left vacant, both worth a thousand pesos of income. They were
+given to Don Fernando de Villafaña, by virtue of your royal decree,
+in which it is commanded that your governor should give him an
+encomienda of Indians. He has served in these islands about ten years,
+and for his good service and poverty but little has been given him. On
+this account, and as your Majesty had commanded that he be given an
+encomienda of Indians, I took no exception, as in the other cases.
+
+This year there came from China eleven or twelve vessels with but
+little merchandise, because, as they say, there have been many wars
+and a severe plague. It has been reported that a ship from Panama
+or Piru, prepared to lay out a large sum of money, has arrived at
+Macan, which is on the river of Canton. As I have stated in previous
+communications, if it is permitted to carry on trade between Piru
+or Nueva España and China, this country will be depopulated and
+ruined. The principal means of support here is the merchandise from
+China, and the profit which results from sending those goods to be
+sold in Nueva España. This would be completely done away with, should
+ships go from that country or Piru to China; for it is evident that,
+if these ships bought the merchandise needed, there would be no market
+or sale for the goods brought from these islands. Neither would the
+Chinese come here with their ships to sell the goods, or at least
+not in so large numbers; and besides the general loss to this land,
+there would be lost the customs duties of import and export.
+
+At my petition, in view of the fact that a large part of the gold
+paid as tribute had not been declared, and the fifth taken, it was
+decreed that within a fortnight after the collection of tribute, the
+gold should be declared, and the registers of collection displayed,
+before the officials of your royal exchequer, under penalty of
+losing the third part of the tribute for that year. The aforesaid was
+proclaimed and notification was given to the encomenderos of this city,
+and the decrees therefor were sent to the alcaldes-mayor. Nevertheless,
+there is laxity in the declarations; and it would be of great benefit
+for your Majesty to order the officers of your royal exchequer to
+exercise great care in this, and to see that the disobedient suffer
+the penalties. [_Marginal note_: "Bring the decrees in this case."]
+
+Last year a fragata was despatched from this city to Maluco. Therein
+were two descalced friars, who were going to that court on business
+connected with their order; and they carried with them a packet of
+letters from this Audiencia and your governor. This fragata anchored
+in a port of the island of Borney, called El Paso; and the natives
+attacked them, after having given assurance of safety so that they
+would land. They killed one of the friars, and all the men except
+three or four Spaniards; and burned the fragata, after having robbed
+it. Those who escaped say that this attack had been made by order
+of the king of Burney, and that a Spanish soldier who had gone
+there had been persuaded to turn renegade. They pay him a stipend
+for making plans for stone fortifications, and making weapons and
+powder. Your governor despatched a ship, sending a messenger to ask
+for this soldier; but the reply has not yet come. Many people were
+of the opinion that, if soldiers had been in these islands in any
+great number, a fleet should be sent to attack the said king--both
+for the reason already given, and because he was a tributario to
+your Majesty, and has refused to pay tribute. But with the few
+troops in these islands, no expedition can be made, nor do we who
+are in Manila feel at all secure, with the forces that we have in
+this kingdom. There are many enemies and but few Spaniards, and
+the latter are dying in great numbers every day. Also, for lack of
+troops, punishment has not been meted out for the insolence which, as
+I reported to your Majesty last year, had been perpetrated by the king
+of Mindanao. In the past few days the Indians of Cibu have revolted,
+and have killed the encomenderos who were collecting the tribute,
+and other soldiers. They seized the women, and detained them for a
+long time, until the alcalde-mayor of that island, with a number of
+friendly Indians and fifty or sixty Spaniards, attacked and chastised
+them. Some were killed in the encounter, and those most guilty were
+hanged. Thereupon the said alcalde-mayor wrote that that island was
+pacified. It lies more than one hundred and fifty leagues from this
+city. Later, on the seventh of last June, there came further advices
+from the said alcalde-mayor, to the effect that the natives of said
+islands, with other neighboring peoples, had conspired to burn the
+city, and kill all the Spaniards who might be there; and that several
+of the principal authors of the plot have been captured, and steps are
+being taken to arrest the others. Your governor sent him instructions
+as to what he should do.
+
+Four or five months ago two soldiers came from the city of Segovia,
+located in the province of Cagayan. They were sent by the alcalde-mayor
+of that province, bringing word that the province was all in rebellion
+and that the Indians had killed many Spaniards. The natives were so
+bold and daring that they entered into the city to murder and rob. He
+begged for reënforcements of troops and ammunition, or that province
+would be depopulated. It is the most important of these islands as
+it is the nearest to Japon and is within fifty leagues of the coast
+of China. Reënforcements were sent by the master-of-camp, Pedro de
+Chaves, with four or five ships and fifty soldiers, besides what
+supplies and ammunition they could take. We have received news of
+their arrival only. The outcome of the expedition I will relate when
+it is over. Captain Martin de Barrios was also slain by the Indians
+while he was collecting the tribute from his encomienda, together with
+other soldiers; and I am ready to certify that there are few places
+in these islands where the natives are not disaffected. When there is
+any uprising they communicate with one another, make allies, and send
+messengers to keep up relations. This is because the Indians know that
+there is but a small force of Spaniards, and that they are separated
+from one another, and that their punishments are not inflicted as
+they formerly were, under a military régime, but by a judicial order.
+
+The past year we were informed that the Indian chiefs of this
+district had met together at different times to discuss rebellion
+against your royal service, and the death of all the Spaniards in
+these islands, and the mastery of this land which was enjoyed by
+their forefathers. At the time when this happened there was in this
+city a Japanese captain, who had come here ostensibly for trading and
+carrying on commerce. The natives made arrangements with him to come
+to their aid with ships and soldiers. They were to give him part of
+the land, and would send messengers to the king of Borney and other
+principal Indians of other provinces, in order that they might come to
+their assistance. They swore very solemnly according to their custom
+to keep and fulfil the agreement. They chose a king, captains, and
+officers of war; and weapons were made in secret. On the discovery
+of their treachery and plots, the principal chiefs were arrested;
+seven or eight of them were hanged and beheaded, and their property
+confiscated. Many others were exiled, some from their villages, and
+others to Nueva España who sail in this ship. By this punishment it
+seems as if the people have become somewhat cowed. May God aid us,
+and free us from so many dangers to which we are exposed. This land
+will be lost and ruined if your Majesty does not expressly order a
+goodly number of soldiers to be sent here, and that something be paid
+to the men for their support. It is pitiful to see them die of hunger,
+and if they are not paid no soldiers will care to come here, to be
+in captivity; and we are dying off very fast. Your Majesty should
+not permit such a thing; for, although this land is of much cost and
+no profit, it is a foothold and stepping-stone by which to enter the
+realms of Great China. For this it is very important to learn that
+language, and for some religious of the orders of St. Augustine and
+St. Dominic to teach the Chinese in that tongue, since in that wise
+they will become fond of our religion. May God bring this to pass,
+later. It would tend greatly to the preservation of the soldiers,
+should your Majesty order your viceroy of Nueva España to send a doctor
+to these islands, although he should be given a salary from your royal
+treasury of Nueva España. For lack of a physician and of someone who
+knows how to cure sickness, many of the people die--especially the
+soldiers and sailors, who have few comforts.
+
+Your Majesty's galleys in this city are useless, and serve for nothing
+whatever. It will be more profitable and less costly to have a couple
+of small ships and another couple of armed fragatas. This can be done
+if your Majesty will order them to be built, and the galleys to be
+broken up.
+
+The fort, which is being built of stone, has been fractured in some
+places, from the great weight. They say that it is caused by the
+small amount of cement used, and because it is near the water and
+built in a round shape. It seemed as if it could be made secure by
+building three buttresses with three cavaliers; and this work is
+now being done. If the cavaliers had been built at first, much money
+could have been saved; but, as there are no engineers here, they have
+done the best they could--although several captains say that they had
+given warning at the beginning of the work. For this there has been
+collected a little more than four thousand pesos from certain duties
+which used to be paid to your Majesty on the money brought from Nueva
+España. Later, collections were made from the Indians of the land,
+on each being levied one real--thus raising another twelve thousand
+pesos, more or less. Now another tax of one real has been levied on
+the Indians, who are oppressed by it; but as your royal treasury is
+so poor, everything must be borne.
+
+In last year's letter I advised you that at my petition, taxes were
+levied on the Indians in their suits, according to the tariff of Spain,
+charging the Spaniards triple the amount. Finding that the clerks
+could not support themselves on so small fees, and at risk of levying
+too much, it was ordered that the fees be doubled, and it was so done.
+
+Captain Esteban Rodriguez de Figueroa, son-in-law of the licentiate
+Melchior Davalos, your auditor, killed his wife and nephew, the own
+son of his brother, saying that they had committed adultery. This he
+proved by some Indian women of his house, although he did not find
+them in the act. I conducted the trial, and, after review thereof,
+condemned him to six years of exile, and a fine of five thousand
+pesos for your royal court, the expenses of justice, and other things.
+
+This year a Japanese ship came to this port with many supplies and
+arms. There must have been more than five hundred arquebuses and as
+many of their kind of swords, and some battle-axes. As the conspiracy
+of the Indians had taken place when the said ship arrived, it was
+believed that it came for the execution of that plot. On entering the
+port, this ship was boarded, and all its cargo was sequestered and
+the crew imprisoned. It was learned that they were going to sell the
+weapons in Cian, and they were released from custody, on condition
+that they would sell the goods here. This they did, and this country
+has consequently been supplied with weapons.
+
+As your royal treasury is usually in need and lack of money,
+it happened at the beginning of February of this year that,
+on petition of the prebendaries and curas of the cathedral, the
+bishop of these islands commanded the royal officials, under pain
+of excommunication, to pay them the stipends assigned them from your
+royal treasury--amounting to one thousand five hundred pesos annually,
+for four prebendaries. According to my information your said officials
+owed them nothing whatever, in accordance with the agreement made with
+them in the month of July of the year eighty-seven--namely, that from
+that day they were to be paid their entire current salary; and of that
+due them they were to be paid little by little, as your royal treasury
+was so over-burdened. At this notification they replied to the bishop
+that he could not be judge of that case, as it was a secular one
+and they were laymen. Of necessity, they appealed to the Audiencia;
+and the bishop ordered that they be declared excommunicated. This
+was publicly done, and their names written on the public list, on a
+Saturday evening. After the Audiencia saw what difficulties would
+follow on the excommunication of your royal officials, and after
+it had examined the proceedings in the report made to the judge, it
+passed an ordinance, asking and requiring the bishop to absolve and
+reinstate the officials until the documents could be examined in the
+council-room. To this he gave a certain reply, and after considering
+this, with the documents, another decree was made, in which it was
+declared to the bishop that he was not the judge of the cause, which
+the Audiencia ordered to be retained under its own jurisdiction. As I
+was not present at this decision it was ordered that I be notified,
+and that I should appear in the suit in defense of your royal
+jurisdiction. Therefore, on the Monday next following, I presented
+before the said bishop a petition requesting that he absolve the
+persons excommunicated, and declare himself not to have jurisdiction
+over that cause. To establish the fact that the recognition thereof
+did not belong to him, I stated in the first argument of my petition
+that it could not pertain to him as the royal officials were mere
+laymen, and not subject to the ecclesiastical jurisdiction, but to
+the royal. I alleged further reasons that the cause was secular and
+temporal. Among other things, the bishop replied to the petition
+that he was not satisfied with a proposition that I had offered,
+in reference to the holy office of the Inquisition. This caused
+exceeding disturbance and scandal in this city, because the bishop was
+not content with saying what he did in reply to my petition; but to
+every person who entered his house he said that I had been guilty of a
+heresy, and unlettered persons who heard this gave it credit. Moreover,
+as there is here a commissary of the Inquisition, he called together
+many friars and certified this proposition, separating it from the
+petition and paying no attention to my purpose therein, or to the
+circumstances under which I made it. I am sending a report of all the
+proceedings, in order that your Majesty may provide for the future,
+as to whether the bishop is to be the judge, and have entrance and
+privilege to cause the salaries to be paid from your royal treasury,
+which your Majesty in kindness and mercy had ordered to be assigned to
+the prebendaries and curates. The bishop, for the sake of peace, after
+he had kept your royal officials excommunicated many days, refusing to
+obey or fulfil the ordinances of your royal Audiencia, issued a decree
+in which he gave up the decision of the cause to his Holiness and to
+your Majesty. He protested that he would proceed with the case when he
+saw fit. Although I stated in petition that the bishop had not complied
+with the ordinances of the Audiencia, and that thereby he had incurred
+the penalties provided--which I begged to have executed--everything was
+passed over, and it was not deemed proper to exact the penalties. In
+this wise, whenever any dispute over jurisdiction occurs, the bishop
+displays like obstinacy, as he has done in other cases which are being
+added to the principal one. If a penalty should once be imposed that
+would hurt him, he would obey and comply with the ordinances of the
+Audiencia. But he says publicly that nothing can be done which will
+restrain him, and this is what he desires. Because of this case the
+prebendaries and bishop abandoned the cathedral church and did not
+enter it, or celebrate the divine offices therein from the fourth of
+February until the twenty-second of March--when, as it was holy week,
+they returned. During this time only the cura came to the church, to
+say mass; and thereby great complaint, scandal, and discontent were
+caused among all the people. I beseech your Majesty to be pleased to
+order this case to be summarily settled. The bishop declares that he
+will use the right, which he claims to own, when he sees fit to do so;
+and it should be decided if it is right to suffer this thing. Also,
+because I as fiscal attend to the defense of your royal jurisdiction,
+should the bishop have license to declare in writing that I had made
+a proposition touching the Holy Inquisition? It was not only this,
+but that the statement went from one pulpit to another, by his
+command, that to say that the bishop was not judge of that cause
+was a heresy. These and other words of which the Audiencia will
+give information caused no little scandal in this city. Likewise he
+refuses to obey the ordinances of the Audiencia, making light of and
+disputing over them, for which he may be restrained and condemned in
+temporal matters.
+
+It is quite common for controversies to arise between your governor and
+the bishop as to which of them is to assign the salary to be given to
+the ecclesiastics who administer instruction, both in the encomiendas
+of your royal crown and in those of private individuals. Since the
+salaries in the encomiendas of the crown are paid from your royal
+exchequer, it is but just that your governor assign them, or at
+least that they do so jointly. In this way your royal patronage
+will be better guarded, and it will be known for whom the bishop is
+providing. I beg your Majesty to be pleased to have suitable orders
+given in this matter, and that it be done shortly, for every day more
+and more difficulties arise.
+
+A case has been considered in the Audiencia, between the bishop and
+the order of St. Augustine, as to whether the said order and the
+religious thereof are to administer instruction to the Chinese living
+in the village of Tondo. Ever since the settlement of this town,
+they have had a convent there, ministering to the natives in their
+own language. They say that they have also instructed the Chinese,
+who understand what they say. The bishop placed in this town friars
+of his own order, the Dominican, so that they could minister to the
+Chinese in a chapel there. The Augustinians complained, saying that
+by a brief of his Holiness, and a royal decree which they presented,
+two monasteries of different orders should not be situated in the same
+town, or in its vicinity. The Audiencia passed an ordinance requiring
+that within thirty days the bishop should appoint ministers of one
+order, to administer instruction to the natives and the Chinese. As
+this ordinance concerned a matter already adjudicated, the bishop
+asked for a declaration of their position; and it was thereupon
+declared that by that ordinance the Dominicans were not excluded
+from the administration of instruction to the Chinese. An appeal was
+then made on the part of the order of St. Augustine; and they said
+that some of their religious would in a short time know the Chinese
+language. They were commanded by ordinance to observe the past decree,
+until your Majesty should have been consulted and should provide
+otherwise. Afterward, when the Augustinians saw that they were not
+by the said ordinances excluded from administering instruction to
+the Chinese, they commenced to undertake this work. The bishop, as he
+desired a religious of the said order who was said to know the Chinese
+language to preach to the Chinese on the afternoon of St John's day,
+went to the town of Tondo, which is opposite this city, on the other
+side of the river. He had trouble with the Augustinian friars, and
+the abovementioned religious would not consent to preach. Thereby was
+caused much severe comment and scandal, both among the natives and
+Chinese, and among the Spaniards. The Augustinian friars complain that
+the bishop, being a Dominican, favors his own order and persecutes
+them; and that before the coming of the Dominicans to these islands
+they did not have this persecution, but peace and concord.
+
+There is great need of religious to administer instruction to the
+natives, since of the few who were here a large number have died,
+this year and last. There are many places without instruction, and
+in still others there are ecclesiastics who do not know the language,
+from which it results that the natives cannot be well instructed. It is
+of much importance for the welfare and pacification of this land that
+religious should come here, because in those places where they are now
+stationed the Indians live more peaceably and with less license. I
+beseech your Majesty to be pleased to give orders for their prompt
+despatch, since their coming is so necessary for the service of God
+and the good of souls. They should be of the three orders already here.
+
+In this city there are two hospitals, one for Spaniards and the
+other for the natives. That of the natives is under the charge of a
+Franciscan friar, [18] who cares for them and ministers to them with
+much charity. It seems as if God supports them as by a miracle; for
+there are usually more than a hundred patients, sick with all kinds
+of diseases, and they are maintained by alms, as they have no other
+income. It would be very injurious if the Franciscan friars should
+abandon it; and thus it will be expedient for your Majesty to order
+that they hold and administer it, as has been done hitherto. Moreover,
+license should be given for said hospital to send four toneladas
+of pepper as cargo on the ships which sail every year from these
+islands to Nueva España. There should be levied on them neither
+duties in these islands, nor freight charges at Acapulco; for with
+this privilege, which would little affect your Majesty's interests,
+they can further the work, and support themselves.
+
+Those who are serving your Majesty in this royal Audiencia are:
+the doctor Santiago de Vera, your president; the licentiate Melchior
+Davalos, the licentiate Pedro de Rrojas, and the licentiate Don Antonio
+de Rribera, your auditors. The first two suffer from many ailments
+and infirmities. There are also myself, a secretary, a reporter,
+three attorneys, and interpreters and other officials of the Audiencia.
+
+The persons who have been provided with offices this year are the
+following: Don Fernando de Villafaña, alcalde-mayor of La Laguna, with
+a salary of three hundred pesos, the amount usually given to other
+alcaldes-mayor; Pedro Manrique, alcalde-mayor at Pangansinan, who has
+served your Majesty nine years, in these islands; Cristoval de Leon,
+chief magistrate at Calompite, an elderly man, long in the land, and
+with wife and children; Gaspar de Ysla, chief magistrate at Lubao,
+one of the early colonists, and married; Captain Gomez de Machuca,
+alcalde-mayor of Camarines, who has served ten years in this country,
+and married here; Bartolome Pacheco, alcalde-mayor of Bulacan, who has
+seen six years' service in this land; Captain Don Alonso Maldonado,
+alcalde-mayor of the alcaicería of the Chinese, who has served here six
+years; Clemente Hurtado de Monrreal, alcalde-mayor of the coast of this
+city, who has seen six years' service here; Lorenço Lopez de Abiste,
+alcalde-mayor of the island of Çubu, who has served here six years;
+Captain Don Diego de Alcaraso, who was appointed by your governor
+as warden of the old fort, at the death of Captain Juan Maldonado,
+who used to hold it, and draws a salary of three hundred pesos; Juan
+de Bustamante, who was appointed by your governor as inspector to the
+Indians, and is now inspecting in the province of Ylocos; Don Gaspar
+de Vera, son of your governor, who was appointed as general of the
+sea; and Joan, Cantero, alcalde-mayor of Calompite, who has served
+seventeen years in this land.
+
+On the twenty-ninth of June returned the messenger sent by your
+governor to the kingdom of Burney to ask the king to deliver to him
+the soldier who had turned renegade, as I have said above. Although
+the king made some excuses for his acts, he nevertheless refused to
+deliver the renegade.
+
+On the same day there was an unusually severe tempest of wind and
+water in this city. The natives say that they never saw such a
+one. The sea and the river Madre rose until they joined and reached
+the fort. Much damage was done in the houses; and worse still, two
+ships which were here loading a cargo for Nueva España--one belonging
+to your Majesty, and the other to the mariscal Grabiel de Rivera--were
+driven on the coast by the force of this tempest, and it is understood
+that they cannot be repaired. Even should one of them be repaired,
+it cannot make the voyage this year. In all the port not one ship
+or fragata escaped, except one small boat, which was taken to send
+advices to Nueva España of the condition of this land, which is
+most unpropitious. By this calamity, so injurious to the community,
+the people have become greatly disheartened. Moreover, as I write
+this clause, we have had thus far no news of ships from Nueva España,
+although this is the seventh of July. The entire support of this land
+depends on the coming and going of the ships; and if they are not
+here by May or the middle of June, by delaying longer they run great
+risk of being lost, and with them the welfare and support of this
+land. Sailing from the port of Acapulco at the beginning of March,
+they would arrive here in good time and without risk from storms. As
+this is of so much importance, I beseech your Majesty to be pleased to
+order your viceroy of Nueva España to exercise the utmost diligence
+in the early despatch of the ships which are to come to this land,
+in order that they may accomplish the purpose of the voyage.
+
+On the first of July, arrived the master-of-camp, Pedro de Chaves,
+who had gone to chastise the Indians of the province of Cagayan,
+who as I have said before, were at war. Although he had gone out
+with sixty soldiers and more than eight hundred friendly Indians, he
+did nothing whatever except to cut down their palm-trees and destroy
+their crops. He says that the Indians themselves burned their villages
+and went to the mountains. It is known, however, that he left that
+province in a worse state of war than before, and when the Indians
+see our men turn back and leave them they regain courage.
+
+We Spaniards are very few in number, and are surrounded by enemies
+on every side. If we are not relieved in time by the despatch of
+reënforcements, it will be impossible to apply a remedy when it
+is wanted. As I have already said, we are but few, and the troops
+die very quickly. When the Indians see an opportunity to crush us,
+they are not likely to let it slip. I beseech your Majesty to be
+pleased to order your viceroy that, when your governor sends to ask
+troops and ammunition, or other necessaries, he should send them;
+and also that he should send some money, because on account of the
+many extraordinary occasions for expense which every day arise, your
+royal treasury is usually much embarrassed and in debt. Sometimes,
+for lack of money, important things are left undone.
+
+On Sunday, the ninth of this month, I was in the cathedral, where
+were gathered all the people and the orders, as there was to be a
+solemn procession and sermon. The deacon came out to sprinkle the
+holy water, and went directly to the choir and sprinkled it on the
+bishop and all the persons who were in the choir. It is the custom
+to give it first to the Audiencia. When the deacon came back from
+the choir, your president and auditors told him that if the bishop
+would not cause precedence to be observed for the Audiencia, they
+would go to hear service elsewhere. When the bishop learned this,
+he left the church immediately, and sent orders to the preacher not
+to preach; and we were left without a sermon, to the great scandal
+of the people gathered there.
+
+There is nothing else at present. Only I pray that our Lord may
+preserve your Majesty many years in perfect health, and with increase
+of greater kingdoms and seigniories, in His holy service. At Manila,
+July 15, 1589.
+
+The licentiate _Ayala_.
+
+
+
+
+Royal Decree Regarding Commerce
+
+
+The King: To Gomez Perez Dasmariñas, [19] knight of the order of
+Santiago, and appointed by me governor and captain-general of the
+Phelipinas Islands. As soon as Father Alonso Sanchez, a religious
+of the Society of Jesus, came here, ordered and empowered by all
+the estates of the islands to discuss certain matters regarding
+the service of our Lord, and the welfare and preservation of the
+inhabitants and natives of those islands, I ordered certain members of
+my councils to come together to hear him. This they did, and a thorough
+examination was made of certain memorials which that religious had
+been ordered to present. [20] After they had consulted with me upon
+certain points of the said memorials, I decided, with the approval
+of the above-mentioned councilors to whom the matter was delegated,
+upon the following instructions which are given to you. I order you
+to fulfil your duties, in every respect, with the consideration,
+care, and diligence which I expect from you. The father has also
+entreated me, in behalf of the said city, to order that no persons
+entering the ports of the said islands from without shall be made to
+pay duties--whether they be Chinese, Portuguese, Japanese, Siamese,
+Borneans, or any other people whatsoever, especially when they bring
+provisions, ammunition, and raw material for these articles. These
+taxes are a grievance to the Chinese, and trade is hindered, and there
+are other resultant disadvantages, as the said Father Alonso Sanchez
+has informed me at length; accordingly I have held and do now hold it
+best that for the present no more of the said duties be levied upon
+provisions and ammunitions. Therefore you will not permit any duty
+to be levied until otherwise ordered and decreed. Another advisable
+measure discussed was that no Chinese or foreign ships could sell at
+retail the goods which they carried to the islands, as is done now;
+nor could the inhabitants buy the goods, openly or in secret, under
+severe penalties. The purchase of the said goods was to be discussed
+by the Council, and as many and so qualified persons as the business
+demanded were to be appointed. These persons alone should buy in a
+lot all the merchandise brought by the ships, and then distribute it
+fairly among the citizens, Spanish, the Chinese, and the Indians,
+at the same price at which it should be appraised. The matter was
+discussed and examined by the members of the said Council, and it
+has seemed best to send you the decision reached in this affair,
+as I now do. I order you, keeping this in mind, to give the orders
+which you may think acceptable to me. You will keep me informed of
+your proceedings, and will not permit or allow any person to go to
+the ships except the ones appointed to do so by a special order. You
+will endeavor to give products of the islands in exchange for the
+said merchandise, so as to avoid, if possible, the introduction of so
+much coin into foreign kingdoms as has been customary. Besides the
+good results which will follow from carrying out the provisions of
+the preceding clause, we may expect another of no less importance;
+and that is, that by enforcing the regulations, not only will you
+rid yourself of the Chinese retailers, who conceal and sell their
+merchandise, but there will be also avoided many other losses,
+expenses, and scarcity, and the secret sins and witchcraft which
+they teach. Their shops, which are necessary for the sale at retail,
+could, in the course of the year, be given up to Spaniards, so that
+they might remain in their possession and bring them profit. Such a
+course would also bring together a larger number of citizens. You might
+permit the Chinese Christians and other old inhabitants to remain,
+who do not come and go, and are not retailers in the true sense of
+the word; but who work as mechanics, carpenters, gardeners, farmers,
+and in other labors for food production. Considering the importance
+of this affair, you are warned not to permit or allow the presence of
+infidels and retailers in the said islands; and to prevent their coming
+together in so large numbers as to give rise to difficulties. All this
+you will carry out with the care and diligence which I am confident
+lies in your character and prudence, and the zeal which you will show
+where my service is concerned. San Lorenzo, August 9, 1589.
+
+
+
+
+Instructions to Gomez Perez Dasmarinas
+
+
+The King: To Gomez Perez Dasmarinas, knight of the order of Santiago,
+whom I have appointed as my governor and captain-general of the
+Philipinas Islands. Upon the arrival of Father Alonso Sanchez, a
+religious of the Society of Jesus, who came, by order and authorization
+of all estates of the said islands, to confer about certain matters
+pertaining to the service of our Lord and the welfare and preservation
+of the inhabitants and natives of the islands, [21] I convened certain
+members of my councils in order that they might hear him. After they
+had done so, and had examined in great detail certain memorials
+that the father presented, in accordance with his orders, and had
+consulted with me in regard to all the points of the said memorials,
+I resolved, with the advice of the aforesaid my counselors, to whom
+I committed the matter, upon what will follow here, which will serve
+as your instructions. I order you to observe and fulfil them to the
+letter, with the consideration, care, and diligence that I expect
+from your person.
+
+2. Infinite thanks should be given our Lord, and I hereby offer
+them to Him, for the great mercy that He has been pleased to show
+me, in that, during the period while I, by His mercy and will,
+rule as king, and through me as the instrument, those so remote
+islands have been discovered; and that at present, as I have heard,
+more than two hundred and fifty thousand inhabitants enjoy in those
+islands evangelical instruction, besides the great inclination which is
+manifest to spread the knowledge of our holy Catholic faith throughout
+the other islands with which all that great archipelago is sown and
+inhabited for the space of more than nine hundred leguas of latitude,
+and more than five hundred of longitude. This does not include the
+vast kingdoms of the mainland--China, Cochina, Conchinchina, Champa,
+Canvoja, Siam, Patan, Joor [Johore], and others--notwithstanding
+that I wish and desire that a pathway to them be opened. In order
+that this end be attained, it is necessary that for the present, and
+until our Lord so dispose and direct it, the conservation of what
+has been pacified and conquered, by so great labor and at so vast
+expense to my exchequer, be looked after carefully. I charge you
+straitly to see to this, taking note of the condition of affairs,
+what is advisable for their continuous improvement and settlement,
+and giving them a sound foundation, so that among so many enemies,
+not only may they be preserved, but continue to increase daily.
+
+3. First: The above-mentioned father, Alonso Sanchez, has reported
+that the cathedral of those islands, located in the said city of
+Manila, has no building, ornaments, or other adornments pertaining
+to the service of divine worship; or income, or alms for its aid, or
+in order to provide it with sacristans, verger, or other necessary
+assistants; and that being, as is the case, in the gaze of so many
+idolatrous enemies and Mahometans, both natives and foreigners who meet
+there--especially the Chinese, who have observed this condition--it
+is very annoying that they should see it served so inadequately
+and covered with wood and thatch--poor, dilapidated, and without
+provision. And because it is very just, and in accord with my will
+and desire, that the above-mentioned church be built and served with
+all possible propriety, you shall, as soon as you arrive at the said
+islands, especially further the building and construction of the
+said church. You shall apportion for this purpose the sum of twelve
+thousand ducados, in three parts--to wit, one from my royal exchequer,
+another from the encomenderos, and the third from the Indians, as is
+done in Nueva España. The said twelve thousand ducados shall be spent
+upon the said building within four years, spending three thousand
+each year. And in order that it may be better done and be commenced
+immediately, I have ordered two thousand ducados paid, in anticipation,
+on the account of my third, from my royal treasury of the said Nueva
+España. As you pass there, you will ask them to send this amount.
+
+4. I have been told that there are two hospitals in the said city of
+Manila--one for Spaniards, and the other for Indians--and that both
+of them suffer extreme need; for to that of the Spaniards resort many
+soldiers, sailors, and other poor folk, who become ill through certain
+exertions in my service, and those common to that country; while that
+of the Indians is sustained by themselves, by means of their fruits,
+work, and tributes. All those who are treated in the latter hospital
+fall sick in the same manner as the others, and in the foundation
+and preservation of the settlements. Both classes die in discomfort,
+through having no building in which to be protected from the ravages
+of the climate, and through the lack of beds, food, medicines, nurses,
+and other necessities. It would be advisable to send these supplies
+from the said Nueva Spaña, together with some blankets. This is,
+as you see, a work of the greatest charity, and it is especially
+desirable to assist with great care in the consolation and treatment
+of the sick. And besides that, you shall have diligence to examine
+the hospital built there, and ascertain what care is taken of the
+sick. From the first repartimientos that may become vacant in the
+said island, you shall apply to the principal hospital sufficient
+for an income of five thousand pesos annually; and to that of the
+Indians, five hundred ducados annually, granted from the increase of
+the tributes of the Indians (which shall be collected in the manner
+set down in the sixth section of these instructions), so that both
+may enjoy the said income as long as may be my pleasure. From these
+amounts the necessary buildings shall be constructed, and other things
+provided, so that both may be properly conducted. In order that this
+may be commenced immediately, I have granted four hundred ducados
+to the principal hospital, and two hundred to that of the Indians,
+to be paid from my royal treasury of the said Nueva Spaña, as you
+will see by the decree that will be given you.
+
+5. The said Father Alonso Sanchez also reported that the need of
+ministers of instruction in the said islands is so great that many
+Indians die without baptism; that because of the same need, the
+conquest and conversion of other islands are neglected; and that
+it would be advisable to send religious from the orders established
+there, with instructions to remain there and not go elsewhere. Already
+permission has been granted and the needful care taken, so that
+some religious may go there, and others will be provided as soon as
+possible. All of them shall be notified to resolve upon staying in the
+said Philipinas Islands, and not to go to any other place without the
+express permission of the bishop and of yourself. Therefore I charge
+you that, whenever any religious shall offer themselves to you to
+leave the said islands, you shall confer with the said bishop, and
+shall consider and discuss the matter; but you shall grant the said
+permission only after thorough consideration.
+
+6. Another section of the above-mentioned memorials indicates how
+instruction may be provided, not only where there is none, but also
+where there is some, although inadequate; that it would be advisable to
+increase the tributes and clear up the appraisements of the tributes,
+for they are at present in a very confused and dangerous condition,
+because of many scruples and injuries connected with them; and that,
+as each Indian's tribute has hitherto generally been collected in
+pesos of eight reals apiece, it should reasonably be raised to the
+value of ten Castilian reals to each of the said pesos--provided that
+the Indian may not be forced to pay it in any designated article,
+but only in money, if he have it, or shall choose to give it, or in
+some other article produced by him, or in goods acquired in trade,
+according to their valuation at the time of payment. Because, after
+discussing this point, it is believed that each peso may be increased
+by two reals to make up the ten, as is petitioned, therefore you shall
+order that this increase be paid into my royal treasury, and that half
+a real be used to pay the obligations of the tithes, and the other one
+and one-half reals be used for the pay of the soldiers stationed in
+the said islands, and for other things pertaining thereto; and that
+the encomenderos be obliged to pay, from the eight reals remaining,
+for the necessary instruction, and their share of the building of
+the church, during the time of its construction, in accordance with
+the foregoing. The said Indians shall reserve the choice to pay the
+tributes in money or in products, in whichever one they wish.
+
+7. Another section of the said memorials also petitions that in
+order that this increase of tributes may be more justifiable, the
+encomenderos be ordered to pay the tithes, according to the use and
+custom in Mexico; for, inasmuch as the commonwealth previously had
+neither church, bishop, curates, nor settled rule, the tithes have
+not been paid. This is a just order, and as such you shall enforce it,
+providing that the said tithes due be paid from the products of their
+farms and their animals.
+
+8. On the part of the said city of Manila, I have been petitioned to
+have it granted some public property, in order that it may attend to
+the affairs of peace, war, government, and other matters pertaining to
+its conservation and defense, and for suits that may arise--granting it
+for this purpose some Indians, or something from the duties on Chinese
+merchandise, or on the storehouses or shops where they trade. After
+advising with my counselors, I have determined to bestow upon the
+said city for six years, for its public property, one-half of the
+fines and pecuniary penalties paid into my treasury, and the incomes
+from the said storehouses; with the obligation that, each three years,
+the account of money thus obtained be sent, as well as a statement of
+what is expended. You shall take care to procure the advancement of the
+said city in this, to watch in what manner this grant is used, and to
+order that the said account and statement be sent at the proper time.
+
+9. I have also been petitioned, in the name of the said city, to
+order that neither in the said city nor in any other part of the
+other islands shall be paid the three per cent duty [22] imposed by
+Don Gonzalo Ronquillo, as the country is very new and needy, and the
+inhabitants have to assist in many other things. Although I would be
+very glad to relieve them, still expenses are so heavy, that I must
+aid myself by whatever is available. Therefore it will be advisable to
+collect the said three per cent. You shall give orders to this effect;
+and that the amount that is collected from these duties on merchandise
+be placed in my treasury on a separate account, and it shall be used
+for paying the soldiers stationed there; and that of the rest that
+is collected this duty be discontinued for the present. [23]
+
+10. I have also been petitioned, in the name of the said city, to order
+that none of those who resort from foreign parts to the ports of the
+said islands--as Chinese, Portuguese, Japanese, Cianese, Burneyes, or
+any others--pay duty, especially on food, ammunition, and materials
+for ammunition. Because of this, much annoyance is caused--as, for
+instance to the Chinese--and the steady course of trade is hindered,
+and other troubles follow. After receiving detailed information from
+the said Father Alonso Sanchez, I have considered and still consider
+it advisable that, for the present, the collection of the said duties
+on provisions and ammunition be repealed; and therefore you shall
+not allow them to be levied until I order and provide otherwise.
+
+11. I was also petitioned by the said islands to order that, inasmuch
+as none of the merchandise from Sevilla to Mexico pays any duties
+on the first sale, it be not paid on the merchandise sent from
+those islands to the port of Acapulco, or other places. So little is
+collected in said port of Acapulco, namely, twelve pesos per tonelada
+of freight on the goods of the inhabitants--the duty imposed by Don
+Gonçalo Ronquillo--and because likewise the proceeds of this duty are
+needed to pay the said soldiers, you shall order that it be collected
+for the present for the above purpose.
+
+12. One of the things most conducive to the good government of the
+state and the happiness of the members and parts composing it, is
+the equitable administration of distributive justice. Accordingly, I
+command that the offices at your disposal and the advantageous posts
+of the country be given to men who merit them by their services and
+capacity, in such manner that the offices be filled by old citizens,
+who have lived in the country at least three years, and are citizens
+of it; and the encomiendas to soldiers who shall have lived there in
+actual military duty and service. Among them you should always give the
+preference to those who are most deserving; including, with the other
+circumstances of greater and better services in the country, their
+length of residence there. They must not be sons, brothers, relatives,
+servants, or friends of yours; for--besides that you are advised that
+you are not to grant encomiendas of Indians or provide offices to
+such men; and, with this end in view, a sufficient salary is given
+you to enable you to help them--it is not right for men who are but
+new arrivals, and have done no work, to enjoy the fruit of another's
+toil. If rewards are bestowed justly, all will serve willingly in the
+hope of attaining reward. Therefore it is my will that you observe
+this order; and, that it may be thus inviolable, I declare that, now
+and henceforth, your said sons, brothers, servants, and friends shall
+be incapable of holding the said encomiendas or offices. And because
+certain persons, who already hold encomiendas in the said islands,
+and with these easily [can satisfy] whatever needs they may have,
+are begging for further reward, you are advised not to grant them
+any more until many others--who, as I have been informed have been
+there for so long a time and are deserving, and have toiled in the
+conquest and maintenance of the country, to a much greater extent
+than those who are petitioning anew; but who have not been rewarded,
+and therefore are poor, irritated, and querulous--shall be provided
+and rewarded with encomiendas and other posts and means of gain. You
+shall take especial care to reward those whose names follow:
+
+13. Diego Ronquillo, former governor and captain-general of those
+islands, who, I am told, exercised the said offices excellently and
+to the complete satisfaction of the country.
+
+Don Rodrigo Ronquillo de Peñalosa, son of the governor Don Gonçalo
+Ronquillo.
+
+Captain Antonio Rodriguez Chacon.
+
+Captain Agustin de Arceo.
+
+Captain Don Gonçalo Vallesteras Saavedra.
+
+Captain Diego del Castillo.
+
+Captain Don Juan Ronquillo del Castillo.
+
+Captain Caravallo.
+
+Captain Rodrigo Alvarez.
+
+Captain Gomez de Machuca.
+
+Hernando Muñoz de Poyatos, regidor of Manila.
+
+Ensign Juan de Medrano.
+
+Miguel Rodriguez.
+
+Ensign Antonio Guerrero.
+
+Charavia, an old and good soldier.
+
+Gaspar Ruiz de Morales.
+
+Aguilar, likewise an excellent soldier.
+
+Villalobos.
+
+Bartholome Rodriguez.
+
+Sargeant Cantero.
+
+Gaspar de Ysla.
+
+Ensign Christoval de Azcueta.
+
+Geronimo de Cuellar.
+
+Luis Nuñez Hernandez.
+
+[14]. Others, who are said not to have been there so long, but who
+are men of worth and account, are as follows:
+
+Don Francisco de Porras y Guevara.
+
+Joan de Alcega.
+
+Don Luis de Velasco.
+
+Don Fernando de Villafañe.
+
+Christoval Gueral.
+
+Joan Verdugo, who has lost his right arm in my service.
+
+Joan Diaz Guerrero.
+
+Blas Garcia.
+
+Joan de Cuellar.
+
+Gaspar de Mena.
+
+Diego de Çarate, who is returning with you, and who, I have been
+told, has usually been a commander, and has put down a rebellion,
+and has served faithfully.
+
+15. You shall provide for and reward all of the above according to age,
+merits, and individual qualifications; and shall give them preference
+over all others who do not possess the above qualifications, in the
+distribution of encomiendas, posts of government and war, and other
+means for the advancement of the country.
+
+16. I charge and order you to observe the same plan in all that
+pertains to the commissions and sources of profit, on land or on
+sea--especially in the choice of masters and officers of vessels. For
+besides observing, in regard to them, that they must have rendered
+service and deserve the appointment, the others will be encouraged,
+it will attract hither those who have gone away, and the country will
+be settled and increased.
+
+17. I have been petitioned also, in behalf of the said city, that
+all those who have worked, or have held appointments for wages or
+pay, in the said islands be paid their wages there--as for instance,
+sailors, carpenters, smiths, and all others who live there, and they
+must live there permanently; and that the money for this purpose be
+paid from the said royal treasury of Mexico--in order that the country
+may become more thickly settled, and other good results follow. In
+regard to this, since there will be a treasury there, from which it
+may be paid, you shall be careful to order that those who labor be
+reimbursed fully for their services; and, if there is insufficient
+money to meet the obligations, you and my royal officials shall advise
+my officials of the said Nueva España thereof, where an order will be
+given to furnish that portion which appears, by sufficient testimony
+and report, to be needful.
+
+18. In place of the third office of my royal treasury--namely, the
+office of factor, which I ordered to be suppressed--they petition for
+a ship-purveyor, in order that the vessels may leave better equipped
+and more promptly; for the other two officials are so busy that they
+cannot attend to it. As it would be advisable to place this in charge
+of the factor whom I am having appointed, you shall have care to see
+that he attends to it, as far as may be necessary, so that there may
+be no grievance or lack in this matter.
+
+19. In regard to the trade of the said islands, on which their growth
+likewise depends, the said Father Alonso Sanchez relates that the
+large consignments of money sent there by wealthy people of Mexico,
+who do not quit their homes, is one of the things which has ruined
+the country; for great injuries result from it. The first is that
+all Chinese goods are bought by wholesale and are becoming dearer,
+so that the poor and common people of the said islands cannot buy
+them, or must buy them at extremely high rates. The second is that,
+as the said consignments are many and large, and the vessels few in
+number--being at times, and in fact generally, not more than one; and,
+by this one being quite laden and filled with goods for Mexicans,
+there is no space left for the citizens and common people to embark
+their goods. They have petitioned me that, as a remedy for the above
+wrongs, I forbid the sending of consignments of money from Mexico,
+or the maintenance of agents or companies in the said islands for any
+person of Nueva España; that only the inhabitants of the islands be
+allowed to buy and export domestic and foreign goods to the said Nueva
+España; and that, if anyone else wishes to trade and traffic, it must
+be on consideration of his becoming a citizen and residing there for
+at least ten years, and of not trading with the property of another,
+under penalty of its confiscation, besides that of his other personal
+effects. Since, by this method, some goods would still be sent to
+Mexico, the money now taken by the Chinese would not be withdrawn from
+the country, and goods would be bought more cheaply and in exchange for
+products of the islands. Now, because I am desirous of the advancement
+of the said islands, and the best interests of their inhabitants,
+I have therefore granted them by one of my decrees [24] that, for
+the space of six years, only the said inhabitants may trade in China
+and in the said Nueva España. You shall observe the said decree, and
+shall not allow anything to be done in any wise contrary to its tenor.
+
+20. The question was also discussed whether it would not be better
+to prohibit Chinese or other foreign vessels from selling at retail
+the merchandise that they bring to the said islands (as is done
+now), and the inhabitants of the country from buying those goods,
+in public or private, under heavy penalties; and to provide that,
+for the purchase of the said merchandise in bulk, as many and as
+capable persons as the matter requires be there deputed and appointed,
+so that they, and they alone, may buy in mass all the goods brought
+in the vessels, and afterward divide them among the Spanish, Chinese,
+and Indian inhabitants, with just and fair distribution, at the same
+prices which they paid for them. After discussion and conference by
+the members of the said assembly, it was decided to refer the entire
+matter to you, as I hereby do. I order you, since you will have the
+matter in hand, to ordain therein what you deem best. You shall advise
+me of what you do, and shall not permit or allow any person to go
+to the vessels except those assigned for that purpose, in the order
+that shall be prescribed. You shall see that their said merchandise
+is exchanged for other products of the islands, so that the taking
+of so much coin as is now carried to foreign kingdoms may be avoided.
+
+21. In addition to the good effects, that, it is said, will result
+from the execution of what is ordered in the above section, it is
+presupposed that another, no less important, will follow--namely,
+that, through the operations of the aforesaid, the Chinese hucksters
+who lurk there and hawk their goods, will not stay there. Moreover,
+other very heavy expenses and increase in prices, and the secret
+sins and sorceries which they teach, would be avoided; while their
+shops, which are necessary for retail trade, in the course of the
+year could be given to Spaniards, so that the profits could remain
+among the Spaniards, and there would be an opportunity for more
+persons to acquire citizenship. The Chinese Christians and other old
+citizens who are not transients, or who are not expressly hucksters,
+but workmen--such as mechanics, carpenters, gardeners, farmers,
+or those engaged in other food trades--might be permitted to remain
+there. Inasmuch as this is a matter of importance, you are advised not
+to permit or allow any infidel hucksters in the said islands; or so
+many to become residents there that they may give rise to any trouble.
+
+22. Should you consider it advisable to permit and allow the
+inhabitants of the said islands to go to Japon, Macan, or other
+kingdoms, or settlements, whether of Portuguese or heathen, in order
+that those countries may admit our commerce, you may do so--first
+taking especial care that no trouble arises therefrom, and that it
+is attended with no danger.
+
+23. You shall cause the fifty settlers and fifty farmers whom you are
+to take with you to assemble, and go with you, according to the order
+contained in my decree that treats of this. In order to incline them to
+make the voyage, you shall give them the rewards and privileges which I
+have granted to them, which you shall maintain to the utmost. You shall
+take especial care that they attend to their settlement and farming;
+and that for the space of fifteen years, they and the Indians who aid
+and accompany them in their farming are not to be compelled to go to
+war, or to engage in any other personal service, such as manning the
+vessels, building, or any other services which may hinder or fatigue
+them. And since it is fair that, if these rewards and accommodations
+are given them, they, on their part, engage only in the work for which
+they go; and since peaceful men who are not forced from their trade
+and mode of living, apply themselves better, you shall see to it that
+those who enlist and are taken be married farmers, of humble estate
+and quiet disposition. From each one of them you shall take accredited
+bonds, to the amount that seems advisable to you, that for the period
+of six years they will not change to any other occupation or means of
+gain, or do anything else beyond the thing for which they enlisted,
+under the penalties which you may impose, and which you shall inflict.
+
+24. You shall see that the chiefs and timagua Indians have just
+contracts and shares with the farmers, so that they may conceive
+a liking for and learn farming as practiced here; and so that the
+Spaniards may have those who can supply them with people and other
+necessities. You shall see that these Indians are intelligent and know
+how to keep their contracts with the farmers, especially if they are
+peaceful, as above stated.
+
+25. The said islands, as I am told, need stallions, mares, cows,
+and other domestic animals. In order that they may be bred there
+in numbers, I am writing to the viceroy of Nueva España to send
+to the said islands twelve mares, two stallions, twenty-four cows,
+and two bulls. You shall ask him for these as you pass there, and
+shall take them with you in your vessels as you go upon your voyage;
+and whatever you think needful for the animals can be brought from
+China and Japon. You shall order those farmers who are about to go
+to the said islands, and the chiefs, to tame and breed buffaloes,
+so that with all these animals there may be a sufficiency to carry
+on the farming, and for other needful services.
+
+26.  It was also petitioned in behalf of the said islands that,
+now and henceforth, the encomiendas be given under the obligation
+and condition that the encomendero shall work a patch of ground,
+and assist the farmers and Indians, so that they also may work and
+cultivate the soil. You shall strive to begin this, and shall give
+lands and homesteads, farms and horses, for breeding and farming,
+to the settlers and farmers, without any prejudice to the Indians.
+
+27.  Upon your arrival at the said islands, you shall find out how
+and where, and with what endowment, a convent of secluded girls may
+be established, so that both those who go from here, and those born
+there may stay in it, and live respectably and well instructed, and
+go out therefrom to be married and bear children. By this method
+and by the naturalization of persons in the land, its population
+will increase continually. You shall endeavor to find some good plan
+or method for doing this without encroaching on my royal treasury,
+or so that it may be relieved as much as possible. You shall advise
+me of it on the first opportunity, as well as of the method that can
+be employed in endowing the said poor girls; and how and from what
+source other smaller dowries may be established, in order that the
+Indian women may marry poor Spanish soldiers and sailors.
+
+28.  In regard to what is petitioned by the said islands about
+appointing citizens of the islands to the posts therein, and not
+selling the offices, as former governors have tried to do, you shall
+look to it carefully, and favor and reward the citizens.
+
+29. Further, it was proposed also that, as far as the natural fitness
+of the land and the settlements of the Indians permitted, it would be
+advisable to order that encomiendas of not less than eight hundred
+or one thousand Indians be granted, for there are tithes for the
+instruction, and the other expenses of maintenance, which small
+encomiendas cannot bear; and that those who have but few Indians
+be allowed to transfer or sell them at their pleasure to other and
+neighboring encomenderos, so that, by this union, the encomiendas may
+be larger, and may be able to meet the above expenses. Inasmuch as
+all matters pertaining to the sale of encomiendas have been enacted
+with great care, and it is not fitting to violate these enactments,
+you shall not permit this request. But you shall see to it carefully
+that the repartimientos have enough for instruction, and for the
+maintenance of the encomenderos. You shall endeavor to establish the
+Indians in settlements, which shall have adequate instruction. This
+you shall attend to with the most rigorous care and attention.
+
+30. Among the things most wasteful of property, and which
+embarrass, and may cause harm in, a country so new, because of
+the animosity and quarrels resulting therefrom, are the suits and
+controversies engendered among the citizens, and among the Indians
+themselves. Although it is my will that complete justice be observed
+in each case, I charge you that, in so far as may be possible, and
+can be rightly done, you settle the differences and suits which
+arise, without having recourse to the technicalities of the law
+or proceeding by the ordinary methods, or condemning to pecuniary
+fines; but observing throughout the provisions of the decrees that
+shall be given you. And in order that all may enjoy the blessings
+which must ensue from so mild a government, and may live in ease and
+contentment, and without any perturbation in the great undertakings
+that, God helping, will be accomplished, I am writing in like tenor
+to the bishop of the said islands in regard to what touches their
+ecclesiastical service. You shall give him my letter, which shall be
+delivered to you, and you shall charge him straitly in my name.
+
+31. I have been informed that there has been and is poor system, and
+worse observance and fulfilment of the ordinances, in the collection of
+the tributes of the disaffected or never-pacified encomiendas; and that
+it would be advisable to command that the ordinances be kept, and that,
+since such encomiendas ought not to be abandoned, at least the entire
+tributes should not be collected, but only a small portion of them, as
+a token of recognition. For since the Indians of the said encomiendas
+receive no spiritual or temporal benefit from their encomenderos, it
+is not right that they pay the tributes--especially as soldiers are
+sent annually to make the collection. This latter renders impossible
+the pacification of the country; and hence a large portion of the said
+islands are in revolt, and we must subdue Burney, Maluco, Mindanao,
+and other neighboring islands and mainlands. This matter demands much
+reform as you may plan. Therefore I charge you to ordain for this
+purpose what you may deem best, after consulting with the bishop;
+and that you carry your resolution into prompt and rigorous execution,
+in order that so great and injurious annoyances may cease.
+
+32. As I have been informed, there is but little instruction in the
+said islands, and much difficulty in providing it, which is greatly
+increased by the natural conditions of the country, since it all
+consists of islands. Most of them, too, are so small that they do
+not have a population of more than three to five hundred Indians,
+and some even of less than one or two hundred. It is also prevented
+by the long and dangerous navigation, the heat, the rains, and the
+poor roads of the country. It is not right that even all of these,
+or the many other greater hindrances and difficulties should turn
+aside the accomplishment of what is so important. Therefore I order
+and charge you straitly that, immediately upon your arrival in the
+said islands, you shall note very particularly how this instruction
+can be furnished. After ascertaining the opinion of the bishop, with
+whom you shall meet and whom you shall charge, in my name, to aid in
+this matter with his person, as I expect from him--since, in truth,
+this matter is one for him to procure and bring about, by reason of
+his office--you shall enact what you consider advisable, so that all
+parts of the islands may have sufficient instruction. This shall be
+done with kind and gentle methods, in accordance with the will of the
+chiefs; and all the Indians who are dispersed shall be established
+in settlements, in order that account of them can be taken. You shall
+have the greatest care possible in procuring the accomplishment of what
+is ordained and enacted, since without that all the work will be lost.
+
+33. Since I desire the welfare and conservation of the said Indians,
+and their protection and defense, and as I think that the said bishop
+can procure this better than anyone else, I am writing to him, and
+charging him with their protection. I am quite sure that he will be
+very glad to undertake this, inasmuch as it pertains to the service of
+our Lord and the relief of his conscience. And in order that everything
+may be done better and more smoothly, you shall maintain the best of
+relations throughout with the said bishop; and on your part, you shall
+have the greatest care to protect the said Indians and to aid them.
+
+34. I have been informed that, because the soldiers who are stationed
+in the said islands receive no pay, nor have any other remuneration,
+they obey orders very unwillingly, and are discontented, since
+they endure the greatest poverty and affliction; that they are all
+spiritless, sick, necessitous, and compelled to become servants. Many
+die from their discontent, hunger, lack of comfort, and less provision
+for their sicknesses; and others escape by claiming to be married,
+sick, or bound to religion. As a consequence, the country has fallen
+into disrepute, and men of the requisite valor and quality do not
+go there, but only a very few poor, unarmed, and worthless men. If
+any of these do have weapons, they pawn or sell them for clothes and
+food. Their needs constrain them to commit injuries upon the natives,
+so that the latter are irritated. It is said that not only is there no
+increase in what has been conquered, but that even that pacification
+is becoming more doubtful each day; that domestic and neighboring
+enemies are being aroused; and that all of this would be remedied by
+giving pay to the said soldiers, who should be regularly and promptly
+paid. Inasmuch as it is my will that this be done, it was decided,
+after having considered how many soldiers it is necessary and advisable
+to maintain usually in the said islands, that there be four hundred
+soldiers; and that each one receive a monthly wage of six pesos,
+the captains thirty-five, the ensigns twenty, the sergeants ten,
+and the corporals seven. Also that the sum of one thousand pesos
+additional pay be distributed annually and proportionally among all
+of the companies, each person not to receive more than ten pesos each
+year; and that this additional pay be given according to the order
+and manner set forth in the decree that will be handed you. You shall
+order that the said soldiers be regularly paid, and see that they are
+satisfied, armed, and well disciplined; that the said number of four
+hundred soldiers be not lessened; and that they be divided into what
+companies you deem fitting. When you shall appoint the said captains,
+officers, or soldiers to any encomienda or other post, you shall not
+permit them to draw their pay any longer; and while they receive pay
+they cannot trade or traffic, for their solicitude in that pursuit
+necessarily occupies their minds and distracts them from their proper
+object and the practice of war. For the same reason, likewise, you
+shall not grant the said pay to any soldier who acts as servant to
+another person, whoever he may be. Whenever any repartimientos of
+Indians become vacant in the said islands, you shall apportion some
+of the Indians to my crown, as an aid toward the said pay.
+
+35. In respect to the said captains, officers, and soldiers, you shall
+observe, and cause to be observed, their privilege of exemption from
+arrest for debt contracted while they were in the service; or the
+seizure of their weapons, horses, or other things needful and proper
+to military service, in satisfaction therefor.
+
+36. Whenever you shall send any captain with men on any commission
+or business that arises, you shall order him also to maintain his
+privileges, in whatever pertains to the usual exercise of the power
+and authority requisite to command, direct, and punish his inferiors;
+as well as all the other things peculiar to the service, and which
+are conceded to and exercised by officers.
+
+37. It is my will that you have a body-guard of twelve halberdiers,
+who shall be paid the same sum as the soldiers. The said halberdiers
+shall have a leader or captain, who shall receive pay of fifteen
+pesos monthly. Although their principal service shall be to act as a
+body-guard, and this is determined and ordained by that which pertains
+to the authority and dignity of your position, you shall take note
+that they also must go to war upon any occasion that arises.
+
+38. Inasmuch as I have been informed that many of the soldiers,
+who are sent to the said islands from Nueva España, are mere lads,
+mestizos, and a few Indians, and unarmed; and that a portion of them
+are pages and servants of the captains or other persons, who under the
+title and name of soldier draw their pay but neither they nor their
+masters are soldiers: you shall allow none of them to be enrolled
+as soldiers unless they are more than fifteen years old; and accept
+no page or servant of any person, while he serves as such, as above
+stated. You shall receive only those mestizos who are worthy, but
+shall not open a gateway for this in general. I charge and recommend
+you to pay especial attention to this.
+
+39. Immediately upon your arrival at the said islands, you shall
+give orders to enclose the city of Manila with stone, along that
+portion where it is necessary and advisable, and on the other sides
+by water. You shall construct a fort in the place assigned and deemed
+best there. You shall erect a tower at the junction and point made
+by the river and sea. All this shall be very thoroughly done, and
+with most careful planning and consideration; and shall be done at
+the least possible expense to my treasury--since, as you know, the
+buildings can be constructed there with great ease and cheapness.
+
+40. You shall assign what garrison you judge advisable to the said
+fort and tower, so that the country may be defended, and that they
+may check the designs and hopes of the enemy, and the fear of revolts
+and risings.
+
+41. Although you ought to live in great vigilance and the continual
+caution demanded for the conservation of a country so new, distant,
+and surrounded by enemies, you must beware chiefly of five classes of
+them. First, of the natives of the land, who are numerous, and but
+partially settled and established in the faith. Second, of four or
+five thousand Chinese Indians who live there, and go back and forth in
+their tradings. Third, of the Japanese who usually go thither. Fourth,
+of the natives of Maluco and Borney, who are aroused, and already
+display themselves boldly and openly. Fifth and chiefly, of the
+Lutheran English pirates who infest those coasts. In order to check
+their incursions, and present a superior force and defense to them all,
+you shall construct another fort in Yllocos or Cagayan, to oppose the
+Japanese and Chinese robbers; a second in Cebu, to oppose the Borneans
+and Malucos; a third in Panpanga, to oppose the Çambales. All shall be
+located in places where they may be effectual, and shall be carefully
+planned and substantially built by good engineers. The cost will be
+very little, because of the great abundance of materials, and because
+almost all of the Indians are workmen. You are to see that each fort
+has an adequate and desirable garrison.
+
+42. Besides these forts and presidios, it is presupposed that a
+moderate-sized fleet of a few galleys or fragatas would be necessary,
+to cruise along the coasts in order to protect them, and to prevent
+the thefts and injuries wont to be committed along them by the
+Japanese, especially in the districts of Cagayan and Ylocos. They
+seize the Chinese vessels that bring food and merchandise to the said
+islands, whereby great loss is suffered, and commerce and plenty
+checked. This fleet would also serve to prevent the Chinese, when
+they are returning to their own country, from going among the said
+islands and committing depredations on the natives of them, and as a
+countercheck to other Chinese or Bornean pirates, as well as against
+all other undertakings, and troubles with foreigners. This appears
+advisable to me, and desirable. Therefore, as soon as you shall arrive
+at the said island, you shall construct six or eight galleys. You
+shall note what Doctor Sande, my former governor of those islands,
+and Father Alonso Sanchez say--namely, that it will cost but from
+one hundred and fifty ducados upward; and that there are, moreover,
+the necessary accommodations. You shall order these vessels to be
+well equipped, strengthened, and provisioned, so that they may be
+effectual. You shall give me an itemized account of the cost of the
+said galleys and facilities for building them.
+
+43. It is advisable to set about the construction of the said forts
+and galleys as quickly as possible, in order to avoid the troubles
+and harm that might ensue if the Spaniards, upon the occasion of any
+danger from enemies, were compelled to retire inland among the Indians,
+who are all irritated and offended because of the ill-treatment that
+they have received; and I charge you straitly with this.
+
+44. Upon your arrival at those islands, and when the situation
+is actually before you, you shall investigate the new method and
+circumstances with which the new entrances and pacifications are and
+can be justifiably made, as well as the few soldiers, slight cost,
+and the great ease and profit with which they can be made, because
+of the country being divided into many islands, and there being many
+petty rulers. These fall out among themselves on slight occasion,
+and make treaties with the Spaniards, and hence are kept in order
+with but little assistance. Since the petition made there in regard
+to the pay and the number of soldiers has been granted--and you are
+to maintain the soldiers in good discipline, and keep them quiet, and
+punctually paid--you shall make the said entrances and pacifications
+with great circumspection and just cause, in which you shall observe
+the rules of the instructions, which shall be furnished to you,
+regarding new discoveries.
+
+45. It is said that there is great need of such pacification in the
+said islands, especially in the very districts where the Spaniards
+live and travel, for all of the natives are in revolt and unsubdued,
+because of the lack of soldiers, and of the injuries and annoyances
+inflicted upon the natives by what soldiers are there. Moreover,
+as we are informed from there, many provinces of the island of Luçon
+either have never been subdued, or, if subdued, have revolted--as,
+for instance, those of Cagayan, Pangasinan, Payasondan, Çambales,
+Balente, and others, which are situated among the pacified provinces
+quite near and round about Manila; all the provinces, therefore,
+are in confusion and disorder. Upon your arrival at the said islands,
+you shall ordain in this whatever is advisable. You shall proceed in
+this as shall seem expedient, commencing as shall be right, and be
+attentive to the remedy for these evils, with very special care and
+assistance, since evil may happen to what is distant, if one's own
+house is left in suspicion and unsubdued. Besides there is the great
+obligation to endeavor to instruct the many people converted already,
+who are under my royal protection. These, because of their lack of
+the requisite peace and quiet, live in great hardship and danger;
+for those who are in revolt and unpacified harass them daily, kill and
+assault them, and burn their crops. Because of this, and because they
+also kill many Spaniards, not only is there no increase in what has
+been gained, but each day that is becoming less. Everything demands
+and requires so prompt a remedy, which is thus committed to you.
+
+46. Beyond and beside the said provinces which are here and there
+disaffected among the Spaniards and the Indians already converted, are
+others, which although not so near, owing to their remoteness and the
+nature of their inhabitants, still cannot be called new discoveries,
+because they have been visited and known already. These are Babuyanes,
+the island of Hermosa, the island of Cavallos ["horses"], Lequios,
+the island of Ayncio, Javas, Burney, Paca, Guancalanyanes, Mindanao,
+Siao [Siam], Maluco, and many others. Because it has been reported
+that they are falling into a worse condition daily, and having been
+advised that their welfare and the safety of the Spaniards demand
+their pacification, and that delay might render it difficult, you shall
+ascertain the manner and method with which the said pacification and
+subjection can be best and most quickly brought about, and you shall
+execute it, as seems best to you.
+
+47. Since it seems advisable that you, from whom I expect so much,
+should have authority and power to make all the said entrances and
+pacifications at the cost of my royal estate, in respect to which if
+you were constrained to await a reply from here, in a land so distant,
+important occasions and opportunities might be lost, I have resolved
+to give you authorization for this. Accordingly I grant it to you,
+and order the officials of my royal estate of the said islands that,
+in all matters under your control, they shall honor and pay all the
+orders that you present to them for the said purpose. But you shall
+observe that you are to use the said authority only in the most
+important matters which shall arise, after consulting about matters
+of law with the ecclesiastics and the lawyers, and those of action
+with the captains and men of experience and conscience, and taking
+account of all other necessary conditions, so that the expense may
+be no greater than can be avoided, and profitable.
+
+48. In order that you may accomplish them better and avoid expense, I
+authorize you to covenant and bargain with captains, encomenderos, and
+any others, in respect to the said entrances and pacifications, they
+to make them wholly or partly at their own cost, as seems advisable to
+you; and to give them title, for a limited time, as governors of the
+islands or provinces that they explore or pacify, and as captains and
+masters-of-camp, providing you do not give them title as adelantado
+or mariscal. You shall advise me of it, when anyone undertakes this,
+reporting the services, capacity, and merits of such person. The said
+covenant and agreement which you shall make may be kept in force until
+I approve them, because time will be saved thus--but with the condition
+of sending them to me, so that I may confirm them. You shall bind the
+parties to the agreement, upon the arrival of the said confirmations,
+to some brief period, such as you may assign for it.
+
+49. I have been told that, although a few of the encomenderos of
+the said islands, who fear God and their consciences, are trying to
+establish ministers of religious instruction in their encomiendas,
+others are not doing this, and refuse to do it as they are obliged,
+and as is advisable, notwithstanding that there are plenty of the
+said ministers; that there are encomiendas which have been paying
+tribute peacefully for fifteen, twenty, or twenty-five years, without
+the Indians of them ever having seen a minister or heard a word
+of Christian instruction; and that also many other encomiendas pay
+tribute by pure force of soldiers and arquebuses, who rebel and revolt
+because of the oppression and severity with which they are treated,
+without knowing the reason why they should pay it, since they have no
+instruction. Since, besides the obligation to procure the welfare of
+those souls, their conversion, instruction, and teaching, which should
+be the chief constraining force; and since even for temporal affairs,
+for the peace and tranquillity of the country, so that those pacified
+should not revolt, and so that those in revolt should be subdued, the
+best method is that of instruction--for which the common treatment,
+mildness, upright life, and counsels of the religious and ministers
+of the gospel incline and regulate their minds: therefore I charge you
+that, after consulting with the bishop you shall, in my name, provide
+what is advisable in this, so that the necessary instruction may be
+furnished, that my conscience, and his, and your own may be relieved.
+
+50. I have also been informed that, in collecting the tributes from the
+Indians, there has been in the past, and is at present, great disorder,
+because the former governors of the said islands have done things very
+confusedly and haphazardly.  Because the tribute of each Indian is
+of the value of eight reals, paid in what the Indian might possess,
+some persons take advantage of certain words of the said assessments,
+and of the articles in which tributes are designated--such as cotton
+cloth, rice, and other products of the country--to cause the said
+lawlessness. This disorder has consisted in each one collecting
+whatever he wished, to the great offense and injury of the said
+Indians; for when gold is abundant, their encomenderos demand coin
+from the Indians; and when coin is abundant and gold scarce, they
+demand gold, although the said Indians have to search for and buy
+it. In short, they always demand their tributes in those things which
+are scarce, by reason of which, for the tribute worth eight reals,
+some collect fifteen, and others twenty, twenty-five, thirty, and
+more, according to the value of those things that are demanded. They
+cause the Indians to seek them and bring them from other parts, to
+their great vexation and affliction. It is advisable to check this
+lawlessness and excess. Therefore I charge you to ordain that, in
+the payment of the said tributes, the order referred to in section
+six of these instructions shall be observed. That section treats
+of the Indians being allowed to pay their tributes in coin, gold,
+or products, as they may choose.
+
+51. Another section of the said memorial also pointed out that,
+although certain Spaniards of tender conscience have freed their
+slaves, native to the said islands, in fulfilment of the provision
+of my decrees, many others have retained them, and do not allow
+them to have houses of their own, or to live on their own land under
+the ordinary instruction. It is advisable to remedy this also; and
+I therefore commit it to you, and order you that, immediately upon
+your arrival at the said islands, you shall set at liberty all those
+Indians held as slaves by the Spaniards.
+
+52. I am informed that the said Indians have suffered many grievances
+and burdens from all the ministers of justice, because the latter
+have incited many suits, not only of cases after the country was
+discovered, but of others that had happened in its pagan days,
+among both the living and their forefathers, and both civil and
+criminal cases. These are not summary, but have all the terms,
+demands, preliminary hearings, and reviews, which can be found in any
+chancilleria of these kingdoms. In these the Indians have wasted and
+continue to waste their possessions. Although in section twenty-nine
+of these instructions, it treats of what you and the bishop have to do
+or provide as a remedy for these vexations of suits by Spaniards and
+Indians, once more I charge you and recommend you to strive to have
+the suits finished and decided promptly and summarily. You must take
+note that this will be one of the matters in which I shall consider
+myself most faithfully and fully served by you.
+
+53. In regard to the confusion existing, past and present, in the
+religious leaving the said islands for the mainland of China and other
+places, without permission of the governor or bishop--asserting that,
+through their all-sufficient power, those who hinder them shall be
+excommunicated--the advisable course has also been pointed out in time
+past--namely, that the religious should go there with the resolution
+to settle in the said Philipinas Islands, and not go elsewhere without
+your permission and that of the said bishop. This must be construed
+in respect to the religious who shall have been assigned to make a
+settlement and to live there, and not with those who have license
+from me to pass farther and to go to other regions; for when this is
+given or permitted to them, it is after much consideration.
+
+54. It has been said that, for the remedy of past confusion and
+wrongs, which have resulted from people going from the said islands
+to China and other districts without order or permission, it would be
+advisable to ordain, under severe penalties, that no secular Spaniard
+may leave them for any place or on any business, or supply a fragata,
+provisions, or any other assistance to any of the said religious,
+without my special order, or your permission and that of the said
+bishop. Inasmuch as this fits in with the provision of the above
+section, the same provision there is to be noted by you, so that
+likewise you may know what pertains to this, and doing that you shall
+understand it thoroughly.
+
+You shall attend to all of the above with the care and close attention
+that I expect from your character and prudence, and from your earnest
+zeal in affairs touching my service. San Lorenço, August nine, one
+thousand five hundred and eighty-nine.
+
+_I The King_
+
+By order of the king, our sovereign:
+
+_Juan de Ybarra_
+
+Countersigned by the council.
+
+
+
+
+Customs of the Tagalogs
+
+(_Two Relations by Juan de Plasencia, O.S.F._)
+
+
+After receiving your Lordship's letter, I wished to reply immediately;
+but I postponed my answer in order that I might first thoroughly
+inform myself in regard to your request, and to avoid discussing
+the conflicting reports of the Indians, who are wont to tell what
+suits their purpose. Therefore, to this end, I collected Indians from
+different districts--old men, and those of most capacity, all known
+to me; and from them I have obtained the simple truth, after weeding
+out much foolishness, in regard to their government, administration
+of justice, inheritances, slaves, and dowries. [25] It is as follows:
+
+_Customs of the Tagalogs_
+
+This people always had chiefs, called by them _datos_, who governed
+them and were captains in their wars, and whom they obeyed and
+reverenced. The subject who committed any offense against them,
+or spoke but a word to their wives and children, was severely punished.
+
+These chiefs ruled over but few people; sometimes as many as
+a hundred houses, sometimes even less than thirty. This tribal
+gathering is called in Tagalo a _barangay_. It was inferred that the
+reason for giving themselves this name arose from the fact (as they
+are classed, by their language, among the Malay nations) that when
+they came to this land, the head of the barangay, which is a boat,
+thus called--as is discussed at length in the first chapter of the
+first ten chapters--became a _dato_. And so, even at the present day,
+it is ascertained that this barangay in its origin was a family of
+parents and children, relations and slaves. There were many of these
+barangays in each town, or, at least, on account of wars, they did
+not settle far from one another. They were not, however, subject to
+one another, except in friendship and relationship. The chiefs, in
+their various wars, helped one another with their respective barangays.
+
+In addition to the chiefs, who corresponded to our knights, there
+were three castes: nobles, commoners, and slaves. The nobles were the
+free-born whom they call _maharlica_. They did not pay tax or tribute
+to the dato, but must accompany him in war, at their own expense. The
+chief offered them beforehand a feast, and afterward they divided
+the spoils. Moreover, when the dato went upon the water those whom he
+summoned rowed for him. If he built a house, they helped him, and had
+to be fed for it. The same was true when the whole barangay went to
+clear up his lands for tillage. The lands which they inhabited were
+divided among the whole barangay, especially the irrigated portion,
+and thus each one knew his own. No one belonging to another barangay
+would cultivate them unless after purchase or inheritance. The lands
+on the _tingues_, or mountain-ridges, are not divided, but owned in
+common by the barangay. Consequently, at the time of the rice harvest,
+any individual of any particular barangay, although he may have come
+from some other village, if he commences to clear any land may sow it,
+and no one can compel him to abandon it. There are some villages (as,
+for example, Pila de la Laguna) in which these nobles, or maharlicas,
+paid annually to the dato a hundred gantas of rice. The reason of this
+was that, at the time of their settlement there, another chief occupied
+the lands, which the new chief, upon his arrival, bought with his own
+gold; and therefore the members of his barangay paid him for the arable
+land, and he divided it, among those whom he saw fit to reward. But
+now, since the advent of the Spaniards, it is not so divided.
+
+The chiefs in some villages had also fisheries, with established
+limits, and sections of the rivers for markets. At these no one could
+fish, or trade in the markets, without paying for the privilege,
+unless he belonged to the chief's barangay or village.
+
+The commoners are called _aliping namamahay_. They are married, and
+serve their master, whether he be a dato or not, with half of their
+cultivated lands, as was agreed upon in the beginning. They accompanied
+him whenever he went beyond the island, and rowed for him. They live
+in their own houses, and are lords of their property and gold. Their
+children inherit it, and enjoy their property and lands. The children,
+then, enjoy the rank of their fathers, and they cannot be made slaves
+(_sa guiguilir_) nor can either parents or children be sold. If they
+should fall by inheritance into the hands of a son of their master who
+was going to dwell in another village, they could not be taken from
+their own village and carried with him; but they would remain in their
+native village, doing service there and cultivating the sowed lands.
+
+The slaves are called _aliping sa guiguilir_. They serve their master
+in his house and on his cultivated lands, and may be sold. The master
+grants them, should he see fit, and providing that he has profited
+through their industry, a portion of their harvests, so that they
+may work faithfully. For these reasons, servants who are born in the
+house of their master are rarely, if ever, sold. That is the lot of
+captives in war, and of those brought up in the harvest fields.
+
+Those to whom a debt was owed transferred the debt to another, thereby
+themselves making a profit, and reducing the wretched debtors to a
+slavery which was not their natural lot. If any person among those
+who were made slaves (_sa guiguilir_)--through war, by the trade of
+goldsmith, or otherwise--happened to possess any gold beyond the sum
+that he had to give his master, he ransomed himself, becoming thus
+a _namamahay_, or what we call a commoner. The price of this ransom
+was never less than five taels, and from that upwards; and if he gave
+ten or more taels, as they might agree, he became wholly free. An
+amusing ceremony accompanied this custom. After having divided all
+the trinkets which the slave possessed, if he maintained a house of
+his own, they divided even the pots and jars, and if an odd one of
+these remained, they broke it; and if a piece of cloth were left,
+they parted it in the middle.
+
+The difference between the _aliping namamahay_ and the _aliping sa
+guiguilir_, should be noted; for, by a confusion of the two terms,
+many have been classed as slaves who really are not. The Indians seeing
+that the alcaldes-mayor do not understand this, have adopted the custom
+of taking away the children of the _aliping namamahay_, making use
+of them as they would of the _aliping sa guiguilir_, as servants in
+their households, which is illegal, and if the _aliping namamahay_
+should appeal to justice, it is proved that he is an _aliping_ as
+well as his father and mother before him and no reservation is made
+as to whether he is _aliping namamahay_ or _atiping sa guiguilir_. He
+is at once considered an _alipin_, without further declaration. In
+this way he becomes a _sa guiguilir_, and is even sold. Consequently,
+the alcaldes-mayor should be instructed to ascertain, when anyone
+asks for his _alipin_, to which class he belongs, and to have the
+answer put in the document that they give him.
+
+In these three classes, those who are _maharlicas_ on both the father's
+and mother's side continue to be so forever; and if it happens that
+they should become slaves, it is through marriage, as I shall soon
+explain. If these maharlicas had children among their slaves, the
+children and their mothers became free; if one of them had children
+by the slave-woman of another, she was compelled, when pregnant, to
+give her master half of a gold tael, because of her risk of death,
+and for her inability to labor during the pregnancy. In such a case
+half of the child was free--namely, the half belonging to the father,
+who supplied the child with food. If he did not do this, he showed
+that he did not recognize him as his child, in which case the latter
+was wholly a slave. If a free woman had children by a slave, they
+were all free, provided he were not her husband.
+
+If two persons married, of whom one was a _maharlica_ and the other
+a slave, whether _namamahay_ or _sa guiguilir_, the children were
+divided: the first, whether male or female, belonged to the father,
+as did the third and fifth; the second, the fourth, and the sixth
+fell to the mother, and so on. In this manner, if the father were
+free, all those who belonged to him were free; if he were a slave,
+all those who belonged to him were slaves; and the same applied to
+the mother. If there should not be more than one child he was half
+free and half slave. The only question here concerned the division,
+whether the child were male or female. Those who became slaves fell
+under the category of servitude which was their parent's, either
+namamahay or sa guiguilir. If there were an odd number of children,
+the odd one was half free and half slave. I have not been able to
+ascertain with any certainty when or at what age the division of
+children was made, for each one suited himself in this respect. Of
+these two kinds of slaves the sa guiguilir could be sold, but not the
+namamahay and their children, nor could they be transferred. However,
+they could be transferred from the barangay by inheritance, provided
+they remained in the same village.
+
+The maharlicas could not, after marriage, move from one village to
+another, or from one barangay to another, without paying a certain
+fine in gold, as arranged among them. This fine was larger or smaller
+according to the inclination of the different villages, running from
+one to three taels and a banquet to the entire barangay. Failure
+to pay the fine might result in a war between the barangay which
+the person left and the one which he entered. This applied equally
+to men and women, except that when one married a woman of another
+village, the children were afterwards divided equally between the two
+barangays. This arrangement kept them obedient to the dato, or chief,
+which is no longer the case--because, if the dato is energetic and
+commands what the religious fathers enjoin him, they soon leave him
+and go to other villages and other datos, who endure and protect them
+and do not order them about. This is the kind of dato that they now
+prefer, not him who has the spirit to command. There is a great need
+of reform in this, for the chiefs are spiritless and faint-hearted.
+
+Investigations made and sentences passed by the dato must take place
+in the presence of those of his barangay. If any of the litigants
+felt himself aggrieved, an arbiter was unanimously named from
+another village or barangay, whether he were a dato or not; since
+they had for this purpose some persons, known as fair and just men,
+who were said to give true judgment according to their customs. If the
+controversy lay between two chiefs, when they wished to avoid war,
+they also convoked judges to act as arbiters; they did the same if
+the disputants belonged to two different barangays. In this ceremony
+they always had to drink, the plaintiff inviting the others.
+
+They had laws by which they condemned to death a man of low birth
+who insulted the daughter or wife of a chief; likewise witches,
+and others of the same class.
+
+They condemned no one to slavery, unless he merited the
+death-penalty. As for the witches, they killed them, and their
+children and accomplices became slaves of the chief, after he had
+made some recompense to the injured person. All other offenses
+were punished by fines in gold, which, if not paid with promptness,
+exposed the culprit to serve, until the payment should be made, the
+person aggrieved, to whom the money was to be paid. This was done in
+the following way: Half the cultivated lands and all their produce
+belonged to the master. The master provided the culprit with food and
+clothing, thus enslaving the culprit and his children until such time
+as he might amass enough money to pay the fine. If the father should
+by chance pay his debt, the master then claimed that he had fed and
+clothed his children, and should be paid therefor. In this way he kept
+possession of the children if the payment could not be met. This last
+was usually the case, and they remained slaves. If the culprit had
+some relative or friend who paid for him, he was obliged to render
+the latter half his service until he was paid--not, however, service
+within the house as aliping sa guiguilir, but living independently,
+as aliping namamahay. If the creditor were not served in this wise,
+the culprit had to pay the double of what was lent him. In this way
+slaves were made by debt: either sa guiguilir, if they served the
+master to whom the judgment applied; or aliping namamahay, if they
+served the person who lent them wherewith to pay.
+
+In what concerns loans, there was formerly, and is today, an excess of
+usury, which is a great hindrance to baptism as well as to confession;
+for it turns out in the same way as I have showed in the case of the
+one under judgment, who gives half of his cultivated lands and profits
+until he pays the debt. The debtor is condemned to a life of toil;
+and thus borrowers become slaves, and after the death of the father
+the children pay the debt. Not doing so, double the amount must be
+paid. This system should and can be reformed.
+
+As for inheritances, the legitimate children of a father and mother
+inherited equally, except in the case where the father and mother
+showed a slight partiality by such gifts as two or three gold taels,
+or perhaps a jewel.
+
+When the parents gave a dowry to any son, and, when, in order to
+marry him to a chief's daughter, the dowry was greater than the
+sum given the other sons, the excess was not counted in the whole
+property to be divided. But any other thing that should have been
+given to any son, though it might be for some necessity, was taken
+into consideration at the time of the partition of the property,
+unless the parents should declare that such a bestowal was made
+outside of the inheritance. If one had had children by two or more
+legitimate wives, each child received the inheritance and dowry of
+his mother, with its increase, and that share of his father's estate
+which fell to him out of the whole. If a man had a child by one of his
+slaves, as well as legitimate children, the former had no share in
+the inheritance; but the legitimate children were bound to free the
+mother, and to give him something--a tael or a slave, if the father
+were a chief; or if, finally, anything else were given it was by the
+unanimous consent of all. If besides his legitimate children, he had
+also some son by a free unmarried woman, to whom a dowry was given
+but who was not considered as a real wife, all these were classed as
+natural children, although the child by the unmarried woman should
+have been begotten after his marriage. Such children did not inherit
+equally with the legitimate children, but only the third part. For
+example, if there were two children, the legitimate one had two parts,
+and the one of the _inaasava_ one part. When there were no children
+by a legitimate wife, but only children by an unmarried woman, or
+_inaasava_, the latter inherited all. If he had a child by a slave
+woman, that child received his share as above stated. If there were
+no legitimate or natural child, or a child by an inaasava, whether
+there was a son of a slave woman or not, the inheritance went only
+to the father or grandparents, brothers, or nearest relatives of the
+deceased, who gave to the slave-child as above stated.
+
+In the case of a child by a free married woman, born while she was
+married, if the husband punished the adulterer this was considered
+a dowry; and the child entered with the others into partition in the
+inheritance. His share equaled the part left by the father, nothing
+more. If there were no other sons than he, the children and the nearest
+relatives inherited equally with him. But if the adulterer were not
+punished by the husband of the woman who had the child, the latter
+was not considered as his child, nor did he inherit anything. It
+should be noticed that the offender was not considered dishonored
+by the punishment inflicted, nor did the husband leave the woman. By
+the punishment of the father the child was fittingly made legitimate.
+
+Adopted children, of whom there are many among them, inherit the
+double of what was paid for their adoption. For example, if one gold
+tael was given that he might be adopted when the first father died,
+the child was given [in inheritance] two taels. But if this child
+should die first, his children do not inherit from the second father,
+for the arrangement stops at that point.
+
+This is the danger to which his money is exposed, as well as his being
+protected as a child. On this account this manner of adoption common
+among them is considered lawful.
+
+Dowries are given by the men to the women's parents. If the latter are
+living, they enjoy the use of it. At their death, provided the dowry
+has not been consumed, it is divided like the rest of the estate,
+equally among the children, except in case the father should care to
+bestow something additional upon the daughter. If the wife, at the
+time of her marriage, has neither father, mother, nor grandparents,
+she enjoys her dowry--which, in such a case, belongs to no other
+relative or child. It should be noticed that unmarried women can own
+no property, in land or dowry, for the result of all their labors
+accrues to their parents.
+
+In the case of a divorce before the birth of children, if the wife left
+the husband for the purpose of marrying another, all her dowry and
+an equal additional amount fell to the husband; but if she left him,
+and did not marry another, the dowry was returned. When the husband
+left his wife, he lost the half of the dowry, and the other half was
+returned to him. If he possessed children at the time of his divorce,
+the whole dowry and the fine went to the children, and was held for
+them by their grandparents or other responsible relatives.
+
+I have also seen another practice in two villages. In one case, upon
+the death of the wife who in a year's time had borne no children,
+the parents returned one-half the dowry to the husband whose wife had
+died. In the other case, upon the death of the husband, one-half the
+dowry was returned to the relatives of the husband. I have ascertained
+that this is not a general practice; for upon inquiry I learned that
+when this is done it is done through piety, and that all do not do it.
+
+In the matter of marriage dowries which fathers bestow upon their
+sons when they are about to be married, and half of which is given
+immediately, even when they are only children, there is a great deal
+more complexity. There is a fine stipulated in the contract, that he
+who violates it shall pay a certain sum which varies according to the
+practice of the village and the affluence of the individual. The fine
+was heaviest if, upon the death of the parents, the son or daughter
+should be unwilling to marry because it had been arranged by his or
+her parents. In this case the dowry which the parents had received
+was returned and nothing more. But if the parents were living, they
+paid the fine, because it was assumed that it had been their design
+to separate the children.
+
+The above is what I have been able to ascertain clearly concerning
+customs observed among these natives in all this Laguna and the
+tingues, and among the entire Tagalo race. The old men say that a
+dato who did anything contrary to this would not be esteemed; and,
+in relating tyrannies which they had committed, some condemned them
+and adjudged them wicked.
+
+Others, perchance, may offer a more extended narrative, but leaving
+aside irrelevant matters concerning government and justice among them,
+a summary of the whole truth is contained in the above. I am sending
+the account in this clear and concise form because I had received no
+orders to pursue the work further. Whatever may be decided upon, it is
+certainly important that it should be given to the alcal-des-mayor,
+accompanied by an explanation; for the absurdities which are to be
+found in their opinions are indeed pitiable.
+
+May our Lord bestow upon your Lordship His grace and spirit, so that in
+every step good fortune may be yours; and upon every occasion may your
+Lordship deign to consider me your humble servant, to be which would
+be the greatest satisfaction and favor that I could receive. Nagcarlán,
+October 21, 1589.
+
+_Fray Juan de Plasencia_ [26]
+
+
+_Relation of the Worship of the Tagalogs, Their Gods, and Their
+Burials and Superstitions_
+
+In all the villages, or in other parts of the Filipinas Islands,
+there are no temples consecrated to the performing of sacrifices,
+the adoration of their idols, or the general practice of idolatry. It
+is true that they have the name _simbahan_, which means a temple or
+place of adoration; but this is because, formerly, when they wished to
+celebrate a festival, which they called _pandot_, or "worship," they
+celebrated it in the large house of a chief. There they constructed,
+for the purpose of sheltering the assembled people, a temporary shed
+on each side of the house, with a roof, called _sibi_, to protect the
+people from the wet when it rained. They so constructed the house
+that it might contain many people--dividing it, after the fashion
+of ships, into three compartments. On the posts of the house they
+set small lamps, called _sorihile_; in the center of the house they
+placed one large lamp, adorned with leaves of the white palm, wrought
+into many designs. They also brought together many drums, large and
+small, which they beat successively while the feast lasted, which was
+usually four days. During this time the whole barangay, or family,
+united and joined in the worship which they call _nagaanitos_. The
+house, for the above-mentioned period of time, was called a temple.
+
+Among their many idols there was one called. Badhala, whom they
+especially worshiped. The title seems to signify "all powerful,"
+or "maker of all things." They also worshiped the sun, which, on
+account of its beauty, is almost universally respected and honored by
+heathens. They worshiped, too, the moon, especially when it was new,
+at which time they held great rejoicings, adoring it and bidding it
+welcome. Some of them also adored the stars, although they did not
+know them by their names, as the Spaniards and other nations know the
+planets--with the one exception of the morning star, which they called
+Tala. They knew, too, the "seven little goats" [the Pleiades]--as
+we call them--and, consequently, the change of seasons, which they
+call Mapolon; and Balatic, which is our Greater Bear. They possessed
+many idols called _lic-ha_, which were images with different shapes;
+and at times they worshiped any little trifle, in which they adored,
+as did the Romans, some particular dead man who was brave in war and
+endowed with special faculties, to whom they commended themselves for
+protection in their tribulations. They had another idol called Dian
+masalanta, who was the patron of lovers and of generation. The idols
+called Lacapati and Idianale were the patrons of the cultivated lands
+and of husbandry. They paid reverence to water-lizards called by them
+_buaya_, or crocodiles, from fear of being harmed by them. They were
+even in the habit of offering these animals a portion of what they
+carried in their boats, by throwing it into the water, or placing it
+upon the bank.
+
+They were, moreover, very liable to find auguries in things they
+witnessed. For example, if they left their house and met on the
+way a serpent or rat, or a bird called _Tigmamanuguin_ which was
+singing in the tree, or if they chanced upon anyone who sneezed,
+they returned at once to their house, considering the incident as an
+augury that some evil might befall them if they should continue their
+journey--especially when the above-mentioned bird sang. This song had
+two different forms: in the one case it was considered as an evil
+omen; in the other, as a good omen, and then they continued their
+journey. They also practiced divination, to see whether weapons,
+such as a dagger or knife, were to be useful and lucky for their
+possessor whenever occasion should offer.
+
+These natives had no established division of years, months, and days;
+these are determined by the cultivation of the soil, counted by moons,
+and the different effect produced upon the trees when yielding flowers,
+fruits, and leaves: all this helps them in making up the year. The
+winter and summer are distinguished as sun-time and water-time--the
+latter term designating winter in those regions, where there is no
+cold, snow, or ice.
+
+It seems, however, that now since they have become Christians, the
+seasons are not quite the same, for at Christmas it gets somewhat
+cooler. The years, since the advent of the Spaniards, have been
+determined by the latter, and the seasons have been given their proper
+names, and they have been divided into weeks.
+
+Their manner of offering sacrifice was to proclaim a feast, and offer
+to the devil what they had to eat. This was done in front of the idol,
+which they anoint with fragrant perfumes, such as musk and civet,
+or gum of the storax-tree and other odoriferous woods, and praise it
+in poetic songs sung by the officiating priest, male or female, who
+is called _catolonan_. The participants made responses to the song,
+beseeching the idol to favor them with those things of which they
+were in need, and generally, by offering repeated healths, they all
+became intoxicated. In some of their idolatries they were accustomed
+to place a good piece of cloth, doubled, over the idol, and over the
+cloth a chain or large, gold ring, thus worshiping the devil without
+having sight of him. The devil was sometimes liable to enter into
+the body of the catolonan, and, assuming her shape and appearance,
+filled her with so great arrogance--he being the cause of it--that
+she seemed to shoot flames from her eyes; her hair stood on end, a
+fearful sight to those beholding, and she uttered words of arrogance
+and superiority. In some districts, especially in the mountains, when
+in those idolatries the devil incarnated himself and took on the form
+of his minister, the latter had to be tied to a tree by his companions,
+to prevent the devil in his infernal fury from destroying him. This,
+however, happened but rarely. The objects of sacrifice were goats,
+fowls, and swine, which were flayed, decapitated, and laid before
+the idol. They performed another ceremony by cooking a jar of rice
+until the water was evaporated, after which they broke the jar, and
+the rice was left as an intact mass which was set before the idol;
+and all about it, at intervals, were placed a few buyos--which is a
+small fruit [27] wrapped in a leaf with some lime, a food generally
+eaten in these regions--as well as fried food and fruits. All the
+above-mentioned articles were eaten by the guests at the feast; the
+heads [of the animals], after being "offered," as they expressed it,
+were cooked and eaten also.
+
+The reasons for offering this sacrifice and adoration were, in addition
+to whatever personal matters there might be, the recovery of a sick
+person, the prosperous voyage of those embarking on the sea, a good
+harvest in the sowed lands, a propitious result in wars, a successful
+delivery in childbirth, and a happy outcome in married life. If this
+took place among people of rank, the festivities lasted thirty days.
+
+In the case of young girls who first had their monthly courses, their
+eyes were blindfolded four days and four nights; and, in the meantime,
+the friends and relatives were all invited to partake of food and
+drink. At the end of this period, the catolonan took the young girl
+to the water, bathed her and washed her head, and removed the bandage
+from her eyes. The old men said that they did this in order that the
+girls might bear children, and have fortune in finding husbands to
+their taste, who would not leave them widows in their youth.
+
+The distinctions made among the priests of the devil were as follows:
+The first, called catolonan, as above stated, was either a man or a
+woman. This office was an honorable one among the natives, and was
+held ordinarily by people of rank, this rule being general in all
+the islands.
+
+The second they called _mangagauay_, or witches, who deceived by
+pretending to heal the sick. These priests even induced maladies by
+their charms, which in proportion to the strength and efficacy of the
+witchcraft, are capable of causing death. In this way, if they wished
+to kill at once they did so; or they could prolong life for a year
+by binding to the waist a live serpent, which was believed to be the
+devil, or at least his substance. This office was general throughout
+the land. The third they called _manyisalat_, which is the same as
+magagauay. These priests had the power of applying such remedies to
+lovers that they would abandon and despise their own wives, and in
+fact could prevent them from having intercourse with the latter. If
+the woman, constrained by these means, were abandoned, it would bring
+sickness upon her; and on account of the desertion she would discharge
+blood and matter. This office was also general throughout the land.
+
+The fourth was called _mancocolam_, whose duty it was to emit fire
+from himself at night, once or oftener each month. This fire could
+not be extinguished; nor could it be thus emitted except as the priest
+wallowed in the ordure and filth which falls from the houses; and he
+who lived in the house where the priest was wallowing in order to emit
+this fire from himself, fell ill and died. This office was general.
+
+The fifth was called _hocloban_, which is another kind of witch, of
+greater efficacy than the mangagauay. Without the use of medicine,
+and by simply saluting or raising the hand, they killed whom they
+chose. But if they desired to heal those whom they had made ill by
+their charms, they did so by using other charms. Moreover, if they
+wished to destroy the house of some Indian hostile to them, they
+were able to do so without instruments. This was in Catanduanes,
+an island off the upper part of Luzon.
+
+The sixth was called _silagan_, whose office it was, if they saw anyone
+clothed in white, to tear out his liver and eat it, thus causing his
+death. This, like the preceding, was in the island of Catanduanes. Let
+no one, moreover, consider this a fable; because, in Calavan, they
+tore out in this way through the anus all the intestines of a Spanish
+notary, who was buried in Calilaya by father Fray Juan de Mérida.
+
+The seventh was called _magtatangal_, and his purpose was to show
+himself at night to many persons, without his head or entrails. In
+such wise the devil walked about and carried, or pretended to carry,
+his head to different places; and, in the morning, returned it to his
+body--remaining, as before, alive. This seems to me to be a fable,
+although the natives affirm that they have seen it, because the devil
+probably caused them so to believe. This occurred in Catanduanes.
+
+The eighth they called _osuang_, which is equivalent to "sorcerer;"
+they say that they have seen him fly, and that he murdered men and
+ate their flesh. This was among the Visayas Islands; among the Tagalos
+these did not exist.
+
+The ninth was another class of witches called _mangagayoma_. They
+made charms for lovers out of herbs, stones, and wood, which would
+infuse the heart with love. Thus did they deceive the people, although
+sometimes, through the intervention of the devil, they gained their
+ends.
+
+The tenth was known as _sonat_, which is equivalent to "preacher." It
+was his office to help one to die, at which time he predicted the
+salvation or condemnation of the soul. It was not lawful for the
+functions of this office to be fulfilled by others than people of
+high standing, on account of the esteem in which it was held. This
+office was general throughout the islands.
+
+The eleventh, _pangatahojan_, was a soothsayer, and predicted the
+future. This office was general in all the islands.
+
+The twelfth, _bayoguin_, signified a "cotquean," a man whose nature
+inclined toward that of a woman.
+
+Their manner of burying the dead was as follows: The deceased was
+buried beside his house; and, if he were a chief, he was placed beneath
+a little house or porch which they constructed for this purpose. Before
+interring him, they mourned him for four days; and afterward laid him
+on a boat which served as a coffin or bier, placing him beneath the
+porch, where guard was kept over him by a slave. In place of rowers,
+various animals were placed within the boat, each one being assigned
+a place at the oar by twos--male and female of each species being
+together--as for example two goats, two deer, or two fowls. It was
+the slave's care to see that they were fed. If the deceased had
+been a warrior, a living slave was tied beneath his body until in
+this wretched way he died. In course of time, all suffered decay;
+and for many days the relatives of the dead man bewailed him, singing
+dirges, and praises of his good qualities, until finally they wearied
+of it. This grief was also accompanied by eating and drinking. This
+was a custom of the Tagalos.
+
+The Aetas, [28] or Negrillos [Negritos] inhabitants of this island, had
+also a form of burial, but different. They dug a deep, perpendicular
+hole, and placed the deceased within it, leaving him upright with head
+or crown unburied, on top of which they put half a cocoa-nut which was
+to serve him as a shield. Then they went in pursuit of some Indian,
+whom they killed in retribution for the Negrillo who had died. To
+this end they conspired together, hanging a certain token on their
+necks until some one of them procured the death of the innocent one.
+
+These infidels said that they knew that there was another life of
+rest which they called _maca_, just as if we should say "paradise,"
+or, in other words, "village of rest." They say that those who go
+to this place are the just, and the valiant, and those who lived
+without doing harm, or who possessed other moral virtues. They
+said also that in the other life and mortality, there was a place
+of punishment, grief, and affliction, called _casanaan_, which was
+"a place of anguish;" they also maintained that no one would go to
+heaven, where there dwelt only Bathala, "the maker of all things,"
+who governed from above. There were also other pagans who confessed
+more clearly to a hell, which they called, as I have said, casanaan;
+they said that all the wicked went to that place, and there dwelt
+the demons, whom they called _sitan_.
+
+All the various kinds of infernal ministers were, therefore, as has
+been stated: _catolonan; sonat_ (who was a sort of bishop who ordained
+priestesses and received their reverence, for they knelt before him as
+before one who could pardon sins, and expected salvation through him);
+_mangagauay, manyisalat, mancocolam, hocloban, silagan, magtatangal,
+osuan, mangagayoma, pangatahoan_. [29]
+
+There were also ghosts, which they called _vibit_; and phantoms,
+which they called _Tigbalaang_. They had another deception--namely,
+that if any woman died in childbirth, she and the child suffered
+punishment; and that, at night, she could be heard lamenting. This
+was called _patianac_. May the honor and glory be God our Lord's,
+that among all the Tagalos not a trace of this is left; and that
+those who are now marrying do not even know what it is, thanks to
+the preaching of the holy gospel, which has banished it.
+
+
+
+
+Documents of 1590
+
+
+
+	Letter from Portugal to Felipe II. [Unsigned and undated.]
+	Decree ordering a grant to Salazar. Felipe II; April 12.
+	Letter from members of the suppressed Audiencia to Felipe
+	II. Santiago de Vera, and others; June 20.
+	The Chinese and the Parián at Manila. Domingo de Salazar;
+	June 24.
+	Two letters to Felipe II. Domingo de Salazar; June 24.
+	Decree regarding commerce in the Philippines. Felipe II;
+	July 23.
+
+
+
+_Sources_: These documents are obtained from the original MSS. in
+the Archivo general dé Indias, Sevilla--except the fourth, which is
+taken from Retana's _Archivo del bibliófilo filipino_, iii, pp. 47-80.
+
+_Translations_: The first document is translated by Arthur B. Myrick,
+of Harvard University; the second, third, and sixth, by James
+A. Robertson; the fourth, by Alfonso de Salvio, of Harvard University;
+the fifth, by Isaac J. Cox, of the University of Pennsylvania, and
+by José M. and Clara M. Asensio.
+
+
+
+
+Letter from Portugal to Felipe II
+
+
+After the king, our lord, succeeded to the crown of Portugal, there
+began to open a new commerce between the Philipinas Islands and the
+western Yndias belonging to the domain of Castilla and China, Maluco,
+Amboino, Banda, and other parts of the Portuguese conquest. As soon
+as this was known in the eastern Yndias, the viceroys and governors
+thereof were continually writing to his Majesty, that from this new
+commerce many heavy injuries were sustained by his Majesty's service,
+in regard to the preservation and support of that state of eastern
+Yndia, and the quiet of its inhabitants.
+
+His Majesty after reading their letters and going over truthful
+reports of the great injury that the continuation of this new trade
+might cause, both to the crown of Castilla and to that of Portugal,
+resolved to prohibit anyone from going from the western Yndias to
+China, Maluco, Amboino, and Banda, and other places belonging to the
+crown of Portugal; or from the Eastern to the Western Yndias. Decrees
+for this prohibition, signed by his Majesty and by the Portuguese
+ministers, were passed and sent to Yndia, where they were published
+and ordered to be observed under heavy penalties. The same was to be
+done by the ministers of the crown of Castilla and certain memoranda
+of it were to be given. We do not know whether this has been done yet.
+
+Because they have again written and continue to write from Yndia
+that the said decrees prohibiting the said commerce are not being
+observed by the Castilians, and because they everywhere encourage it
+and increase to a great extent the evils that result therefrom, which
+might be very serious indeed, and difficult to remedy, and involve the
+total destruction and loss of those states: his Majesty ordered, for
+the more thorough understanding of these details, that they should make
+this report of the existing causes for not continuing this commerce,
+and even for prohibiting it. These reasons are as follows:
+
+The state of Eastern Yndia is very large, and its cities and
+garrisons very distant and remote from one another, and situated in
+the territories of kings and princes of great power. On this account
+they are maintained by regular soldiery and very powerful fleets, of
+large and small galleys and galleons. All the Portuguese resident in
+those places, and other Christian vassals of his Majesty, easily bear
+the excessive expense. The latter is made up by the income from those
+cities and strongholds. This income, although it exceeds a million, is
+not sufficient to obviate its being always pledged. Some aid in money
+is sent from Portugal. This income from Yndia consists principally
+in imposts from the said cities, which are paid for entries and
+clearances. The entire amount of these imposts is raised on merchandise
+from China, Maluco, Amboino, Banda, and other regions of the south;
+for the taxes that are raised on merchandise coming from the northern
+districts are of so much less importance, and the merchandise likewise,
+that they cannot be compared with those of the south. The principal
+commerce that the Portuguese have to live upon, is that from China
+and other southern districts, because the other traffic is contracted
+for by his Majesty's treasury and belongs to it. The better and more
+valuable trade through the southern districts belongs to the crown.
+
+From all this it may be inferred that if we continue this commerce
+with China and other southern regions by way of the western Yndias,
+the income from the customs duties, on which Yndia is supported,
+will necessarily be lost. Nor will there be money or forces with which
+many large fleets may be organized by his Majesty for its preservation
+and defense, or with which to pay the soldiery stationed there, or to
+bear all the other state expenses incurred by the public government,
+or those incurred by his Majesty for the ecclesiastical estate in
+those places the conquest of which was granted to him by the apostolic
+bulls. The rest of these reasons which concern his Majesty's service,
+the profit and loss of his treasury, and what is expedient for common
+good of the inhabitants of that state, should be considered in this
+case with the greatest care. For the inhabitants of Yndia have no
+other resources to live upon except trade and commerce; and of these
+the principal is the trade with China and other places to which
+reference has been made. On this account, they feel very strongly
+the seizure of this commerce by the Castilians, saying that they and
+their fathers and forefathers conquered it for the royal crown with
+their blood and lives. There are and were on this subject practices
+and complaints of base character, principally in the city of Goa,
+the capital of that state.
+
+And even if all the above (in respect to what concerns Portugal and
+the preservation and quiet of Yndia) were not of so great moment and
+consideration for his Majesty's service, so great are the injuries
+to the crown of Castilla which result from this new commerce that
+only for that (both for reasons of state and finance) it should be
+strictly prohibited. For if navigation is permitted from the western
+Indias to China, all the money and coin in the kingdom will flow
+thither and none will go to Hespaña, because China is so large and
+has so much to exchange and sell that, however much coin is sent,
+that country will absorb it all. The Indias will come to have no need
+of Hespaña, because all the products obtained from this country can
+be obtained from China in much greater abundance and more cheaply,
+except wines and olives, which can be very easily introduced in the
+Yndias. They might also do without them, because they are not very
+necessary or requisite. So they would care for trade with Hespaña
+only on that account, especially since they may get them from China
+itself through the Portuguese traders. Of how much consequence and
+importance this is in state matters, it is unnecessary to point out,
+because it may be well understood. It is, moreover, understood that
+the Indians have wine of their own.
+
+And above all, when Chinese merchandise is in the western Indias and
+money is flowing toward China, trade and commerce with Hespaña will
+necessarily fall off, together with the income of the custom house
+at Sevilla, while money will be scarce there and throughout España.
+
+Let it be further noted that among the sworn promises which his Majesty
+made to the kingdom of Portugal, there is one clause (the copy of
+which accompanies this) in which it is said that traffic with Yndia,
+Guinea, and other regions belonging to the kingdom of Portugal, both
+discovered and to be discovered, will not be wrested from them or any
+innovation made in present conditions; and the officials who are to
+go out for the said commerce and on the ships for that purpose shall
+be Portuguese. According to this clause, no alteration can be made
+in the commerce with China, Maluco, Amboino, Banda, and other parts
+of the Eastern Yndias. The Castilians shall not go there, nor shall
+the Portuguese go from here to the Castilian Yndias. [30]
+
+The Lord Cardinal Archduke, [31] to whom his Majesty has entrusted
+the government of Portugal, seeing and considering all these dangers,
+wrote many times to his Majesty that it would be greatly to his
+interest to prohibit this commerce; and besides what he says in
+many of his letters, in one letter of December 23, of last year, 89,
+he wrote as follows:
+
+"In this despatch is sent a report of all that has been written to your
+Majesty by the viceroy Don Duarte, and by the governor Miguel de Sosa,
+and other persons, affirming that it is of no use to your Majesty,
+and unsafe for the state of Yndia, to continue the commerce which has
+begun to be opened from the Indias of the Castilian crown to China;
+and what your Majesty has had written in regard to it--in order that
+your Majesty may have it examined. According to the information
+which I possess in this matter, I advise your Majesty to order,
+under heavy penalties, that no one shall further this commerce from
+the said districts to China, nor from China the other way, because it
+is known that if there is no remedy applied, we will lose the customs
+receipts of the state of Yndia, and the trade of the merchants. It
+seems to me that the lack of confidence and the suspicion which the
+ships and embarkations of the Castilians cause in the Chinese are of
+even greater consequence. The latter is referred to in the letter which
+the city of Nombre de Dios wrote to your Majesty, on this matter."
+
+Hereunto is added the copy of one clause from a letter by the governor
+of Yndia (which was received a few days ago, having come by land)
+that what he says in regard to this matter, and the way in which this
+commerce is looked upon there, may be known. He concludes by explaining
+how well it suits his Majesty's service, and how advantageous it is
+to both Castilla and Portugal, to prohibit this commerce in such a
+way that all the ports shall be closed to it.
+
+		       +
+
+[_Instructions_: "On the new commerce of the Western Yndias, with
+China. His Majesty orders that this shall be examined in the Council
+of the Indias. The Council shall then advise him of their opinion,
+so that his Majesty can determine what measures must be taken, before
+the sailing of the ships. Pardo, March 3, 1590."] [32]
+
+
+
+
+Decree Ordering a Grant to Salazar
+
+
+Sire:
+
+From information received _de officio_ in the royal Audiencia of the
+city of Manila, of the Philipinas Islands, and from the opinion of
+the said Audiencia, it has been evident that, upon the arrival of
+the bishop [Salazar] in the islands, all the houses were built of
+wood and bamboo, and thatched with straw. As he saw that they were
+burned frequently, and especially in the year eighty-three, when, in
+but one fire, the city was nearly all destroyed including, with the
+property of the citizens, the cathedral church, monastery, hospital,
+fort, supplies, and artillery; seeing also the constant danger from
+fire and from the natives of whom there was great fear, the said
+bishop exerted himself to aid the citizens and soldiers with three
+thousand pesos of his own and others' money, dividing this sum among
+all of them, in order that they might rebuild their houses. By this
+means he relieved their extreme necessity, and afterward endeavored
+to persuade the governor and city to have the buildings constructed
+of stone and roofed with tile; and although everyone placed decided
+obstacles in the way, he set about this himself, and put great effort
+into it, even to the seeking and opening of quarries, and procuring
+the making of mortar and roof-tiles. Through his diligence, the result
+was obtained and great increase followed therefrom to the said city,
+for he built houses with the utmost toil and expense. Thereupon many
+of the citizens began to do the same, and the city has been made
+safe and fortified. Now, a fort, hospital, church, and monasteries
+are being built--all of stone. In addition to the above, when he
+went to those islands, he took altar-pieces, ornaments, and other
+articles of value for the service of divine worship; and afterward
+he bought there some buildings for the church, at an expense of
+eight hundred ducados. As, for both this and the bishopric, there is
+nothing left of the five hundred thousand maravedis paid him yearly
+from your Majesty's royal exchequer--which sum, even, has not been
+paid because there is no money there--he is deeply in debt and in
+need. He beseeches your Majesty that, attentive to his great labors
+in the service of our Lord and of your Majesty, and for the good of
+that state, your Majesty will bestow upon him a sum equal to what he
+has spent, in order that he may pay his debts; and that he be given
+an order for it on the royal treasury of Mexico. The said Audiencia,
+in its opinion cited above, declares that his debts amount to six
+or seven thousand pesos; that his request seems to them very just;
+and that any concession made to him will be a great aid to the
+bishop. After deliberation in the council, it is our opinion that,
+in consideration of the above, a concession of three thousand pesos,
+the equivalent of three thousand six hundred ducados, might be made
+the said bishop, as an aid in paying his debts: this sum to be given
+him once from the tributes of unassigned Indians in those islands,
+or from those that shall first become vacant. Your Majesty will act
+herein as suits your pleasure. Madrid, April xii, 1590.
+
+		      +
+
+[_Endorsed_: "Council of the Indias. April 12, 1590. That the bishop
+of the Philippinas be granted three thousand six hundred ducados
+in unassigned tributes of those islands, as an aid in paying the
+debts that he has contracted in the service of our Lord, and of your
+Majesty, and the welfare of that state." "The opinion of the council
+is approved, although the former concessions and assignments would be
+preferable; for I suspect that in such favors irregularities are wont
+to occur in the payment to the loss of the collectors." "A warrant
+[for that sum] has been drawn up, in accordance with his Majesty's
+commands."] [33]
+
+
+
+
+Letter from Members of the Suppressed Audiencia to Felipe II
+
+
+Sire: All vessels sailing to Nueva España, since the Audiencia was
+established here, have taken advices to your Majesty of everything that
+has appeared fitting to your royal service. The orders of your royal
+decrees and the ordinances of the royal Council have been observed
+with all care. Whenever any trouble has arisen in the execution of
+these decrees and ordinances, advice thereof has been given in the
+letters from this royal Audiencia, as your Majesty may see, should
+you wish information thereof.
+
+With the arrival of Gomez Perez Dasmariñas, governor and
+captain-general of these islands, the president, auditors, and fiscal
+of this Audiencia ceased to exercise their duties, and the trials of
+cases pending in that body were suspended, so that, in accordance with
+the orders of the royal decrees despatched in regard to this matter,
+they might be concluded in the royal chancilleria of Mexico.
+
+Doctor Sanctiago de Vera, former president of this Audiencia, intended
+to go to Nueva España this year to assume his post as auditor in the
+royal Audiencia of Mexico, to which your Majesty appointed him. Just as
+he was about to embark, he was forced to remain here in these islands
+this year, because of a certain very severe sickness of his wife, from
+which she nearly died. He will sail next year. Licentiate Pedro de
+Rojas remains in these islands in the capacity of lieutenant-governor
+and counselor in government and military matters, in accordance with
+his letters-patent. Although this country proves very unfavorable to
+his health, so that he remains here at evident risk of life--because
+of a disease from which many die, and which has brought him twice
+or thrice to the verge of death--yet he thinks it his duty to
+continue his service to your Majesty here, and to remain at his post,
+notwithstanding all the danger. We beg your Majesty kindly to appoint
+him to another post elsewhere, where his health may be preserved,
+for he has always suffered here from weakness and ill-health. Not only
+would this prove to be an assurance of his life; his services, which
+are so acceptable and well-known, are such that he merits this favor
+from your Majesty. Inasmuch as he was auditor of this Audiencia, and
+the oldest member of it, because of the death of the licentiate Abalos,
+he should not be permitted to remain now as lieutenant-governor; for
+he is a person of whom your Majesty can make use in the government,
+and in any post whatever of great importance and trust.
+
+The licentiate Don Antonio de Rivera, auditor of this royal Audiencia,
+and the licentiate Ayala, [34] its fiscal, remain here without
+office. They were detained here one year in order to be present
+in this city during the four months of their residencia. They are
+very much disheartened over this, for they do not know to what post
+your Majesty will appoint them. They have served in their respective
+posts in these islands during their whole term with care, integrity,
+and disinterestedness, that [_MS. illegible_] and they are suffering
+from so great necessity and are five thousand leagues distant from
+those kingdoms, burdened with large families and households. They are
+grieving greatly over the prospect of so long, dangerous, and costly a
+voyage. We entreat your Majesty, since it is so just that rewards and
+promotions be given to your servants who have served you faithfully,
+and which your Majesty has ever been wont to bestow so generously, that
+you do not permit them to remain unrewarded, and that you have their
+salaries paid them from the time when their offices became vacant;
+for their services merit this, as well as the eagerness with which
+they have always exerted themselves, devoting all their energies to
+the sole service of God and your Majesty. They have ceased to exercise
+their duties in-these posts--the best and chiefest of the kingdom--not
+through any demerit, but through the suppression of the Audiencia. We
+trust that your Majesty will look favorably upon them and upon your
+other servants who have served you in this royal Audiencia; and that
+you will reward them and promote them as we desire. May God preserve
+the Catholic person of your Majesty. Manila, June 20, 1590.
+
+The doctor _Santiago Devera_
+The licentiate _Pedro de Rojas_
+The licentiate _Don Antonio de Ribera Maldonado_
+
+
+[_Endorsed_: "Filipinas; to his Majesty, 1590. The Audiencia, June
+20. Seen, and no answer is necessary. Make a memorandum regarding
+this auditor and fiscal."]
+
+
+
+The Chinese, and the Parian at Manila
+
+
+Sire:
+
+As Chinese matters are so worthy of being known, I have thought best
+to give your Majesty an account of them in a special letter, although
+all I say will be but little in comparison with the facts. Before I
+undertake to relate what God through His mercy has chosen to unfold to
+us concerning the affairs of that kingdom which were so hidden to us,
+I must, in order to ease my conscience, and die without this scruple,
+undo an error into which I had fallen for a while. Under that error I
+wrote to your Majesty as I felt then; and, although what I wrote was
+true, according to the information received, I have learned since that
+the contrary is the fact. As soon as I began to see the error, I wrote
+to your Majesty; but it was not done with the necessary effectiveness,
+for I was not yet completely undeceived. Now that I am, it would
+be a very serious matter if I did not try to undo the deception. As
+at that time I wrote to your Majesty what I felt, under an erroneous
+impression, I shall write what I feel, now that I am fully undeceived;
+for one ought always to present the entire and naked truth, with no
+confusing elements, to all men, and much more to your Majesty.
+
+Before reaching these islands, I heard that no foreigner could without
+danger of death set foot in the kingdom of China unless he received
+special permission from those having that kingdom in charge; and that
+the native who took a foreigner into the land without permission would
+be executed, and the foreigner sent to prison for life. When I reached
+these islands, I first interviewed some Portuguese who came here,
+and I heard them declare and affirm the same thing which I had heard
+before. Since I had that impression at my coming, I easily believed
+what the Portuguese told me, and persuaded myself that it was true that
+no foreigner could enter China without risk of losing his life. For
+a long time I have had the conversion of that kingdom at heart, and
+with that thought I came to these islands. One of the reasons which
+made me accept this bishopric was the fact that these islands were
+very near China, and that many Chinese had come to live here. Being
+grieved over the thought that by not allowing foreigners to set foot
+in that land the preaching of the gospel there might be hindered, I
+drew up a report signed by many Portuguese witnesses from Macan and
+Yndia who were here. In this report, which I sent to your Majesty,
+I gave evidence that the rulers of China, who are styled "mandarins,"
+allowed no one to enter the kingdom without their permission; and that
+for this purpose they kept large fleets to guard the coast, and to kill
+or arrest all who land there. Relying upon the information given me by
+the Portuguese, I wrote to your Majesty, asserting that it would be
+justifiable for your Majesty to send your fleet to that kingdom, and
+in case the preachers were denied entrance, to open a way by force,
+and make the Chinese receive them--it being understood that this
+opposition was from the mandarins alone, and that the common people
+offered no resistance and would receive them well. While all those in
+the islands, including myself, held this view, it pleased our Lord to
+reveal this deception and to deliver us from this error. It so happened
+that a ship left these islands for Mexico, and reached the coast of
+China in distress. At first the crew were somewhat ill-treated by the
+soldiers who guard the coast, because the latter had taken them for
+thieves or spies; but as soon as they were brought before the mandarin
+governor and it was learned that they had set out from the Lugones,
+as they call these islands, the governor treated them well, gave
+orders to return what the soldiers had taken from them, and punished
+those who had taken it. They sent the Spaniards in peace to Macan,
+whence they came to this city. The captain of the ship is living here
+at the present day, as well as two Augustinians who were on board;
+and they have told me all that happened to them.
+
+From this time I began to be undeceived, and to understand that
+the kingdom of China was not so inaccessible as the Portuguese had
+represented it. Then I wrote to your Majesty the aforesaid letter,
+asserting that the ill-report concerning the mandarins of China was
+rather an invention of the Portuguese than a true report. Later on, my
+belief in this truth was confirmed by certain persons, both religious
+and laymen, who have gone to China from these islands. When these
+persons arrived there the Chinese arrested them, in order to find out
+whence they came and what they were seeking; and when it was learned
+who they were, they were allowed to return in peace and were even
+given supplies for the journey. While writing this, I have met two
+Franciscan friars who tell me that, as soon as they reached China,
+they were arrested and taken, handcuffed, before the mandarin. When he
+learned who they were he gave orders to set them free, and to provide
+for their support until they could return here. What fully confirms
+me as to the truth of all this is the report which I received of the
+kind reception given in the province of Chincheo to a ship which
+the viceroy then governing Nueba España sent to Macan, and whose
+captain was Lope de Palacios, the brother of the auditor Palacios,
+auditor of Mexico. This ship was driven to Chincheo under stress
+of weather, and there everyone in her was well received, when the
+inhabitants of Chincheo learned that they were coming to trade in
+China. They persuaded them to go no farther, saying that they would
+give them a cargo there for their ship; but God, who had chosen to
+punish those who by that means sought to destroy this land against
+the wish of your Majesty, blinded them, so that they would not take
+the most salutary advice that could have been given them. The three
+Dominican religious who were on board the ship were well received and
+lovingly treated by the mandarin of that province. He took them to
+the city and lodged them in his own house, giving them an apartment
+where they could celebrate mass. This they did with as much quiet
+and safety as if they had been at your court. The mandarin kept
+them with him for one week, after which he allowed them to go to
+their ship and proceed to Macan. I had this relation from the very
+religious who were there. At present I am entertaining at my house a
+man who came from Mexico in that ship, and who, being an eyewitness,
+has told me of all the occurrence; but, since this account and other
+events which occurred were reported to your Majesty two years ago,
+and I am sure that the report reached its destination, I shall not
+detain you with a more detailed account of those matters.
+
+I have said all this in order to correct the wrong opinion held
+about the rulers of China; and although it is true that they are
+cautious and suspicious, prudently seeking to protect their nation
+against the entrance of foreigners who might harm and disturb the
+land, still, without any question, what has been said against them
+is a false accusation; for until now we know of no person whom they
+have killed for setting foot in their land, nor do we know of any
+one whom they have thrown into prison for life, as the Portuguese
+reported. If any of the Spaniards who went to that land received
+ill-treatment at the hands of the Chinese, it was due to the evil
+reports of us which the Portuguese spread among them, warning them
+to beware of Castilians as a people addicted to stealing and seizing
+foreign kingdoms; and who, as they had become masters of Nueva España,
+Peru, and the Philipinas, would strive likewise to obtain China. The
+people of that kingdom, being the most cautious people in the world,
+believed quite readily what the Portuguese told them of us; and in
+consequence they ill-treated the Castilians who went there. What I
+say here is a well ascertained fact, known by people who have seen
+themselves in great danger of being killed in China, just because the
+Portuguese had pointed them out to the Chinese as spies. One of the
+Franciscan religious whom I mentioned above has affirmed to me that
+he himself had heard it said that the Portuguese had reported them
+as spies, and that for this reason they had been handcuffed. Were
+I not sure that this was so, I would not dare to affirm it to your
+Majesty, for these are serious matters which do not speak well for the
+Portuguese. Although it is not to be believed that all of them say
+these things of us, still it needs only a few of them to speak such
+words in order to persuade the Chinese; and those few have caused
+no little harm, for, had not God provided a remedy, they would have
+greatly hindered the gospel from ever entering that kingdom. However,
+since the Chinese have experienced the contrary of what had been told
+them, and the Chinese or Sangleys (which mean the same thing) who go
+there from here tell them of the fairness with which we treat them
+here, and of the freedom that they enjoy among us, they have regained
+confidence, and are not offended at seeing us there, as is proved by
+those two ships which were driven on their shores. Doctor Sanctiago
+de Vera told me last year that he intended to make arrangements with
+the mandarins of Chincheo by which they might give us an island not
+far from that coast where the Castilians might settle and establish
+their commerce; he added that this plan met with no great opposition
+on the part of the Sangleys. But this was not carried out, and I do
+not know who was the cause of the failure. To corroborate the fact
+that the mandarins do not keep the gates of that kingdom so tightly
+closed as the Portuguese affirmed, something else has occurred quite
+recently which shows it clearly. When the Portuguese expelled all the
+Castilian religious from Macan and ordered them to go to Yndia, and
+not to return here, two friars fled secretly to the city of Canton,
+and thence they went to Chincheo by land, covering a distance of
+about one hundred leagues, without receiving any harm whatever; on
+the contrary, they were well treated, and the mardarin of Chincheo
+sent them back to this city in one of his own ships. The captain
+who brought them has visited me several times, and I have thanked
+him. At present these religious are in this city, and have spoken to
+me of what occurred to them on the journey from Macan to Chincheo,
+and of the presents which the captain who brought them here from
+Chincheo gave them. From all the aforesaid we infer that what has been
+reported of the refusal of the Chinese kingdom, and of its rulers,
+to permit entrance to foreigners has been invention and slander by the
+Portuguese, who did this for their own private interests, fearing that
+their commerce with the Chinese would cease if the Castilians gained
+an entrance there. We who live here have attributed this slander to
+that cause--or, more properly speaking, it has been the cunning of
+the devil, who has tried in this way to hinder the results which we
+hope to obtain by introducing the gospel into that great kingdom,
+in such manner as Jesus Christ, our Lord, commanded his disciples
+and apostles to preach it throughout the whole world, not trusting in
+their own strength, or in human wisdom or power, but only in the power
+of God. For He, when it pleases Him, smoothes out all difficulties
+which may arise; and if at times He allows his ministers to suffer,
+it is for their best good, in order that the perfection and power of
+God may shine forth with more brilliancy. Therefore, I say that if
+once I thought it possible to make war on China because of the false
+report given me of the hindrance and obstacles offered by the rulers
+of that kingdom to the preaching of the gospel, by not allowing those
+who could preach it to enter the land, now that I know the truth,
+I declare that one of the worst offenses which could be committed
+against God, and the greatest possible obstacle and opposition to the
+spread of the gospel, would be to go to China with the mailed hand,
+or to use any sort of violence. For we have had at no time, nor do
+we have, any cause, right, or reason to enter that kingdom by force
+of arms; for it is evident that we have not told them, nor do they
+know, our intention. On the contrary they take us for people whose
+only aim is to usurp foreign kingdoms; and, since they think thus,
+it is well for them to guard against us. In order to correct the
+wrong opinion which they entertain of us, we should not go there
+with large fleets and armies equipped, because the only result would
+be to vex and offend the greatest and best kingdom in the world;
+but if we go there in the way that God commands and desires, and at
+the time appointed by His Divine Majesty (for we men cannot know),
+we shall make one of the largest conversions ever seen since the time
+of the primitive church. This is what the devil tries to hinder by
+spreading abroad the notion that the only way by which China can
+be entered is by force of arms. The truth is, that until now no
+people has been discovered so ready to receive the gospel as this,
+or of whom can be entertained such hope of great results by going
+to preach the gospel as our Lord Jesus Christ commanded; and if any
+one, be he even an angel from heaven, were of a different opinion,
+may your Majesty consider him an agent of the devil, who tries to
+convince people that the gospel of Jesus Christ is to be preached
+with zeal and not with knowledge, with violence and force of arms,
+like the alcoran of Mahoma. This is a principle which may God remove
+from the minds of all Christian princes, and from all men who are well
+acquainted with the law of God and evangelical truth. I am confident
+that, when your Majesty learns the truth, you will not allow anything
+to be done contrary to the will of God.
+
+Now I shall speak of the Sangleys, of whom there would be much to
+say had I not in the past given to your Majesty an account of many
+things concerning them. Therefore I shall be brief, in order not to
+make this account longer than is necessary.
+
+When I arrived in this land, I found that in a village called
+Tondo--which is not far from this city, there being a river
+between--lived many Sangleys; of whom some were Christians, but
+the larger part infidels. In this city were also some shops kept
+by Sangleys, who lived here in order to sell the goods which they
+kept here from year to year. These Sangleys were scattered among
+the Spaniards, with no specific place assigned to them, until Don
+Gongalo Ronquillo allotted them a place to live in, and to be used
+as a silk-market (which is called here _Parián_), of four large
+buildings. Here, many shops were opened, commerce increased, and more
+Sangleys came to this city. Anxious for the conversion of this people,
+I soon cast my eyes upon them, and took precautions that they be well
+treated, for in that way they would become attached to our religion--as
+I was aware that this was your Majesty's desire. Considering that,
+wherever Spaniards are to be found, there will always be some unruly
+ones, who, forgetting the good example which they ought to give
+these infidels, ill-treat them at times, I began on this account to
+protect and to assist the Chinese, reproaching those who maltreated
+them. I took care to have their grievances removed so as to give them
+freedom to attend to their mercantile interests, and to sell their
+goods. In this there has been very much abuse in this city by those
+who were under obligation to furnish a remedy for it. For this reason
+the Sangleys began to have much love for me, for they are the most
+grateful people I have ever seen. Gradually commerce has so increased,
+and so many are the Sangley ships which come to this city laden with
+goods--as all kinds of linen, and silks; ammunition; food supplies,
+as wheat, flour, sugar; and many kinds of fruit (although I have not
+seen the fruits common in Spaña)--and the city has been so embellished,
+that were it not for the fires and the calamities visited upon her
+by land and by sea, she would be the most prosperous and rich city
+of your Majesty's domains. As I have written to your Majesty in
+other letters, this city has the best possible location for both
+its temporal and spiritual welfare, and for all its interests, that
+could be desired. For on the east, although quite distant, yet not
+so far as to hinder a man from coming hither, with favorable voyage,
+lie Nueba España and Perú; to the north, about three hundred leagues,
+are the large islands of Japón; on the northwest lies the great and
+vast kingdom of China, which is so near this island that, starting
+early in the morning with reasonable weather, one would sight China on
+the next day; on the west lie Conchinchina, the kingdoms of Sián and
+Patany, Malaca, the great kingdom of Dacheu (the ancient Trapobana),
+and the two Xavas [Javas], the greater and the smaller; [35] and on
+the south lie the islands of Maluco and Burney. From all these regions
+people come to trade in this city; and from here we can go to them,
+for they are near. As to spiritual advantages, if we had preachers
+of the gospel to send thither, these regions all stand open to us,
+and we could gain good results from it, because Franciscan religious
+have gone to some of these places and have been well received, although
+on account of many wars and the lack of interpreters they were forced
+to return. It is not so certain that they would be received in China
+as they are elsewhere; but up to this time no one of those who went
+thither has been killed or thrown into prison.
+
+When I came, all the Sangleys were almost forgotten, and relegated to
+a corner. No thought was taken for their conversion, because no one
+knew their language or undertook to learn it on account of its great
+difficulty; and because the religious who lived here were too busy with
+the natives of these islands. Although the Augustinian religious had
+charge of the Sangleys of Tondo, they did not minister to or instruct
+them in their own language, but in that of the natives of this land;
+thus the Sangley Christians living here, were Christians only in name,
+knowing no more of Christianity than if they had never accepted it. I
+was much grieved that a nation of such renown should lack priests to
+teach and instruct them in their own language. This led me to make
+arrangements with Don Goncalo Ronquillo for a special location to be
+assigned to them for their own use, and priests were to be given them
+who should learn their language and teach them in it. When this had
+been all arranged, and a priest had been appointed, the whole thing was
+undone through obstacles which arose at that time. Then I appealed to
+all religious orders to appoint some one of their religious to learn
+the language and take charge of the Sangleys. Although all of them
+showed a desire to do so, and some even began to learn it, yet no one
+succeeded; and the Sangleys found themselves with no one to instruct
+them and take up their conversion with the necessary earnestness,
+until, in the year eighty-seven, God brought to these islands the
+religious of St. Dominic. Their coming was for the welfare of the
+Sangleys, as the result proved, and as I shall relate further on. God
+soon showed us that the religious had come by His will, to take charge
+of the Sangleys. This city, being built on a narrow site with the sea
+on one side and a river on the other, was all occupied, and there
+seemed to be no place where the Dominicans could settle; but there
+was soon discovered a site of which no one had thought until then,
+and which now is the best in the city. The site adjoins the Parian
+of the Sangleys, and that gave the religious of that order occasion
+to begin to hold intercourse with them, and for the religious and
+Sangleys to become mutually attached to one another. For, whenever
+the Sangleys come and go from the Parián, they pass by the church of
+Sancto Domingo, and, being a very inquisitive people, they often stop
+and watch what is taking place there. When the confraternities of the
+Rosary and of the Oaths, which are founded in that house, hold their
+processions, a great many Sangleys come out to watch them. They live
+so near the monastery that in the night they hear the religious sing
+matins, and are not a little edified by it; for they also have their
+own form of religion, and there are among them religious men who lead
+a very austere life and claim to live in profound meditation. When
+it shall please God to enlighten them, Christianity will undoubtedly
+profit much by this characteristic.
+
+I said above that the monastery of Sancto Domingo stands close by
+the Parián of the Sangleys, which is built in a marshy place on the
+border of this city between its northern and southern sides. The
+Sangleys were transferred thither by Diego Ronquillo, during his
+governorship, because the Parián which Don Gonzalo Ronquillo had built
+was destroyed by fire. At first it seemed absurd to think that human
+habitations were to be built in that marsh, but the Sangleys, who are
+very industrious, and a most ingenious people, managed it so well
+that, in a place seemingly uninhabitable, they have built a Parián
+resembling the other, although much larger and higher. According to
+them it suits them better than the other, because on the firm ground
+where the four rows of buildings are located they have built their
+houses and the streets leading through the Parián, a separate street
+for each row of buildings.
+
+There are long passages and the buildings are quadrangular
+in shape. This Parián was also destroyed by fire on account of
+the houses being built of reeds; but through the diligence of the
+president and governor, Doctor Vera, much better houses were built,
+and covered with tiles for protection against fire. This Parián has
+so adorned the city that I do not hesitate to affirm to your Majesty
+that no other known city in España or in these regions possesses
+anything so well worth seeing as this; for in it can be found the
+whole trade of China, with all kinds of goods and curious things
+which come from that country. These articles have already begun to be
+manufactured here, as quickly and with better finish than in China;
+and this is due to the intercourse between Chinese and Spaniards,
+which has enabled the former to perfect themselves in things which
+they were not wont to produce in China. In this Parián are to be found
+workmen of all trades and handicrafts of a nation, and many of them
+in each occupation. They make much prettier articles than are made in
+España, and sometimes so cheap that I am ashamed to mention it. If we
+Castilians were as cautious as the Portuguese in trading with them,
+these articles would be much cheaper, and the Chinese would still
+gain by it. For goods are sold at a very low cost in China; and,
+no matter how little profit they make there, when these objects are
+sold here they yield large profits. But no restraint can be put upon
+the Castilians, nor can they be regulated--the consequence of which
+is that everything is going to ruin; for the Sangleys, who were not
+born as fools, begin to understand the Spaniards' disposition, and
+to take advantage of their lack of prudence, thus becoming richer
+than they would did the latter observe moderation.
+
+This Parián is provided with doctors and apothecaries, who post in
+their shops placards printed in their own language announcing what
+they have to sell. There are also many eating-houses where the Sangleys
+and the natives take their meals; and I have been told that these are
+frequented even by Spaniards. The handicrafts pursued by Spaniards
+have all died out, because people buy their clothes and shoes from
+the Sangleys, who are very good craftsmen in Spanish fashion, and make
+everything at a very low cost. Although the silversmiths do not know
+how to enamel (for enamel is not used in China), in other respects
+they produce marvelous work in gold and silver. They are so skilful
+and clever that, as soon as they see any object made by a Spanish
+workman, they reproduce it with exactness. What arouses my wonder
+most is, that when I arrived no Sangley knew how to paint anything;
+but now they have so perfected themselves in this art that they have
+produced marvelous work with both the brush and the chisel, and I
+think that nothing more perfect could be produced than some of their
+marble statues of the Child Jesus which I have seen. This opinion is
+affirmed by all who have seen them. The churches are beginning to
+be furnished with the images which the Sangleys make, and which we
+greatly lacked before; and considering the ability displayed by these
+people in reproducing the images which come from España, I believe
+that soon we shall not even miss those made in Flandes. What I say of
+the painters applies also to embroiderers, who are already producing
+excellent embroidered works, and are continually improving in that art.
+
+What has pleased all of us here has been the arrival of a book-binder
+from Mexico. He brought books with him, set up a bindery, and hired a
+Sangley who had offered his services to him. The Sangley secretly, and
+without his master noticing it, watched how the latter bound books,
+and lo, in less than [_blank space in Retana_] he left the house,
+saying that he wished to serve him no longer, and set up a similar
+shop. I assure your Majesty that he became so excellent a workman
+that his master has been forced to give up the business, because the
+Sangley has drawn all the trade. His work is so good that there is
+no need of the Spanish tradesman. At the time I am writing, I have in
+my hand a Latin version of Nabarro bound by him; and, in my judgment,
+it could not be better bound, even in Sevilla.
+
+There are many gardeners among the Sangleys, who, in places which
+seemed totally unproductive, are raising many good vegetables of the
+kinds that grow in España and in Mexico. They keep the market here
+as well supplied as that of Madrid or Salamanca. They make chairs,
+bridles, and stirrups of so good a quality and so cheaply that some
+merchants wish to load a cargo of these articles for Mexico.
+
+Many bakers make bread with the wheat and fine flour which they bring
+from China, and sell it in the market-place and along the streets. This
+has much benefited the city, for they make good bread and sell it at
+low cost; and although this land possesses much rice, many now use
+bread who did not do so before. They are so accommodating that when
+one has no money to pay for the bread, they give him credit and mark
+it on a tally. It happens that many soldiers get food this way all
+through the year, and the bakers never fail to provide them with all
+the bread they need. This has been a great help for the poor of this
+city, for had they not found this refuge they would suffer want. The
+Sangleys sell meat of animals raised in this country, as swine,
+deer, and carabaos (a kind of Italian buffalo, whose flesh is equal
+to beef). They also sell many fowls and eggs; and if they did not
+sell them we all would suffer want. They are so intent upon making
+a livelihood that even split wood is sold in the Parián. The city
+finds most of its sustenance in the fish which these Sangleys sell;
+they catch so much of it every day that the surplus is left in the
+streets, and they sell it at so low a cost that for one real one can
+buy a sufficient quantity of fish to supply dinner and supper for
+one of the leading houses in the city.
+
+In the remaining space within the four fronts of the Parián is a
+large pond, which receives water from the sea through an estuary. In
+the middle of the pond is an islet, where the Sangleys who commit
+crimes receive their punishment, so as to be seen by all. The pond
+beautifies the Parián and proves to be of great advantage, because
+many ships sail into it through the aforesaid estuary at high tide,
+and bring to the Parián all the supplies, which are distributed thence
+all over the city.
+
+Among the benefits which this city receives from the intercourse
+with the Sangleys, by no means the least important is that, while in
+España stone-masonry is so expensive and difficult to produce, here,
+through the diligence and industry of the Sangleys, we are able to
+build fine houses of hewn stone at a low cost; and in so short a
+time that in one year a man has been able to complete a house, all
+ready for habitation. It is wonderful to see with what rapidity many
+sumptuous houses, churches, monasteries, hospitals, and a fort are
+being built. The Sangleys also made very good bricks and roof-tiles
+at low cost. At first, lime was made with stone as in España; but now
+the Sangleys are using a kind of pebble, called "white corals," which
+they find on this coast; and also shells of large oysters, of which
+there is a large quantity. At the beginning this lime did not seem to
+be of good quality; but the kind produced ever since has been so good
+that no other kind of lime is being employed in this city. It came to
+be sold at so low a price that for my house as well as for others we
+bought a cahiz [36] of lime for four reals, and one thousand bricks
+for eight--although this is not the fixed price, for it fluctuates
+according to the money which comes from Mexico. The Sangleys know how
+to take advantage of the right time; they sell their goods dearer when
+they know that there is money to buy them, but they never raise the
+price so as to make it unreasonable. They agree to bring all the lime,
+bricks, and tiles to the house of the purchaser, thus saving him a
+great deal of labor. It is of great advantage also to have the Sangleys
+construct the building; they agree on so much per braza, including the
+cutting of stones and the carrying of the sand. If they are given the
+lime, they will furnish all the rest, and will thus deliver the house
+or work without any trouble to the owner. The day's wage of a Sangley,
+when he does not work by the job, is one real, and he provides his own
+food. The Sangleys are hard workers and very greedy for money. The
+number of those who have come to this city is so large that another
+large Parián is being built by the side of the above-mentioned one,
+resembling it in shape. Many Sangleys have built their houses in it,
+and it would be filled with people by this time had not the bricks of
+Mexico failed us last year through the Marquis de Villa-Manrrique--who,
+according to report, prevented the shipment of the bricks to us, thus
+causing no little injury and loss to this city and to the Sangleys. He
+shall give an account to your Majesty, and a more exact one to God,
+of the injuries and loss that he has caused to this land. Had not your
+Majesty set matters right by sending a successor to him, [37] and so
+good a one as you did send, he would have brought ruin upon this land;
+and, even so, he leaves it sufficiently harassed and afflicted.
+
+The Sangleys who live in this Parián number ordinarily between three
+and four thousand, not counting the two thousand and more who come
+and go in ships. These, together with those residing in Tondo, and
+the fishermen and gardeners who live in this neighborhood, number,
+according to the Dominican fathers who have them in charge, from six
+to seven thousand souls. Four religious of that order are engaged in
+their conversion and instruction.
+
+I have mentioned many small matters here, and it does not seem very
+considerate to write so long a letter to one who is so occupied in
+affairs of moment as your Majesty is; but my great zeal deserves
+forgiveness. For, considering how far distant these regions are, and
+how extraordinary are these people--of whom we have known so little
+hitherto, on account of the opposition shown by the Portuguese to our
+gaining any knowledge of them--it seemed right for me to send your
+Majesty a relation and more specific news concerning the matter, so
+that your Majesty may know what exists and occurs here in his realms,
+and may enjoy through experience what was denied to his predecessors
+to hear even through report. Had I not already given your Majesty
+news of many other things which occur here, I would not dare to omit
+them now, even if I might be considered prolix.
+
+This was the condition and disposition of the Sangleys in temporal
+matters, when the Dominican religious came to these islands in May,
+eighty-seven. I have already sent to your Majesty an account of what
+took place from the time of their arrival until the following year. I
+reported the singular change which had taken place among the Sangleys
+after the Dominican religious took charge of them, and the results
+which began to be obtained among them; and that they willingly began
+to accept Christianity, in which they have persevered until now. I
+will not here reiterate that, although there are many things worthy of
+being known, and for which many thanks are due to God, who shows how
+wonderful is His power when it pleases Him. What is left for me to
+relate, is the departure of the Dominican religious for China; and,
+although we do not know how it has fared with them, as they set out
+so recently, still the beginnings give us reason to hope that with
+the help of our Lord, they will be very successful.
+
+Of the Dominican religious who came to these islands, four are
+engaged in ministering to the Sangleys. Two of these four officiate
+in the church of Sant Gabriel, which, together with the house where
+the religious live, stands close to the Parián. Another church with
+its house is on the promontory of Bay-bay, near Tondo--which a river
+divides, separating it from Manila. Two of the four have learned
+the language of the Sangleys so well, and one of these two how
+to write also (which is the most difficult part of the language),
+that the Sangleys wonder at their knowledge. The opportunity which
+the infidels of both towns had to hear the sermons preached by the
+fathers to the Christians, made them acquainted with many matters
+relating to our faith, and some of them desired to be baptized. But
+when they saw that, by becoming Christians, they would not be allowed
+to return to their own country, on account of the danger which the
+faith encounters in a country where the people are all idolaters,
+they said that our religion was too severe, since in embracing it one
+has to forsake his native country, and to deprive himself of father,
+mother, wife, children, and relatives. The arguments that they set
+forth were such that it seemed as if they wished to persuade us to
+baptize them without cutting off their hair, and without forbidding
+them to return to their own country. We saw that it was not advisable
+to do as they desired, and left matters as they stood. The Sangleys
+themselves told us to send fathers to their country to preach to them,
+saying that there they would become converted without so much risk as
+here. After due consideration of the matter, the Dominican fathers
+and myself decided that it was necessary to go to China; for, if
+God permitted the religious to remain in that land, we could baptize
+the Sangleys here without cutting off their hair, or preventing them
+from returning to their country to rejoice in their children, wives,
+and property. The Sangleys were much pleased at this decision; but
+there were differences of opinion regarding the manner in which the
+religious should go. The president thought that it would be best for
+them to go in a fragata accompanied by Spaniards: but the Chinese said
+that the friars should go alone, and not in the company of Spaniards;
+thus many arguments were presented on both sides. Two or three times
+I saw our endeavors thwarted, because the devil was laboring with
+all his might to prevent them. A fragata had already been bought,
+the captain and the men who were to take the friars over had been
+chosen, and almost everything was ready for their setting sail, when
+the plan was defeated I know not whence or how. My disappointment and
+the great sadness which I felt in seeing the defeat of an expedition
+which I so much desired, and for whose fulfilment had not sufficed his
+Holiness's permission and the special ordinance from your Majesty,
+made me think that this was the will of God; thus I was forced to
+abandon the attempt. But God, whose plans do not depend upon the
+advice of men, arranged matters better than I could have hoped, for
+He moved the hearts of the Sangley Christians, Don Francisco Zanco, a
+Christian and the governor of the Sangleys, and Don Tomás Syguán. The
+latter I baptized about two years ago, without cutting his hair,
+for I thought that God was to accomplish some great work through him,
+as well as through the other--who, being one of the oldest Christians
+in this island, also wore his hair long. When these two saw that the
+Spaniards were not going to China, and that the friars remained here
+because there was no one to take them over, they went to Fray Juan
+Cobo, one of the two friars acquainted thoroughly with the language,
+and who has charge of, the Sangleys of the Parián, and manifested to
+him their grief at seeing how little they were trusted. They said that
+since the fathers remained here because no Spaniards went to China,
+they who were Christians and natives of that land would take them over
+in more safety; they added that there should be no hesitation to accept
+their company, for they would lose their own lives before any harm
+should befall the religious. This we understood as an inspiration of
+the Holy Spirit, because until then we had never heard that a Sangley
+would dare to take any Spaniards to China; accordingly, we decided
+to send the friars with the Chinese. When this was announced in the
+Parián, all the friendly Sangleys, of whom there are many among the
+infidels, were much pleased. One of the Sangley Christians had not
+taken a mouthful of food for two days, through grief at seeing us
+abandon the expedition; but when he heard that it was going to be
+made, and how it was going to be carried out, his joy knew no bounds,
+and he declared that it was just as he had hoped, and that it was
+the necessary method to pursue. I called two Sangley infidels--who,
+although without the faith, are endowed with all the qualities of
+good men, and who, I hope, through God's blessing will soon become
+Christians--and asked them what was their opinion concerning the
+expedition. They answered that they were very glad to see the way in
+which the religious were going; for, if they went with Spaniards,
+all would be lost. Thus we decided upon the departure, sending at
+present no more than two religious: Fray Miguel de Benavides, [38]
+who was the first to learn the language of the Sangleys; and Father
+Juan de Castro, who came as vicar of the religious, and who was made
+provincial here. We preferred these two, as one is well acquainted
+with the language, and the other is much loved and esteemed by the
+Sangleys on account of his venerable gray locks and blessed old
+age; and we know that in that land old people are much respected
+and revered. As our Lord sent His disciples, so went these fathers,
+stripped of all human support, and carrying nothing with them except
+their own persons, their breviaries, and Bibles, for in this manner,
+and not with encompassing soldiers, should the gospel be preached.
+
+I give many thanks to God that this expedition, so much desired by
+me, started under the best auspices which could be desired; for it is
+being undertaken by special permission of the Pope and by a decree of
+your Majesty, and with the consent of the governor, of myself, and
+of the auditors of this Audiencia. This enterprise has caused great
+happiness to all the religious orders, and to all the inhabitants of
+this city; and many demonstrations of rejoicing on the part of all the
+Sangleys. May it please the divine Majesty that the end be as we all
+desire. Another event occurred at the time of the expedition, which
+gave us a great deal of pleasure, and kindled in us the hope that
+God was really about to open the gates of that great kingdom. The
+aforesaid captain who brought the two Franciscan friars to this
+city received a letter, which they call _chapa_, for the president,
+in which the latter is entreated to do justice to the captain who
+brought the letter, so that he might collect some money which was due
+him in this city; in the letter, he anxiously entreats the two great
+fathers Juan and Miguel, who know the language, to help the captain,
+for they are known in that country to favor the Sangleys. Their names
+occur twice in that chapa, the first letters of the two names being
+written in red ink, which is considered a mark of veneration among
+the Chinese. A Sangley woman who lives in Chincheo wrote a letter to
+Fray Juan Cobo, thanking him for having helped her husband in a matter
+of business. These were the first indications by which we knew that
+this expedition was starting under the guidance of God. So on Tuesday,
+the twenty-second of May, of this year ninety, I went to the church of
+the Parián, and said mass there; after which the two Sangleys who had
+offered their services went through a ceremony worthy of notice. They
+knelt down before the altar where I said mass, and remained there
+for the space of two _credos_, speaking to one another in their own
+language and holding each other's hands; after that they embraced one
+another, and I learned afterwards that they had sworn to each other
+friendship and fidelity. From that place the fathers went to embark,
+and I went with them, accompanied by many Sangleys. On account of a
+contrary wind, the ship in which they were going could not set sail;
+and there were sent, to tow it out, four champans, which are the
+small boats of the Sangley ships. They gladly pulled it out to sea,
+for more than a league, where we left them under God's protection,
+and returned to the city. The captains of two Sangley ships who are
+about to follow in the same course have asked me for letters for the
+religious, promising me to place them in their own hands, and I shall
+not fail to write to them.
+
+In conclusion, I must announce to your Majesty that a hospital has been
+built by the Dominican friars who have charge of the Sangleys of the
+Parián, which is close by their house. The hospital takes care of sick
+Sangleys and subsists on no other income than what the fathers gather
+as charity, and what the Sangley infidels contribute towards it. This
+fact has been so rumored in China, that the whole country feels very
+kindly towards the fathers, knowing of the friendly reception given
+to their countrymen here. About a year ago a prominent Sangley was
+converted. He was a doctor and an herbalist; but, forsaking all other
+worldly interests, he has offered and devoted himself to the service
+of the hospital. He cures the sick, bestowing upon them much love and
+charity, and prescribing for them his purges and medicines. In short,
+it was God who led him thither for the welfare of that hospital, and,
+to make the fame thereof more widely spread throughout China. Therefore
+I humbly beg your Majesty to be pleased to order that this hospital be
+endowed, so that the sick may be cared for. Moreover, if your Majesty
+attend to this personally, that fact will be very well received in
+China and will be of more benefit than the presents which your Majesty
+ordered to be sent to the king.
+
+Doctor Vera, who is now president, on seeing the good will with which
+those two Sangley Christians, Don Francisco Canco and Don Tomás Siguán,
+offered their services for taking the fathers to China, exempted them,
+in the name of your Majesty, from paying taxes for the use of a ship
+for six years. I entreat your Majesty to be pleased to confirm this
+grant, and to extend it for life; for they certainly performed a great
+deed, and one considered of much importance by all the inhabitants
+of this city, both Spaniards and Sangleys. They deserve this favor
+from your Majesty, even if we should not gain the desired result,
+because they for their part have offered what they could.
+
+Fray Juan Cobo, the Dominican religious--who, as I have said before,
+knows the language of the Sangleys and their writing, and who is
+most esteemed by them--is sending to your Majesty a book, one of a
+number brought to him from China. This intercourse which is taking
+root between them and ourselves is not a bad beginning for the object
+we have in view. The book is in Chinese writing on one half of the
+leaf, and Castilian on the other, the two corresponding to each
+other. It is a work worthy of your Majesty, and may it be received
+as such, not because of its worth, but because it is so rare a work,
+never seen before in the Parián, or outside of China. According to
+my judgment, it contains things worthy of consideration, by which
+is seen the force of the human reason; since without the light
+of the faith those things approach so near to those taught us by
+the Christian religion. From this your Majesty will see how much in
+error is the person who pretends that in kingdoms like that of China,
+where such things are taught, we should enter by force of arms to
+preach to them our faith. It is clear that with a people like this,
+the force of reason has more power than that of arms. May our Lord
+direct this affair according to His will; and may He be pleased that
+within the days of your Majesty we may see these kingdoms converted
+to the faith, and that your Majesty may enjoy this reputation first
+on earth and then in heaven. Amen. Manila, June 24, 1590.
+
+_Fray Domingo_, Bishop of the Philipinas.
+
+
+
+
+Two Letters from Domingo de Salazar to Felipe II
+
+
+Sire:
+
+Five decrees of your Majesty came to me this year of ninety in the
+ship "Santiago," which arrived at this port on the last of May. They
+are all dated at Madrid, four on the twenty-third of June of the
+year eighty-seven, and the fifth on the eighteenth of February of
+eighty-eight. After perusing the contents of the said decrees, I can
+truly not restrain my surprise that there can be men in the world who
+dare to say and declare things which are not certainly proved to be
+the truth, much less to give such information to their king. To report
+to one's sovereign the contrary of what happens, or to affirm what
+one is not certain is the truth, is a most grave offense, worthy of
+all punishment and chastisement. Such persons may properly be called
+destroyers of their countries, because, in not giving information
+in accordance with the principles of truth, they fail to remedy the
+evils and provide the good which is necessary for the preservation
+of the land. As this commonwealth is so far away from your Majesty,
+it has to be governed, not by what your Majesty sees and knows,
+but by the information received by him regarding it. This must be
+according to the good or bad intention of the informer. Consequently,
+this commonwealth is subjected to many hardships and misfortunes, by
+the fault not of your Majesty--with whose most holy zeal and desire
+for the welfare of this land we are well acquainted--but of us here
+who send information. There are but few of us who, oblivious of our own
+interests and pretensions, now fix our eyes on the common good alone,
+and seek only this; but the most of us seek only our own interests,
+our informations and reports are shaped by these, as appears by the
+increase of the tributes which your Majesty commands to be made. As
+this is discussed, however, in another letter, I will go to no greater
+length than to say that, if your Majesty were present here, no orders
+would be given to increase the tributes of these miserable people,
+but rather they would pay less. But he who informed your Majesty
+that more tribute can be paid has already accounted or will account
+to God also. I am affected in part by these hardships and dangers,
+as it is now two years since your Majesty wrote me a reprimand, as
+if I were the man to blame for the dissensions of the Audiencia. God
+knows, as do all in this community, that if I had not made peace,
+the dissensions between the president and auditors would have lasted
+until today. The same I say of the five decrees which I received
+this year. Among them are several which show that he who informed
+your Majesty did so in an account entirely malicious and totally
+contrary to the truth. Others show that, although the informer told
+something of the truth, he did so in an entirely different manner from
+the way in which things happened, concealing what he ought to say,
+and affirming what he should not. This will appear by my reply to
+each decree--not as an excuse for myself, as I consider myself to be
+very rightly judged elsewhere; but in order to satisfy your Majesty,
+as I shall proceed to relate.
+
+Beginning with the first decree, which treats of the confessions of the
+conquerors, they being constrained to make restitution _in solidum_,
+I say that I have never done anything in this bishopric which leaves
+me so vexed and conscience-stricken, as that I dealt so mildly with
+those who came to this country nominally as conquerors, but actually
+as destroyers. According to the true and sound doctrine of St. Thomas,
+and of all right-feeling men, they are all bound to pay _in solidum_
+for the damage which they have done. I, with more than necessary
+boldness, have planned so that no one has been asked to pay more
+than he himself has confessed that he owed; but that is nothing in
+comparison with the innumerable injuries which have been committed in
+this country. Four years have passed since I gave this order obliging
+them to pay one hundred pesos, and then another two hundred pesos,
+the largest amount not exceeding five hundred pesos. There were
+very few persons taxed for the larger sum, and they were captains or
+leaders of expeditions. They have put me off from one year to another
+and even yet they have not paid me, always alleging poverty. I have
+found it necessary to take from the little that I have to pay some
+of these obligations, on account of the needs of the Indians, and
+because the Spaniards had not the wherewithal to pay them. When I
+considered the hardships suffered by Spaniards in this land, and that
+it will utterly ruin them, if the matter with which we have to deal be
+treated severely by the theologians, I dared, on this account, to do
+what no one else would have done. There is no lack of religious who,
+since their arrival here, condemn my action, and say that I am obliged
+to constrain the conquerors still further, or to pay the compensation
+myself. I assure your Majesty that these scruples have constrained me,
+and do so today, to such an extent that this is the principal thing
+among other matters of considerable import of which I have to give
+an account to his Holiness and to your Majesty. There is no doubt
+whatever that he who does the damage is obliged to make restitution;
+and all the more when the injured persons are living as they, or their
+children and heirs, do in these islands. From investigations which
+I have had made regarding those persons who inflicted the injuries,
+I am assured that the sums collected as restitution do not amount to
+the hundredth part of the valuation of the damages. As my age makes it
+impossible for me to go to Spain, and since your Majesty, as a most
+Christian prince, so earnestly desires and strives for the welfare
+of these natives, I shall send herewith a memorandum of what I have
+done in this case, and of what each of the conquerors has paid, and
+of the injuries committed--although it would be impossible to relate
+them all. I do this so that your Majesty may be pleased to grant to me
+and to all this land mercy and grace, when my actions are considered
+there; and, if it should be necessary, to procure the approbation
+of his Holiness to compromise the matter by releasing them from the
+remainder of the restitutions, as full restitution is impossible. To
+attempt to do more would be only to harass them, with no other result
+than burdening their consciences. Thus I will be freed from these
+intolerable scruples and continuous vexations in which I am placed.
+
+Your Majesty seems to hold me guilty for having encouraged the slaves
+to leave the Spaniards. I do not know how blame can be placed on me
+therefor, since the Indians held as slaves by the Spaniards (who were
+unwilling to let them go) have been declared free by your Majesty. It
+was evident that the former could not be absolved, any more than
+if they had stolen property; and your Majesty knows that, in the
+jurisdiction of the conscience, there is not the liberty that there
+is in external matters. Your Majesty may pardon a life, or remit the
+penalty of the law to him whom he may consider meet; but the tribunal
+of conscience is not free to pardon anyone, or to absolve persons from
+any sin, except when they act as they ought. Confession being thus
+rigorous, even greater laxity was permitted than should have been. Your
+Majesty must believe that I am trying to do everything possible here,
+so as not to exceed my duty, and I never take such action without first
+consulting with such persons of learning and conscience as are here.
+
+In the second decree, your Majesty orders that when the Sangleys
+wish to be baptized, their hair shall not be cut off. He who reported
+this to your Majesty deceived you, for there are not only a hundred
+houses occupied by Sangleys who remain here for negotiations with
+their merchandise, but more than [_blank space in MS_.] who live in
+the alcaiceria of this city, called Parián, and more than [_blank
+space in MS_.] [39] in all the neighborhood. It is certain that
+in both places there are at the very least more than [_blank space
+in MS_.]. Since the religious of St. Dominic came to this country,
+more than two hundred have been baptized, and every day many more are
+receiving baptism. But inasmuch as what concerns the Sangleys, and the
+great compassion with which God has dealt with them and with us, will
+go in a separate letter, in order not to increase the length of this,
+your Majesty will read therein matters that will prove how well you
+are served, and you will give abundant thanks to God. He who reported
+this to your Majesty must have some zeal, but not with knowledge; for
+I consider all the conditions, desire the conversion of these Chinese,
+and obtain it, better than he who wrote to your Majesty. I would not
+decide to have their hair cut off, if it were not so necessary that
+not to do so would be to endanger greatly the faith and the persons
+with whom I deal. These affairs are of such a nature that no matter
+what opinion were given, I could not do anything else, even though I
+should wish to do so. Because I considered it fitting to baptize two
+of them without cutting off their hair, I thereby did myself much
+harm; your Majesty may thus see how contrary to actual facts are
+the things written you from here, and that the death-penalty is not
+suffered for cutting off their hair, as was written to your Majesty;
+for after the Dominican fathers learned the language we discovered
+vast secrets of that land, which were formerly well hidden.
+
+The third decree states that there are many ecclesiastics in this
+bishopric who trade and carry on traffic, to the great scandal of
+and bad example to both Spaniards and Indians. He who wrote your
+Majesty told the truth in part, since two ecclesiastics from Nueva
+España furnished this bad example, although I did what I could to
+prevent them. Nevertheless, God punished them more severely than I
+did; for all the property of one was taken away by the Englishman,
+[40] and the other died here, and lost what he had sent to Nueva
+España. Those ecclesiastics who are under my government, however,
+have not exceeded their duty in this respect as much as your Majesty
+has been informed. Moreover, they are not so many as has been said
+in Spain, for there are not more than five who are stationed among
+the Indians, and these are so poor that they do not even have enough
+to eat. More than one and one-half years before this decree came, I
+had taken measures to correct the excess which might result, having
+ordered that no ecclesiastic should carry on traffic. This appears
+by the ordinances which I had made concerning this. That your Majesty
+may order them to be considered and amended, I enclose them with this
+letter. In the future this order will be more rigorously observed,
+according to your Majesty's command.
+
+In the fourth decree, your Majesty says that the president of this
+Audiencia wrote that when he came to this land, he agreed with me
+as to the order [of precedence] to be followed when the Audiencia
+and I should encounter each other in public. He further says that,
+disregarding this arrangement, I sat in the place which did not belong
+to me, and turned my back on the Audiencia. I would be very glad to
+meet the president before your Majesty, and hear his reason for daring
+to inform your Majesty in such a manner. It is very certain that no
+such agreement was ever made between him and me, except that, when
+there was to be a procession in the church, the president should go
+with the auditors, and I with my clergy; for he claimed the right hand,
+and I did not have it to take. Thus we came to this agreement. The
+place, however, was not discussed, nor was there any excuse for doing
+so, as it is well known that the Audiencia is always seated on the
+gospel side in the body of the chapel; and, although the bishop is
+usually in the choir, he may, when he wishes to do so, sit on the
+gospel side, above the steps. Wherever I have been, this has been
+the practice; and I sent an account thereof, with the testimony of
+an eye-witness, to the Council of the Indias. Your Majesty provides
+and commands by this decree that I shall take the place belonging to
+me. This order means that I take the same place which I took then,
+as that is the proper place belonging to a bishop, without giving
+any cause whatever for the Audiencia to feel injured, as the places
+are very distinct from each other. Although the vexation ceased,
+because of the suppression of the Audiencia, the injury done me by
+the president, in writing to your Majesty, has not yet come to an
+end. I ought not to fail to reply to what is so unjustly imputed to me.
+
+He who informed your Majesty of the matter contained in the fifth
+decree, namely, that when appeal is made to the royal Audiencia in
+cases of fuerça, [41] I do not allow the notaries to give an account
+thereof; and that I seize the writs and records of proceedings, so that
+they cannot be issued, the Audiencia having requested me in vain to do
+otherwise--whoever, I say, gave this account to your Majesty did me
+greater injury than any of the others. For not only is this not so,
+but I even urge the notary to give a report; and I am so far from
+[what has been said] to the contrary, that I assure your Majesty
+that I much regretted the suppression of the Audiencia. For I was
+very glad that, whenever I denied anything on appeal, the Audiencia
+examined my reasons therefor; and, whatever was determined there,
+my conscience was freed and at rest. Moreover, I always accepted,
+without making any objection, the decisions of the Audiencia; for
+I would consider it a grievous offense to deny your Majesty's right
+to make the final decision in cases of fuerça, and would not presume
+to contradict it in any manner whatsoever. If he who made that report
+based it on two cases which came up--one when they erased my name from
+the prayer at the mass of the Audiencia, and substituted their own
+names; the other when, in an investigation, they claimed the right to
+examine the proceedings which had been conducted in secret--in these
+two cases I confess that I refused to give up the records. I did so in
+one instance because there were therein very secret matters touching
+the office of the Inquisition, of which I was then in charge. When
+they commanded that report of this case be given, I said that it
+would be furnished in so far as concerned the chaplain of the said
+Audiencia. This was what they had asked, and claimed the right to
+try this case. Nevertheless, they would accept nothing but the entire
+proceedings; but with this I could not comply, for it would have been
+impossible to do so without very grave damage to my office. After
+considering my reasons therefor, the Audiencia insisted no more in
+the case. The other case concerned the general investigation which I
+had made of the prebendaries and clergy--two of whom appealed against
+the sentence which I imposed, stipulating that the tenor thereof
+be observed as is expressly commanded by the Council of Trent. They
+had recourse to the Audiencia; and when an order was given for the
+record of the case to be presented, I replied that there were secret
+matters touching the honor of the clergy, which I could not show,
+but that I would show that part referring to the two ecclesiastics;
+as they wished their offenses to be known. Nevertheless, it was not
+right to exhibit the guilt of the others, as they did not feel that
+their sentences were unjust. There were many arguments over this point,
+and all the theologians of this land said that I was right. To avoid
+scandal I openly consented that the two ecclesiastics should appeal
+to the archbishop. [42] Both then and now I have felt much aggrieved
+by the injustice done me by the Audiencia. I have sent a complaint
+thereof to your Majesty, and do not know why the testimony I sent has
+not yet arrived there. I had then and still have reason for complaining
+that the Audiencia usurped my jurisdiction and discussed proceedings
+which properly belong to me, but in which they have forestalled me. A
+citizen of this city left a piece of land whereon was built a hospital
+and church for the poor. Although this was ecclesiastical property,
+they deprived me of judgment in this case, and retained it in their own
+body. At another time, the Indians had dared to take a friar from his
+convent, and they dragged him to the place where I was. I commenced to
+try the case, and gave a verdict against the Indians, as it was doubly
+sacrilegious to take the friar from his convent, and to place hands
+on an ecclesiastic. This case came to the Audiencia by way of appeal,
+and it still remains there, with the records. A beneficed priest,
+who was performing the duties of his office, was refused its dues
+by the encomendero, and came to me for justice. After I had ordered
+the encomendero to make the payment, he appealed to the Audiencia,
+and they retained the suit there, claiming that the property given to
+beneficiaries in this land is secular. As I am poor, and have little
+power, these injuries and similar ones have not been heard of in
+Spain. I have suffered them and have kept silence, in order to avoid
+scandal; but for having resisted in but two cases, in which I was
+obliged to defend the right of my jurisdiction, in order to comply
+with the duties of my office, they made a damaging report of me to
+your Majesty. They say that I would not permit a report to be made,
+and took the records of the suit from the notary, so that they could
+not be dealt with. In order that your Majesty may see the difference
+between what I here declare (which is the actual truth), and what
+they wrote to your Majesty, accusing me of resisting _in toto_ the
+commands of the Audiencia in regard to the cases of fuerça (which
+was glaringly false testimony against me), I have decided--although
+everything touching the Audiencia is now settled, since your Majesty
+has commanded it to be suppressed--to answer the account which they
+gave your Majesty about the places and the cases of fuerça. Although I
+am sure that my cause has been justified before God and those men who
+know what has happened, I do it to satisfy your Majesty, to whom I owe
+all obedience and subjection as to my king and lord. I am even bound
+to explain my conduct; because, by the grace of God, your Majesty has
+no one in this kingdom who serves you with greater love and zeal. I
+claim no payment nor temporal interest whatever, because this I
+neither desire nor demand; but I do only my duty, and that I do with
+all my might. I could send your Majesty good and sufficient proofs
+of everything which I have said here; for I certify, in all truth,
+that everyone to whom I have shown these decrees has crossed himself
+in surprise that there should be a person or persons who would dare
+to make such malicious reports to your Majesty. It suffices me to say
+that, if credit be not given me, not much time will pass before this
+truth will be revealed, beyond all possibility of hiding.
+
+May our Lord guard the royal person of your Majesty, and preserve
+you many years. At Manila, the twenty-fourth of June, one thousand
+five hundred and ninety.
+
+_Fray Domingo_, Bishop of the Filipinas.
+
+[_Endorsed_: "To the king our lord, in his royal Council of the
+Indias. Filipinas. 1590. The bishop; June 24." "Received and read,
+June 19, of the year 1591. It is unnecessary to respond thereto."]
+
+Sire:
+
+The letter which your Majesty ordered to be written to me from San
+Lorenço el Real [i.e., the Escorial], on the seventeenth of August of
+eighty-nine, I received by the hand of the secretary of the governor,
+Gomes Perez Dasmarinas, in the village of Tabuco, outside of this
+city, on the first of June of this year ninety. And for one so beset
+with afflictions, labors, and difficulties as I am, the favor which
+your Majesty therein shows me was no little comfort; for I have been
+freed by it from the pains of conscience, which I continually bore in
+my soul, at seeing the course of affairs in this land. I held myself
+obliged by conscience to go in person to inform your Majesty of these
+matters, as it appeared to me that my letters were accomplishing
+little, in accord with my hope that your Majesty would at once amend
+what you knew stood in need of betterment. And this thought gave me
+more anxiety because, as at other times I have written your Majesty,
+among the calamities and misfortunes under which this land suffers,
+none the least is that your Majesty must get information of them
+through the very men who have destroyed this land, and who work
+for their private interests rather than for the common good. As
+the reports are made by such persons, your Majesty can well see the
+result. Therefore this land has come to its present misery; and the
+new governor will have no small task if he maintains it, and saves it
+from ruin, and it is even now all but lost. I am emboldened to say this
+because hitherto there have been made to your Majesty many perverse
+reports; and by this ship we have received the decrees, by which it
+clearly appears that false reports were given your Majesty, because
+of the provisions made in these decrees, as I shall explain elsewhere.
+
+The greater part of the religious and other principal persons of this
+land were of the same opinion as I, maintaining that I was in duty
+bound to go in person and give your Majesty an account of affairs here,
+because they see that everything here is going to ruin; and that this
+common expedient was of greater importance than the harm that might be
+done by my absence. But thanks be to God, in whose hands are the hearts
+of kings, and who put into the heart of your Majesty what is provided,
+ordained, and commanded by this letter for the weal and betterment of
+all this land. If this be executed as your Majesty has ordered, the
+country may be helped; but hitherto there has been so much sloth and
+carelessness in executing what your Majesty provides and orders for the
+good of this land, that thus it has come to its present extremity. I
+trust in our Lord that this state of affairs will not continue, but
+that the principal aim of the governor and of all the rest will be
+to procure the good of these natives whom we have so afflicted.
+
+This whole country has been well satisfied at your Majesty's
+suppression of the Audiencia, for without doubt it was a greater
+burden than a country so feeble and poor could bear; although I was
+always of the opinion that, if it were paid from Mexico, the Audiencia
+would work no harm here. But what your Majesty orders and commands is
+expedient for all of us; and so we hold it a great favor, especially
+as your Majesty sends in place of the Audiencia, as governor, Gomez
+Perez Dasmarinas--who, from the good example which he has furnished
+and the zeal which he has disclosed in the service of your Majesty
+and the good of these realms, has given universal satisfaction, and
+the hope that he will improve the condition of the land, and give it
+the orderly condition which it was losing. May the divine Majesty
+preserve in him these excellent intentions, and give him strength
+and grace to execute them; because as the heart of man is so hard to
+understand, and of itself so variable, and this land is so exposed,
+it is not strange that we fear some alteration, having seen it in
+others who also gave excellent examples. But if the governor who has
+now come to us shall persevere in what he has begun (as I hope in
+God he will persevere), your Majesty has sent us the man whom we need.
+
+When Doctor Santiago de Vera came by command of your Majesty to
+establish the Audiencia in this country, he set up for himself a seat
+of honor in the church, as the viceroys do. The adelantado, Miguel
+Lopez de Legaspi, did not establish one, nor did the governors who
+afterward succeeded him. Gomez Perez, who is now governor, did not
+wish to set one up; for in this and in all other things he has shown
+himself very moderate. But it seemed to me that he should not fail to
+establish it, and thus at my importunity, and that of other persons,
+he has done so. Because your Majesty has already honored him in other
+respects, favoring him with a guard of halberdiers, and as people from
+all the kingdoms of the infidels by whom we are surrounded resort to
+this city, and as these barbarians respect their superiors as gods,
+it did not appear to me to be right that the person who represented
+your Majesty should discontinue the dignity which was required to
+represent you. And in order that your Majesty in the future may be
+pleased to provide this land with a governor who shall be capable
+and worthy to use his authority, I beg your Majesty to approve this
+and send him the order to continue and make permanent the practice.
+
+The twelve thousand ducats which your Majesty has ordered to be paid
+in three installments for the work on this church, were necessary
+enough, although I fear that they are to avail as little as the
+rest; because, although your Majesty has so often commanded it,
+and we on our part have exercised the greatest possible diligence,
+it has not been possible to draw out from the royal treasury what was
+due from it for the said work; and so it has come to a standstill,
+or so little is done that it never advances. It really is a pity to
+see a cathedral church, in a city containing so great a concourse of
+heathen, where divine offices are celebrated in a church of straw,
+in which, on the coming of a storm, no one can remain. Your Majesty
+will see what the condition of the rest of the churches must be. It
+certainly is a pity to see the little care there is in this matter,
+and the scandal occasioned to the heathen and the recent converts by
+the little veneration that we who have so long been Christians bestow
+upon the temples in which we worship our God, for really many of them
+are not fit to serve as stables. I have given your Majesty an account
+of this before now. The two thousand ducats which your Majesty ordered
+paid from the treasury of Mexico for this work were not brought,
+because the governor could not bring the securities that were necessary
+to obtain that sum there, because of his hurried departure. Moreover,
+it should be understood that it will be very difficult to collect the
+portions to be paid by Indians and encomenderos, because of their want
+and poverty. And for this reason we do not dare to press them much,
+deeming it better that the work should be done slowly than to harass
+one who is unable to do more; and it has been the treasury of your
+Majesty which has aided us least.
+
+Your Majesty's command that the religious should not depart from the
+bishopric without license of your Majesty, or that of the governor and
+myself, is a very just thing, and therefore it will be carried out;
+because it also seems fitting to me not to let the religious depart
+from here, where they are so few and so many are needed. Before this
+ship arrived the president and I had despatched two Dominican religious
+to Chincheo, which is the province of China nearest to this land, and
+the place whence all the Sangleys who come here to trade set forth. In
+this departure there was a punctual observance of what your Majesty
+commands in this clause of your letter, although we had not then
+received it. And owing to the fact that before we determined to send
+them, and at the time when we sent them, there occurred many notable
+things from which your Majesty should receive much satisfaction,
+I thought it better, in order not to make this letter so long, to
+place them by themselves in another, which will accompany this one,
+in order to give your Majesty a more detailed account of things so
+worthy to be heard.
+
+With regard to what your Majesty orders concerning the remission of
+tithes for twenty years to those who now come to settle and who may
+come in the future, I would to God that the Spaniards were inclined to
+cultivate the land and to gather the fruits from it, rather than that
+we should ever afflict the natives by tithes. But your Majesty should
+know that when a man comes to this country, even if he were a beggar
+in Spain, here he seeks to be a gentleman, and is not willing to work,
+but desires to have all serve him; and so no one will give himself to
+labor, but undertakes trafficking in merchandise, and for this reason
+military and all other kinds of training have been forgotten. From
+this fact not a little damage will come to this land, if the governor
+does not regulate this. In the letter which the cabildo of the church
+wrote to your Majesty a much longer account is given of this.
+
+To proceed informally [_de plano_], without insisting on legal
+technicalities [_sin llegar a tela de juicio_], and not to impose
+pecuniary punishments in the suits which occur in these regions,
+is a most holy and necessary practice. I desire greatly that in the
+tribunals of your Majesty this be observed; in mine I have so provided,
+and this practice has been observed and henceforth will be observed
+with greater rigor.
+
+He who informed your Majesty of the disorderly manner in which have
+been collected the tributes of the encomiendas which are not fully
+pacified, and how poorly the ordinances of your Majesty have been
+observed, spoke the truth in this matter. The excess in this has
+been so great that it has been the cause of all the riots and the
+revolt of the Indians, and of the deaths which have occurred among
+the Spaniards. I have given your Majesty news of this, grieving
+for the evils which have sprung from it. For the Indians of this
+province, in those places where the name of God has never entered,
+nor that of your Majesty, must feel resentful where they have seen
+neither ministers of instruction nor of justice; but only see that
+each year a dozen of soldiers with arquebuses come to their houses
+to take their property away from them, and the food upon which they
+live, although their all is little enough. These collectors afflict,
+maltreat, and torment them, and so leave them, until they return
+another year to do the same. What else can these natives think of us,
+but that we are tyrants, and that we come only to make our gain out
+of their property and their persons? And this will be very difficult
+to remedy, so distant from the rest are some of the encomiendas,
+with water between, and so little fear of God have those who make
+the collections. It may be that with the arrival of the new governor
+there will be much improvement in this; although if he does not bear
+an order from your Majesty to change some measures which up to the
+present have been in force, I have no hope of betterment.
+
+In the next to the last clause of this letter your Majesty says that
+to remedy the present lack of instruction is my own special obligation,
+which I confess; and I have so appreciated this that, seeing the great
+present need of instruction and the little help which I can offer,
+I am so disturbed and so filled with anxiety that, if I were able to
+leave the bishopric, I would try to flee from it. But if, inasmuch as
+your Majesty declares to me my obligation, and puts in my charge what
+is lacking, you should give me, together with it, authority to right
+affairs, your Majesty would be relieved of responsibility, and I of
+anxiety, other than to make progress in learning my obligations. If
+I do not have authority and power to remedy this, I must live all my
+life in anxiety and perturbation of spirit, because every year I see
+them collect tribute from a race that is never given to understand
+why it is collected; nor is there any hope that they may be able to
+have instruction, because of the great difficulty there is in giving
+it to them. Knowing that this is the legitimate title which we have
+in seeking tribute, your Majesty may see what peace of conscience
+he can have who has all these souls in his charge, both those who
+collect and those of whom collection is taken. To relieve me from the
+anguish in which I live, the only means of removing all difficulties
+is for your Majesty to send us a great number of religious of the
+four orders already established here--without giving ear to those who
+speak of a matter about which, in my opinion, they have no means of
+judging here. They say that some have tried to persuade your Majesty,
+with no other spirit than that of the devil (who wishes to hinder
+so much good), that we have all the religious that are necessary. In
+addition to the thirty-seven Augustinians now here, more than three
+hundred others are needed; and even these will not be enough. Yet,
+with this number great results would be accomplished.
+
+The first is that your Majesty would be fulfilling the obligation
+which you have toward these nations, in giving them instruction. They
+need this, because of the ten divisions of this bishopric eight have
+no instruction; and some provinces have been paying tribute to your
+Majesty for more than twenty years, but without receiving on account
+of that any greater advantage than to be tormented by the tribute
+and afterward to go to hell.
+
+Second, all the Indians who are to be pacified will then be found,
+because experience has already shown us that to think of finding the
+Indians with a force of soldiers is rather to lose them, and never
+to pacify them; while with religious they all become obedient with
+great good will. And, when they are pacified and converted, much
+larger tributes can be exacted, and the increase of revenue in the
+treasury of your Majesty from their tributes would be greater than the
+amount spent in sending them religious; while the conscience of your
+Majesty would be free from the greatest weight which, in my judgment,
+it has in this land, because tributes are collected from Indians
+who have never rendered obedience, and do not, as I have said above,
+know why they are paying it.
+
+In the last clause your Majesty orders me to charge myself with the
+protection of the Indians of this bishopric. I receive this charge
+as a special favor; because, as it was, I was burdened with the same
+responsibility, and with this commission I shall have, as your Majesty
+says, more authority in order to render aid. And this provision was
+so necessary because, without it, I was able to do almost nothing to
+succor the Indians. And with this I think I shall be able to serve your
+Majesty more, and to advance the cause of those who shall come with
+the charge of bishop, although the one joined to the other is of very
+great consequence. The Indians who have learned of it are very glad,
+since the obligation which is due them from the Spaniards is of no
+concern to the latter. And as it is from the hand of your Majesty,
+this office, then, is of greater importance for the relief of the
+conscience of your Majesty and the preservation of the natives,
+than any other one of all that are provided for afterward by the
+governor. I have not the wherewithal for the expenses which occur;
+for there must necessarily be a notary, interpreter, and lawyer,
+and persons who with my authorization shall be present to plead the
+suits--which will not be a few, and cannot be carried through without
+spending money--since I am not able, nor is it right that I should be
+on hand to present the petition, or to plead the causes and business
+of so much weight and authority. To take this task of being my agent,
+some honest man, however honorable his station, should be glad to do
+it. It is necessary that he be a person of great credit and of resolute
+mind, that he may not fear to defend the Indians, although at the risk
+of injury from those who harm them, and this seldom fails to come to
+pass, as the disputes are often with those who are very powerful.
+
+It will also be necessary to send persons from this city through
+all the bishopric to investigate the injuries that the Indians
+suffer. Before they go to do this, I shall have notice of what is
+happening; and this is to be done at the cost of your Majesty's
+treasury, in order not to give occasion for the robbery of the
+Indians, if they should have to pay them. All this is necessary in
+order that I should be able to perform well this office, and relieve
+the conscience of your Majesty and my own; because many are the wrongs
+which the Indians receive in this bishopric from your encomenderos,
+the alcaldes-mayor, and the tax-receivers; and, the farther away they
+are, the greater the wrongs and the more difficult the remedy. I humbly
+beseech your Majesty to be pleased to command provision to be made as
+I here request, because otherwise my protection will be only nominal
+and ineffectual. I have already discussed this with the governor,
+and I understand that he will make provision in some of these things,
+because the necessity is very urgent; and for the remainder we wait
+what your Majesty is pleased to command. The friendly intercourse which
+your Majesty commands me to observe with the governor, your Majesty
+may be assured will not be lacking on my part; and I understand that
+without doubt there will be as little lack on the part of the governor,
+because in the little intercourse that I have had with him I have
+conceived very great hopes of him. And I believe that God inspired
+your Majesty to send him to us--although, as I have known him only
+a little while, I am not able to express more than what I hope.
+
+Because there is no mention made of the Sangleys in the clause of
+the letter in which your Majesty commands me to take charge of the
+protection of these natives, the governor has considered--and this
+is his opinion--that because we were not there named, neither I nor
+my agent could answer for them, as for the natives. May your Majesty
+be pleased to command what is to be done in this case, because the
+Sangleys have so much more need of protection than the natives. In
+the meanwhile, according to the wish of the governor, I shall not
+cease to aid in whatever may concern them, just as if I had been
+appointed to look after them by your Majesty; and my agent will do
+the same, in those matters which belong to him as such. May our Lord
+preserve the royal person of your Majesty for many years. At Manila,
+the twenty-fourth of June, 1590.
+
+_Fray Domingo_, Bishop of the Filipinas.
+
+[_Endorsed_: "Filipinas. To his Majesty; 1590. The bishop;
+twenty-fourth of June." "Received and read on June 19, 1591; and
+answer sent him that it had been received, and that what he advised
+had been approved and should be continued."]
+
+
+
+
+Royal Decree Regulating Commerce in the Philippines
+
+
+Don Phelippe, by the grace of God, King of Castilla, Leon, Aragon,
+the two Sicilies, Jherusalem, Portugal, Mallorca, Sevilla, Cerdeña,
+Cordova, Corçega, Murçia, Jaem, the Algarves, Algezira, Gibraltar, the
+islands of Canaria, the Eastern and Western Yndias, and the islands
+and mainland of the Ocean Sea; Archduke of Austria; Duke of Borgoña,
+Bravante, and Milan; Count of Habspurg, Flandes, Tirol, and Barzelona;
+Seignior of Vizcaya and Molino, etc. Inasmuch as I have been informed
+[43] by the city of Manila in the Philippinas Islands that the
+great consignments of money sent by the wealthy from Nueva España,
+for investment in Chinese merchandise and that of other countries,
+have caused ruin to that country; and that the factors and others
+taking part in the said trade buy the goods at wholesale prices,
+and raise the price of all the merchandise, so that the poor and
+common people of the said islands cannot buy them, or buy them at very
+high rates; and furthermore that, because of the number and size of
+the said consignments of goods, and the vessels being few in number
+(indeed, sometimes and usually but one, and then quite filled up and
+laden with the said merchandise for Mexicans), no space is left for
+the citizens and common people [of the Philippines] to send their
+merchandise: therefore, as they have implored me, as a remedy for
+the said annoyances, to provide and order that no consignments of
+money be sent from the said Nueva España to the said islands, and
+that they be not allowed to have factors or companies there, but that
+the citizens of the said islands alone be allowed to buy and export
+to the said Nueva España domestic and foreign products; and that,
+if anyone else should wish to trade and traffic there, he should be
+compelled to become a citizen of the islands, and reside there for at
+least ten years, or as might be my pleasure; and because my will is to
+concede favor to the said islands, in order that their condition may
+continue to improve, and the inhabitants thereof to be advantaged--I
+grant that, for the present, they alone, and no others--whether of
+Nueva España, or any other part of the Indias--may trade in China,
+and export, take, or sell to the said Nueva España the merchandise and
+articles thus traded for in both the kingdoms and mainland of China,
+and in the said islands, for the time and space of six years, first
+commencing from the date of the departure of the first vessel with a
+cargo of merchandise for the said Nueva España. I prohibit and forbid
+all other persons whomsoever, of whatever rank and preeminence, from
+trading in the said islands and in China for the space of the said
+six years, reckoned as above stated, under penalty of confiscation
+of the merchandise that they have traded for therein. I order that
+this my provision be promulgated in the City of Mexico, and that
+my royal officials there enter it in their books. Those of the said
+islands shall do likewise, and they shall endorse on the back of this
+said provision the date upon which it took effect, by the departure
+from port of the first vessel with the said merchandise. They shall
+send me a separate attestation of the same, so that I may know when
+the said six years are to be in force. And neither one nor the other
+shall do anything contrary to this order. [_Blank spaces for place,
+day, and month_] one thousand five hundred and ninety.
+
+So that for the period of six years only, the citizens and inhabitants
+of the Philippinas Islands and none others, whether in Nueva España
+or other places, may trade and traffic in China. [44]
+
+[Accompanying this decree is a separate paper reading as follows:
+"÷ By the crown of Castilla. Provision allowing the people of Manila
+to trade in China. His Majesty omitted to sign this decree, because
+he wishes your Lordship to summon Pedro Barbosa and Pedro Alvarez
+Pereira, and to ascertain from them what is written on the subject
+from India from Don Christoval de Mora to Pedro Alvarez. This latter
+will show your Lordship all the papers that he has bearing upon this
+matter; and after you shall have examined them, you shall advise his
+Majesty of your opinion. Sant Lorenzo, July 23, 1590." Without other
+signature than a rubrica or flourish.]
+
+
+
+
+The Collection of Tributes in the Filipinas Islands 1591
+
+
+_Source_: This document is obtained from copies of the original MSS.,
+in the Archivo general de Indias, Sevilla.
+
+_Translation_: It is synopsized, and partially translated, by Emma
+Helen Blair; the remaining translation is by Frederic W. Morrison,
+of Harvard University, and Norman F. Hall.
+
+
+
+
+The Collection of Tributes in the Filipinas Islands
+
+
+
+Memorandum of the Resources of the Hospital of Manila and Its Needs
+
+
+
+The royal hospital for the Spaniards possesses about
+one hundred taes of gold in the encomienda of Darandum
+in Ylocos, which was assigned to the said hospital
+by Doctor Sande.											DC pesos
+
+It possesses, further, six hundred pesos, which were
+granted to it by the president from the encomienda
+which fell vacant because of the death of Don Luis
+de Sahajosa, in Ylocos.										DC pesos
+
+It possesses one thousand five hundred fanegas of rice,
+and one thousand seven hundred fowls, assigned by
+the president from the tributes of Caruya and Lubao,
+which belong to his Majesty.							  DLXX pesos
+
+It possesses what your Lordship assigned it in the
+encomienda of Bondoy Moron, which, it is thought,
+will amount to more than eight hundred or nine
+hundred pesos.											    IU pesos
+
+													----------------
+													IIU.DCCLXX pesos
+
+
+
+With the above, the said hospital cannot even support the expenses
+incurred for food and for services rendered by the Indians. It likewise
+needs a doctor, medicine, nurses, and other services, as well as
+exceptional delicacies, bed clothes, and tents. Indeed half the
+money is expended in the anointings and sweatings which are applied
+throughout the year.
+
+There is also needed a chaplain, who is usually attached to the said
+hospital, to administer the sacraments to the sick.
+
+The building of the said hospital does not suffice for its needs. It
+contains but one hall, where all classes of sick people are packed
+together, to their own detriment. Another infirmary is greatly needed
+for patients who suffer from buboes, and for anointings and sweatings;
+there are many sick with this disease, since this country is well
+suited to produce it. The said hospital also needs a room for the
+convalescents, for lack of which many relapses are wont to occur.
+
+We also need quarters for sick women, for many poor creatures do not
+recover because they have no money, and no place where they can go.
+
+Likewise, the said hospital is in need of a kitchen, utensils, and
+quarters for its servants, all of which things are needful therein
+for the suitable outfit and service of the said hospital.
+
+The captain _Cuenca_, as director of the hospital.
+
+
+
+Discussion and Conclusions of the Bishop Concerning the Matter
+of Tributes
+
+_Jesus_
+
+Inasmuch as I understand that some of the encomenderos, and especially
+those from Camarines, have gone, or desire to go, to ask permission
+of your Lordship to collect from their encomiendas, in which they
+never have, nor do they at present, maintain religious instruction,
+I have deemed it best to send to your Lordship a brief statement
+of what I and the theologians of this bishopric feel concerning the
+collections in the aforesaid encomiendas, in order that your Lordship
+may understand how and in what way they are to be licensed to make
+these collections. [45] Although the king, our lord, has unburdened
+his royal conscience by entrusting it to your Lordship and to myself,
+I see no reason why we should weigh down our own souls and consciences
+with what others are to eat and expend.
+
+The encomiendas existing in these islands are, in general, divided into
+two classes; for some of them have had and do still have religious
+instruction, and others have never had it in the past, nor do they
+enjoy it at present. The encomiendas which do not possess instruction
+are themselves divided into two classes: the first consists of those
+which have not had, and now have not, any religious instruction,
+nor have they ever received from their encomenderos spiritual or
+temporal benefits; on the contrary, their present condition is such
+that it would seem the Spaniards had never gone thither to do aught
+else than to reduce and conquer them in order to exact tributes. We
+may even say that the encomiendas are in worse condition than if the
+Spaniards had never come, for, with the harsh treatment and oppression
+that they have received at our hands, they are at present further
+from receiving the law of God than if they had never known us. The
+second class consists of the encomiendas which, although they have
+not been instructed, have received from their encomenderos, or by
+means of them, some temporal advantages which tend toward spiritual
+benefits, which prepare them so that they may be instructed, and
+that one may live among them in security. In the first division are
+included the encomiendas of Calamianes, which at present belong to
+Captain Sarmyento; the islands of Cuyo, which belong to Captain Juan
+Pablo de Carrion; the encomiendas which are in the islands of Mindanao
+and Jolo, and on the coast opposite, Mindoro and Elin; the encomiendas
+called Zambales, which extend from Maribeles to Pangasinan; in Ylocos,
+the valley of Dinglas, and the encomiendas which extend from Ylagua to
+Cagayan, and all those of Cagayan; and those which extend along the
+farther coast from Cagayan to Mavban; and, finally, all those other
+islands of like character, which I do not at present remember. In all
+the aforementioned places, it has been hitherto impossible to collect
+the tributes, and it will likewise be impossible in the future, should
+they continue to maintain their present attitude; but whatever has
+thus far been collected from them we are under obligations to restore.
+
+In the other division are included all the remaining encomiendas of
+the Pintados, with the exception of a few in Panay where there is
+religious instruction. In the above division are included the islands
+of Leite, Negros, Babao, Balon, and Bohol; and, in the island of Panay,
+the encomienda of Captain Pedro Sarmiento; the encomienda of Axuy,
+which belongs to his Majesty and to Francisco de Rribera; the tingues
+[hills] of the river of Araud which belong to his Majesty and to
+Captain Juan Pablo de Carrion and two or three other encomenderos;
+the islands of Marinduque and Masbate, and all the others which
+extend thence to the mouth of the channel; in Camarines, the islands
+of Catanduanes and Lagunay, and those along the coast and many others
+which are in this condition. In all the aforesaid places it may be
+considered a general rule that religious teaching did not, and does
+not exist--or at least has existed for so short a time that it is
+practically the same as if it had never existed. Moreover, from all
+the aforesaid places and from others like them, since they have been
+in such condition that one could travel through them in security (and,
+if ministers should come, their inhabitants could be instructed), it
+has been possible to collect a certain amount of tribute, for aid,
+and support, and expenses. Not all, or even half, of the tributes,
+however, could be collected; if the encomiendas are rather large, only
+the third part is obtained, and if they are small, only half. Moreover,
+whatever collections were made from these encomiendas could not be
+made until they had been prepared as aforesaid. Inasmuch as this
+matter is a most difficult one, on account of the danger incurred
+in collecting from the Indians what they do not owe, and when they
+are not willing that it should be collected, and of depriving the
+encomenderos of what is due them in case they have fulfilled their
+obligations toward the Indians, this shall be the rule regarding
+such action as has been taken hitherto by the confessors, namely,
+that an encomendero who has simply made collections among the Indians,
+without having done them any temporal or spiritual good, shall not be
+entitled to collect any tributes; if, however, through his endeavors,
+or by trading with them, they are so well-inclined that he can go about
+safely among them, and they themselves can be instructed when they
+have ministers, the encomenderos shall be entitled to collect from
+them the portion which we have named above. In order that from this
+time forth, the king in the royal encomiendas, and the encomenderos in
+theirs, may, as has been stated, collect the third part or the half,
+the following conditions must be observed:
+
+First: That the encomenderos shall endeavor, with the utmost diligence
+and care, to establish sufficient religious instruction in their
+encomiendas. In case they are unable to do so, they shall write
+to his Majesty, requesting him to provide the necessary number of
+ministers to teach the Indians; and they shall ask this so earnestly
+and effectively that his Majesty will feel himself under obligation
+to send ministers. They shall likewise offer, if it be necessary, to
+pay a part of the expenses which his Majesty shall incur in sending
+the ministers.
+
+Second: In case ministers cannot at once be found to instruct the
+natives, orders shall meanwhile be given as to how the encomenderos
+are to reside in their lands. This should not be done in the manner
+which has been hitherto practiced, when some of the encomenderos
+hoping thus to reduce their expenses go to live in their encomiendas
+(indeed, I know not if there are any who act otherwise), and there
+employ the Indians in the service of themselves, their families,
+and their houses, taking away their possessions at the lowest price,
+and treating them as if they were their slaves. They care nothing
+for instructing the natives, or setting them a good example, or
+preparing them to receive baptism; on the contrary they exasperate
+the Indians with their harsh treatment, and cause them to abhor the
+law of God. Such encomenderos as these should not reside in their
+encomiendas: the governor ought to forbid them even to visit those
+places, and should himself appoint such person or persons as would
+fulfil toward the Indians the obligations which rest upon encomenderos.
+
+Third: In the encomiendas of the king, and in those of the encomenderos
+who, for the aforesaid reasons, ought not reside in their encomiendas,
+such persons shall be appointed, with the approbation of the bishop
+(to whom his Majesty has entrusted this care, and which of right falls
+to him), as shall fulfil those obligations toward the aforesaid natives
+which are incumbent upon encomenderos, conformably to the law of God
+and to what his Majesty has provided and commanded in his laws and
+ordinances--in order that in this manner the Indians may be pacified
+and appeased; and so prepared that, when they shall have ministers,
+they can receive instruction from them. Under these conditions and
+limitations, the king in his encomiendas, and the encomenderos in
+theirs, may collect from the said encomiendas something from their
+current products, for help, maintenance, and expenses. That would be
+a third part of the tributes, if the encomiendas are large and the
+religious teaching sufficient therein; but if the encomiendas are
+small it would be half, as has already been stated.
+
+Among the encomiendas which maintain religious instruction
+(although none, or very few, have enough of it), there are some whose
+inhabitants, although including some Christians, are for the most part
+infidels, and so ill-disposed and so unfavorably situated that it is
+impossible for them to receive the instruction, since there are not
+enough ministers in the said encomiendas. Even though instruction
+exists therein, no tribute, or at least very little, ought to be
+exacted of the infidels until they have ministers to teach them,
+and the encomendero influences them to give consent, so that they can
+be taught. In this class of encomiendas are included the tingues of
+Silanga, Pasi, Tabuco, and Maragondon; those of Pangasinan, and others
+in Ylocos; and the rest in the island of Panay. These encomiendas
+are among those which have religious instruction: the others have
+already been enumerated.
+
+The encomenderos of these islands have fallen into an error, based upon
+a misunderstanding of a decree of the king, in which he commands that
+a fourth part of the tributes from the encomiendas shall be set aside
+in order to construct churches and to provide for divine worship. They
+imagine that by virtue of this decree those encomiendas which have
+never had religious teaching may collect the entire tribute, after
+setting aside a fourth part of it. Moreover, but a small number have
+set aside this fourth part, and they have done it very seldom. It
+is an unbearable deception for the encomenderos to hold this view,
+for this decree does not refer to the encomiendas which, as we have
+said, are deprived of religious teaching. As for the latter, not only
+can the king not give them license to collect their tributes, but,
+even were he here, he himself could not collect them. The aforesaid
+decree, moreover, treats not of these, but of the encomiendas whose
+inhabitants are already Christian. It is with regard to these that the
+king commands that a fourth part of the tributes be appropriated for
+the construction of churches; and that in place of the tithes which
+they, as Christians, owe to the ministers for their maintenance, a
+certain part of the tributes be appropriated in such wise as may be
+here decided. Afterward, I shall satisfactorily prove that it never
+entered the king's mind that the encomenderos would, by renouncing
+the fourth part of the tributes, fulfil their obligations toward
+their encomiendas.
+
+The above is a summary of the contents of the opinion which I am
+preparing, wherein may be found a more extensive treatment of what I
+have here set down. In that document your Lordship will find complete
+proofs of what is contained in this summary, accompanied by arguments
+so cogent and convincing that there is neither room nor possibility
+for doubt in this matter.
+
+Two other points are to be found in the clauses furnished to me by
+the secretary, Juan de Cuellar, drawn from the instructions which the
+king, our lord, gave to your Lordship for the good government of this
+land. In one of them there is a discussion of the two reals which his
+Majesty ordered to be added to the tributes hitherto collected. It
+also contains the views of the theologians of this bishopric, and
+my own, concerning this increase. Your Lordship will find them all
+in the document which, as I said above, I am preparing. Inasmuch as
+the execution of that clause is not immediately pressing, it has not
+seemed to me necessary to discuss it here.
+
+The other clause deals with the means to be employed in establishing
+religious instruction in the small encomiendas and districts where
+the said instruction does not exist. Concerning this we shall have
+but little to say at present, not because the affair is free from very
+great difficulties, in undertaking to accomplish his Majesty's orders
+as contained in the aforesaid clause; but because there is no present
+occasion for anxiety regarding the establishment of this instruction,
+inasmuch as there are no ministers to undertake the work. I will only
+say that, if his Majesty does not decree that the small encomiendas
+be made into a few large ones, it will be most difficult (and indeed
+almost impossible) to establish therein religious instruction.
+
+In conformity with this, your Lordship will see how you are to give
+permission to the encomenderos who do not maintain instruction, so
+that they may collect from their encomiendas, if your Lordship wishes
+to make secure your own encomienda [46] which I, by this statement,
+have enabled you to do.
+
+May Jesus Christ, our Lord, bestow upon your Lordship the light of
+His grace, so that in all matters you may be enabled to accomplish
+His holy will, and secure the welfare and protection of these natives,
+which they so sorely need. From our house, on the twelfth of January
+of the year one thousand five hundred and ninety-one.
+
+_Fray Domingo_, Bishop of the Filipinas.
+
+
+
+Summary of the Decision Reached by the Bishop of these Philipinas
+Islands, and the Other Theologians of this Bishopric, Concerning the
+Collection of the Tributes Therein
+
+_Jesus_
+
+The first conclusion:  From the encomiendas which have not had and
+do not have religious instruction, and have never received from
+the encomenderos any other benefit or advantage, either spiritual
+or temporal, than the collection of the tributes, then being left
+in their former condition (and such are most of the encomiendas in
+this bishopric), the tributes should not be exacted. But in case
+they have already been exacted, or shall be in the future, and the
+encomenderos shall have done no more good therein than they have thus
+far, those who have made these collections shall be compelled to make
+restitution therefor to the natives of the said encomiendas. This
+same obligation also binds those who, being obliged by their office,
+and having the power to prevent this evil, shall give license, or
+consent, or permission, that these collections be made.
+
+Second conclusion: In the encomiendas which, although they may not
+have had or at present have religious instruction (or so little,
+and for so short a space of time, that no result can be observed),
+have been pacified through the earnest endeavors and good works of
+the encomendero, and whose inhabitants are so subdued as to permit of
+travel and residence among them, and favorably disposed to receive
+instruction in case there should be anyone to impart it to them;
+the encomenderos shall be allowed to collect a certain portion of the
+tributes--as, for example, the third part, if the encomiendas are of
+average size (for, if they are large, it is a great deal to collect the
+third part), and one half, if they are small--by which we understand
+a population of three hundred Indians, or a less number. The tributes
+thus collected are granted as aid for the encomendero's maintenance,
+and for the expenses of said pacification.
+
+Third conclusion: All that was collected from the Indians before they
+were thus rendered willing to pay must be restored to them by those
+who made such collection, or by those who permitted it, as is stated
+in the preceding clause.
+
+Fourth conclusion: All the rest of the said half or third part
+which has been or shall hereafter be levied upon the Indians,
+before they shall have received sufficient religious instruction,
+must be restored by those who have made or permitted to be made the
+aforesaid collections.
+
+Fifth conclusion: From the encomiendas which have received sufficient
+religious instruction and whose inhabitants are all, or for the
+most part, Christians; or when those who are not Christians have
+voluntarily held back from conversion--all of the tributes may be
+collected, provided that care be ever taken that the infidels be
+persuaded and not compelled or forced to make these payments: indeed,
+as much concern should be had for them as for the others. Let it
+be understood that the said infidels do not refuse or be adverse to
+becoming Christians; for in this case the tributes may not be exacted
+from them--or, at least, not all, and even then with their consent.
+
+Sixth conclusion: In the encomiendas where there are infidels who,
+through lack of adequate religious instruction, have not received
+baptism, taxes should not in the past nor shall they at present
+be collected in full, but according to the manner set down in the
+second clause.
+
+Seventh conclusion: Although all the inhabitants may be Christians,
+if their religious instruction has been insufficient the encomenderos
+are obliged to deduct from the tributes all that should be expended for
+a sufficient number of ministers to impart the necessary instruction.
+
+Eighth conclusion: In order that an encomienda may be said to possess
+sufficient and adequate religious instruction, the minister should not
+be burdened with the care of more souls than he can properly instruct
+and direct in spiritual matters, so that he can give to all those who
+are infidels suitable instruction in Christian doctrine--not merely
+so that they know it by rote, but also so that they may understand
+(so far as they are capable of this) the signification of the words,
+and the mysteries contained therein. Thus, too, he will be able to make
+each and every one of them understand all that is necessary for them
+to believe, and know, and do, in order to be good Christians. All this
+should be done before baptism is conferred upon them; and like efforts
+should be made that no one shall die without the sacrament. When the
+minister undertakes to baptize them, he must see that they know well
+what it is, and are prepared for it, and understand what they are
+receiving--namely, that they are dead to their past life, and are
+commencing a new one, and from that time forth are new men. As the
+inhabitants of many of these islands have received baptism without
+the aforesaid solicitude and preparation, many sacrileges have been
+committed; and, as a result, many and great misfortunes have ensued,
+which we can now clearly discern, and yet but poorly remedy.
+
+In order that the Indians, after their conversion, may have adequate
+religious teaching, and be taught and instructed and guided in the
+conduct of their souls, a minister should not have the care of more
+Indians than he can know, visit, and minister to in such wise that
+all may understand and comprehend the doctrine. Then, if anyone is
+sick, the minister can know of it, and visit and console him in his
+sickness; and if the sick man be poor, the minister can give him what
+he may need, or shall find someone to do so, so that the sick man may
+not die without confession or extreme unction. To the living who are
+prepared for it, he can administer the eucharist, and can persuade
+everyone to prepare himself so that he can receive communion, and
+can labor with all earnestness in making known the great benefits
+which are contained in the most blessed sacrament, and how much is
+lost by those who do not partake thereof, and the obligation of all
+Christians to receive it. The minister can thus also personally care
+for the burial of the dead; and, in short, fulfil with solicitude and
+concern all the demands and obligations of his office as a priest,
+and in the care of souls. It is because the ministers in the Indias
+are burdened with so many souls, that we observe so little Christianity
+there, that so many die without the sacraments, and there are so many
+infidels to be converted.
+
+Ninth conclusion: As soon as the Indians shall have become Christians
+the encomendero may with good conscience exact from them the tributes
+which are imposed and regulated by his Majesty or by persons
+commissioned by him; and the Indians are bound by conscience and
+justice to pay them, if they have adequate religious instruction
+and the encomendero fulfils the obligations imposed upon him by his
+acceptance of the encomienda.
+
+Tenth conclusion: The encomenderos are under obligation to observe,
+exactly and faithfully, the instructions given them, that they may not
+transgress these in regard to the kind of tributes to be paid, or to
+the age or condition of those who must pay them--under pain of mortal
+sin, and of making restitution for what they shall have exacted in
+violation of law or beyond the amount assessed. The damages moreover,
+which are sustained by the natives in compelling them to pay tributes
+which they are not bound to pay, and the expenses incurred in making
+the collections, should be at the cost of the encomenderos and not
+that of the Indians.
+
+Eleventh conclusion: It is grievous inhumanity and a sort of cruel
+tyranny to seize the chiefs and keep them prisoners until they pay
+the tribute of those who fail to do so; and it is a much greater
+wrong to afflict and torture them while in durance. He who shall
+make collections in this manner, or permit them to be thus made,
+is, aside from the mortal sin which he commits, bound to restore to
+the chiefs the tributes thus exacted from them; and would be most
+fittingly punished by being deprived of the encomienda of which,
+through his own wrong-doing, he has made himself unworthy.
+
+Twelfth conclusion: Although the encomiendas are given to the
+encomenderos in return for their services to the king, our lord, the
+principal aim and object of his Majesty in giving them has not been,
+nor can it be, only that the Indians should pay tribute and render
+service to the encomenderos; but, on the contrary, that in return for
+the tributes which are paid them, the encomendero shall be obliged
+to provide the Indians with ministers to instruct and care for them,
+to defend and protect them, to see that they are not ill-treated,
+and to answer for them in all necessary matters. It therefore follows
+that the encomiendas are and should be instituted rather for the
+good of the Indians than for that of the encomenderos; and that the
+encomenderos cannot be termed, nor are they, the lords of the Indians,
+but their attorneys, tutors, and protectors.
+
+Thirteenth conclusion: The tributes which the king, our lord, has
+imposed upon the Indians are not, nor can, nor should they be, all for
+his Majesty or for the encomenderos--to whom he allots them in order
+that from this fund may be taken all that is necessary to support the
+ministers of religious instruction, and for the embellishment of the
+churches and divine worship.
+
+Fourteenth conclusion: The encomenderos who, to avoid or lessen
+expense, neglect to employ in their encomiendas all the ministers
+needed to accomplish and fulfil what has been set down in the eighth
+conclusion are in mortal sin, and cannot be absolved. Moreover, it
+is not enough to say that their encomiendas already have ministers;
+they must employ as many of these as are necessary to fulfil all the
+duties there enumerated, according to the number of souls contained
+in their encomiendas. And the said encomenderos are responsible
+for all the injuries and evils referred to in the said conclusion,
+if through their fault there are not ministers to do what should be
+done. The minister or ministers, moreover, are responsible if, when
+they have in their care so many Indians that they cannot properly
+minister to them, they shall be unwilling to receive or to look for
+other ministers to help them.
+
+Fifteenth conclusion: The number of ministers required for each
+community cannot be readily determined, since there are not in all
+the encomiendas the same conditions existing; in some, the people live
+closer together than in others; and where they are more scattered, or
+more difficult of access, more ministers will be needed than when they
+live nearer one another. When they are thus near, and well disposed,
+five hundred Indians are a sufficient number for one conscientious
+minister to take in charge; and when we shall have an abundant
+number of ministers, they should be stationed in each encomienda,
+in that ratio.
+
+Sixteenth conclusion: If through lack of ministers enough cannot be
+placed in each encomienda to give adequate instruction, such as can
+be obtained at the time should be employed, and the encomenderos
+shall remain under obligation to deduct from the tributes what has
+been stated in the seventh conclusion.
+
+Seventeenth conclusion: All that the Indians have expended in erecting
+churches and houses for the ministers, and in their maintenance,
+through the unwillingness of the encomenderos to pay therefor, the
+latter are obliged to make good--the entire amount expended, for the
+maintenance of the ministers; and of that expended for churches and
+houses, their share.
+
+Eighteenth conclusion: In order that, from this time forth, the
+encomenderos who do not maintain religious instruction may collect from
+their encomiendas the portion which is stated in the second conclusion,
+the following conditions shall be observed: (1) They shall endeavor,
+most assiduously and earnestly, to establish religious instruction
+in their encomiendas, that such establishment shall not be delayed;
+or, if it be not made, so that the lack cannot be imputed to their
+negligence and indifference. And, inasmuch as we have not here
+the requisite number of ministers, the encomenderos shall inform
+his Majesty how great is the lack, and supplicate him promptly to
+send ministers hither--offering, if it shall be necessary, to pay
+a part of the expenses to be incurred in sending them hither. (2)
+The encomenderos shall endeavor, personally or through the medium of
+persons skilled and competent, in whom may be placed entire confidence
+that they will deal with the Indians as God requires and the king
+commands, to defend the Indians and protect them against the injuries
+inflicted upon them. They shall strive to influence them, by good
+works and example, to accept the law of God, most carefully preparing
+them so that, when they have ministers of the Christian doctrine,
+they can be instructed. They shall not act as do some encomenderos
+(and most of them are of this sort) who visit their encomiendas
+not for the good of the Indians, but for their own profit; and who,
+through their presence, work more injury to the Indians by the many
+grievances which they occasion, and the bad example that they set,
+than the latter are advantaged in being thus pacified.
+
+Nineteenth conclusion: It has been a very great error on the part
+of the encomenderos in these islands who do not maintain religious
+instruction to think that because they contribute a fourth part of the
+tributes they may collect and keep for themselves the remainder. This
+is based upon their misinterpretation of a decree of the king which
+states the portion which is to be appropriated from the tributes for
+the erection of churches and the support of the ministers (although
+this decree has already been annulled by others). This decree did
+not apply to the encomiendas which we here mention; for if the king
+himself cannot levy tributes, he could ill permit others to do so,
+excepting the encomiendas which we discussed in the ninth conclusion.
+
+Twentieth conclusion: What has been already said in the preceding
+conclusions concerning the encomenderos likewise applies to the
+encomiendas which belong to the royal crown; for the king is under even
+greater obligation than are the encomenderos to provide his Indians
+with religious teaching; and to the same extent as they, he is bound
+to make restitution of all that has been unjustly collected. It
+follows from this that the officials of the royal exchequer, who
+are charged with the collection, of the tributes for the king, are
+obliged in conscience to observe and fulfil all that is stated in the
+preceding conclusions, and to make restitution of all the tributes,
+or such part of them as has been or shall be collected contrary to
+the tenor of the said conclusions. This obligation is all the greater
+for the governor than for the officials of the royal exchequer; since
+he, by reason of his office, is bound to care for all the natives of
+these islands, and not to permit them to be wronged, and to require
+satisfaction from anyone who may wrong them.
+
+Twenty-first conclusion: Former governors were under obligation, as
+are those who rule both now and hereafter, to observe and fulfil, in
+the repartimientos which they assign or shall assign, the provisions
+contained in section 144 of the royal ordinances drawn up in Segovia
+in the year 73, the tenor of which is as follows: "When the country
+has been pacified, and its rulers and inhabitants have been reduced
+to obedience to us, the governor shall, with their consent, direct
+the partition of the lands among the colonists so that each of them
+shall be responsible for the Indians of his repartimiento, defend
+and protect them, and provide a minister who shall teach them to live
+in civilized ways, and shall do for them all else that encomenderos
+are bound to do for the Indians of their repartimientos." In the
+following section: "The Indians who shall be reduced to our obedience
+and allotted to the conquerors shall be persuaded, in recognition of
+universal seigniory and jurisdiction which we hold over the Indians,
+to assist us by the payment of a moderate tribute, from the fruits of
+the soil. It is our will that the tributes thus paid us be collected
+by the Spaniards to whom encomiendas shall be given, for which reason
+they fulfil the duties to which they are bound." What his Majesty
+commands in these two sections of the said ordinances conforms to both
+natural and divine law, both of which would be violated if even the
+king should contravene these ordinances. From this the governors will
+recognize the obligations under which they are to heed the attitude
+of the Indians whom they must allot in encomiendas, in order not to
+work against a law as just and necessary as this is.
+
+Twenty-second conclusion: If in any case the governor allot an
+encomienda whose inhabitants shall not be in the frame of mind
+which the aforesaid law requires (a condition which must needs be
+very rare, and the result of causes so forcible that the king, upon
+consultation, would consider them of sufficient weight), in order that
+the governor may not be under obligation to make restitution of what
+shall be collected therefrom, he is bound to order such encomendero
+not to collect the tributes until he has, by his earnest endeavors
+and just treatment, brought the Indians to that disposition which,
+in the aforesaid two sections, his Majesty requires. In case the
+encomendero shall collect the tributes beforehand, the governor shall
+command him to make restitution; and if, for lack of such orders,
+the Indians shall suffer any wrong, the governor shall be responsible.
+
+Twenty-third conclusion: The religious who are in the Indias are not
+under obligation to go to Spain to obtain other religious; and if they
+could avoid it they would do wrong in going on account of the great
+deficiency of ministers caused by such departures. But as the need
+of ministers is so great, and as they are not sent hither from Spain,
+those who go thither to procure them should be well rewarded for the
+great hardships that they undergo in bringing religious. His Majesty,
+moreover, and the members of his royal Council are under obligation
+to send back at once, and with suitable provision, those who in their
+service to God and the king, and for the welfare of these souls,
+have suffered such hardships.
+
+Twenty-fourth conclusion: The king our lord and his royal Council
+of the Indias are bound to send to these islands so many ministers
+that they can give adequate instruction to all the natives therein,
+even if our religious do not go or send for others.
+
+Twenty-fifth conclusion: His Majesty is bound to give orders and to
+make all possible efforts for the conversion of the infidels--not
+only those who recognize him and pay tribute, but those who are
+not under his sway and do not recognize him as their lord--so that
+they may all come into the knowledge of God and enter the bosom of
+the Church. Nor should this be accomplished in the manner hitherto
+employed employed--namely, by the perversion of all law, divine
+and human; by murders, robberies, captivities, conflagrations, and
+the depopulation of villages, estates, and houses. These wrongs are
+inflicted and perpetrated by those who, under pretext and in the name
+of preaching the gospel, entered the Indias, and have thus profaned the
+sacred name of God and made the holy gospel odious; and it is by them
+that our holy religion has been dishonored. But now that his Majesty
+knows what excesses have been committed in these islands, he should
+order that henceforth they shall cease, and that in the promulgation of
+the holy gospel the instructions and rules be observed which our Lord
+Jesus Christ ordained, and which His holy evangelical law directs and
+commands, and which the holy apostles and the apostolic men who came
+after them practiced and observed until our wretched times. Since the
+Spaniards entered the Indias, their excessive cupidity has devised
+new methods of preaching the gospel such as our Lord Jesus Christ
+never ordained, or His holy apostles knew; they are not permitted by
+the law of nature, nor do they agree with reason.
+
+I shall send the proofs of these conclusions to your Lordship as soon
+as my occupations give me opportunity and leisure to prove them. At
+Manila, on the eighteenth of January, 1591.
+
+_The Bishop of the Filipinas_
+
+
+
+Letter from the Bishop of the Philipinas to the Governor
+
+_Jesus_
+
+In the document which I sent to your Lordship the other day was
+contained the substance of the opinion which I and other theologians
+of this bishopric hold concerning the collection [of tributes] from
+the encomiendas in these islands. I then stated that all the matter
+outlined therein would be sent later to your Lordship, proved in detail
+by convincing arguments. This, however, I have not been able to do,
+nor will it be possible as long as I must remain in this city; for day
+and night I am beset by necessary business. For this reason, I would be
+glad to be able to leave the city for a few days in order that I might
+conclude this matter--to which, since it is to be brought before his
+Majesty and his royal Council, persons who are to consider it with
+care, it would seem but right that I should also give most careful
+attention. And yet the truth of all that I say is so manifest that I
+would be put to little trouble if I were compelled to prove it; but
+considerable time would be necessary to put it in order. Having sent
+the aforesaid opinion to your Lordship, I ceased to concern myself
+about the matter, for it seemed to me that the document contained
+(although in outline) all that the truth required, and all that I
+had to say thereon. Accordingly, what remains for me to set down will
+not be an addition to the aforesaid, but merely an effort to explain
+it further, and to prove by arguments and authority what has already
+been stated in brief.
+
+The dean informed me this morning that your Lordship was awaiting my
+opinion, and had suspended action until I should send it. I told him
+that, as far as I was concerned, I had already given it--that is to
+say, I had told your Lordship how I, as well as the other theologians,
+and right-thinking persons of this bishopric, felt in this matter. It
+is true, I did not send, as soon as I might, what remained to be said;
+but that, after all, matters but little for the truth of the affair. As
+I stated in the opinion which your Lordship has in your possession,
+all that I might afterward say is contained therein. However, in
+order that your Lordship may have a clearer statement of what I sent
+in that document, and of all else that I have to say, it has seemed
+expedient to send to your Lordship another paper, which accompanies
+this letter; therein are contained twenty-five conclusions, in
+which there is a summary of all that may be said in relation to the
+encomenderos of these islands, concerning both the collection of the
+tributes, and the obligations of the encomenderos towards the Indians
+of their encomiendas. Further, I have stated therein the duties of
+the governors in respect to their treatment of the Indians and the
+collection of tributes. I thought it best to state those conclusions
+in the same order as before, since I shall place them in that order
+in proving them.
+
+I fully realize that for those who are accustomed to collect tributes
+with no other care for the Indians of their encomiendas than to
+obtain their money and then leave them to bear their afflictions,
+those conclusions must of necessity appear very severe; but, although
+the truth always hurts those whom it chastises, it should not on
+that account be suppressed--for, as St. Gregory says, one should not
+be hindered by any obstacle whatever from uttering the truth. The
+difficulty of this affair, moreover, does not consist in knowing what
+the truth is (for that is perfectly evident); but in the fact that
+unrighteous custom favors the powerful, and is hostile to those who,
+although they can do little, are unwilling to submit to what those who
+are in power choose to command. But the weak have given thanks to God,
+who has moved the heart of our most Christian king to order that a
+remedy be applied to so many and so great disorders and excesses, which
+up to the present time have been so contrary to natural law, and proved
+so great an impediment to religion and evangelical preaching, and so
+harmful and prejudicial to the inhabitants of these islands. Indeed,
+if we should hear, as God does, the complaints and outcries which
+continually arise in the hearts of these people, we would clearly see
+how much more cause there is for comforting them than for favoring
+those who have inflicted upon them such injury. And yet, if we but
+consider this carefully, we shall see that the Spaniards have done
+themselves still greater harm, since they have deprived the Indians
+merely of their property, but have incurred the condemnation of their
+own souls.
+
+I, my Lord, do not wish, nor do I pretend, that the encomenderos
+should die of hunger, or that your Lordship should lack the means to
+fulfil your obligations; but I do maintain that we should have such
+care for what is right for the Spaniards as not to sicken more souls,
+or cause the gospel to be received in this land not gladly, but by
+force, and in such wise that it will not avail those who receive it.
+
+The king, our lord, need only decree that this matter be left to the
+conscience of those who govern here; for his Majesty cannot examine
+it with his own eyes, and, consequently, the entire burden falls upon
+your Lordship and upon those of us who have to decide what shall be
+done. This affair is not one of so little risk as not to require a
+most careful consideration; for to deprive the Spaniards of the right
+of collecting the tributes from their encomiendas, when they might
+just as well do so, is to deprive them of their very property, and
+give them permission to collect from those who do not owe tribute,
+and to free them from obligation to the Indians. Thus the entire
+responsibility would fall upon those who might express their opinion;
+consequently, it has been necessary, as I have already said, to
+consider the matter most carefully. This I have done by consulting
+persons who know and thoroughly understand the point at issue; and
+by comparing therewith what I have seen and know from experience,
+and from my knowledge of the law.
+
+Such are the contents of the conclusions which I herewith send your
+Lordship. I trust that you will be pleased to read them and will expect
+from me no other opinion than the one therein contained; for I have,
+and shall have, no other, and there is not a right-minded person in
+the bishopric who dares maintain the contrary.
+
+Two points should be especially noted among those which I here
+set down. The one concerns the second conclusion wherein I make the
+following statement: From the small encomiendas may be collected half
+of the tributes even where there is no instruction, if the encomendero
+fulfils his duties; and from those of average size a third part of
+the same. Although there is, in strictness, no reason why one-half
+should be collected from the small encomiendas and only a third part
+from the others, yet after careful consideration, it has seemed to
+us both equitable and reasonable that, in a very small encomienda,
+the encomendero should collect from each inhabitant somewhat more
+for his maintenance than if the inhabitants were numerous and thus
+could provide, even when a less sum was levied, better support for
+the encomendero.
+
+The other matter for consideration relates to the statements in the
+third and fourth conclusions concerning the restitution of what has
+thus far been taken from the natives. In this matter some moderation
+should be displayed, in view of the present needy condition of the
+encomenderos. This subject, however, will be discussed later, and
+the best possible arrangement will be made for assuring the peace
+of consciences, which we who are here strive to do. It is, too, no
+small grace to your Lordship, that this matter should be considered
+in your time. I can assure your Lordship that there has been much
+criticism concerning what past governors have permitted, and I do not
+know how in the end they are to fare with God; for a governor, from
+the very character of his office, is under obligation to prevent,
+within his jurisdiction, evils which can be remedied. God will
+know how to call to account those who have permitted these abuses,
+and will free your Lordship from these difficulties before they have
+entangled you. Your Lordship indeed owes much gratitude to God, for,
+whether or not the encomenderos make any collection, nothing will be
+cast into your purse without your experiencing much scruple at not
+having remedied the evil. God knows the scruples and anguish which
+the past has caused my soul, for, although it seems that I could have
+done no more than to raise my voice in opposition, and write to his
+Majesty, I am not sure that this will avail me with God, who is wont to
+dispose of such matters quite otherwise than we imagine; therefore, by
+giving my views upon this question, and by expressing to your Lordship
+my sentiments. I feel myself exonerated in the sight of God and of
+men. Let your Lordship reflect what it is meet to do, for my opinion
+has been already given. May God, our Lord, so enlighten your Lordship
+that in all things you may do what is right. Amen. From this, your
+Lordship's house, today, Friday, the twenty-fifth of January, 1591.
+
+_The Bishop of the Filipinas_
+
+
+
+The Governor's Reply
+
+Assuming it to be his Majesty's will that, in the encomiendas where,
+for lack of ministers, instruction is not given, some tribute
+shall be collected, if only in recognition of services rendered,
+it seems but fitting that enough should be collected to sustain the
+encomendero--or, if he should abandon the encomienda, some person
+who should continue, in his stead, intercourse and relations with the
+Indians, so influencing and directing them that, when they are given
+instruction, they may receive it willingly; and settling the minds of
+the Indians, so that we can deal with them and travel among them. Such
+persons or encomenderos are accessory to the gospel, and should be
+supported, as ministers are, by the tributes of the Indians--who,
+if deprived of their presence and left without this intercourse, will
+doubtless become intractable, and a country which is at present secure
+and orderly will require a fresh pacification. Accordingly I say that
+if your Lordship should order the encomendero to appropriate, for his
+own maintenance and for necessary expenses (which are so great, and
+the encomiendas so small), [three--M.] [47] fourths of the tributes,
+and if the remaining fourth should [be used--M.] for the erection of a
+church, for ornaments, and other accessories of religious instruction;
+or, if this fourth part should be remitted to the Indians (although,
+in reality, if they think that by not becoming Christians less will be
+exacted from them, they will never become Christians or admit fathers
+into their territory; and it is certainly better for the Indians to
+have this fourth part held as a deposit for the three years, since at
+the end of that time [they can add--M.] to it a tribute, and assist
+in paying the expenses of erecting the church and the costs of other
+accessories of instruction and other necessary expenses which may
+arise); and if the above should be asked from them in advance, and
+as a whole--I maintain, that all this could not be exacted without
+great injury to the Indians.
+
+This tribute should be collected with much gentleness toward the
+Indians, without the presence of soldiers and firearms, and without
+entering their houses. One house should, however, be set apart for
+the purpose of making these collections, where the Indians, summoned
+in friendly terms, may come voluntarily to pay their tributes; and
+no other force or pressure should be imposed upon them. Moreover,
+of the increase of two reals in the tributes, only one (and no more)
+should be exacted, and the aforesaid collection of the three-fourths
+should be general in all the encomiendas. There are no grounds for
+making a discrimination between the Indian of the large encomienda and
+the Indian of the small one; and if it is right to collect in the one,
+the same procedure holds good in the other, for the same thing applies
+to [four--M.] as to forty, which in this case would mean not to change
+the present and past condition of things, or the universal practice
+throughout all the Indias, by interfering with his Majesty's decree.
+
+We should consider how little there is in this country besides
+the tributes, for the support of the encomendero or such person
+who has to represent him; and that, if the Indians should cease
+to pay the tributes, all would go to destruction; and even were
+religious instruction to exist, there would be no system for applying
+it. This instruction, moreover, is not at present in the hands of
+the encomenderos, for they have asked me, as I believe they have your
+Lordship, to make provision for the same, offering the necessary salary
+and expenses. Accordingly, since this charge is not in their hands,
+the above means might be justly employed; so that the districts which
+are disaffected might, with such intercourse, be prepared to receive
+the gospel in due time.
+
+This plan can be followed temporarily, until information concerning
+it shall reach his Majesty--who, I assure your Lordship, will
+straightway adjust the matter by providing these islands, as well as
+those most distant and as yet unpacified, with sufficient religious
+instruction; and by determining what share of the cost shall fall to
+the encomenderos according to the detailed information and report
+which shall be sent hence to him, together with your Lordship's
+statement. Thus all will come to enjoy the fruits of the gospel,
+which is our principal end and object with these peoples. In return,
+they are to offer this moderate tribute, which is to facilitate
+their conversion, to which end everything is directed; and to prepare
+them for it by this means, without which there would be no way for
+endeavoring to interest anyone, even if the tribute should amount to
+many millions. But, with this justification, it can be levied.
+
+The encomenderos shall maintain their residence, and, as your
+Lordship justly suggests, shall provide a good example and fair
+treatment toward the Indians of their encomiendas. And, in order
+that the latter may receive (as your Lordship says) some recompense
+in return, orders shall be given that all the encomiendas, however
+remote they may be, shall be provided with some administration of
+justice, with orders to the alcaldes-mayor in whose district these
+encomiendas chance to be to visit, at stated periods of the year,
+the Indians thereof. The officials shall then settle the disputes
+and redress the grievances of the Indians, bringing them by kind
+acts into intercourse and friendship with us. Where the present
+number of alcaldes-mayor is not large enough, others shall be sent,
+in order that thus may be facilitated our intercourse and influence
+among them. Under this pretext of administration of justice and of
+defense, at least a sufficient maintenance may be derived.
+
+Let your Lordship take this matter into careful consideration. For
+my own part, cogent reasons oblige me to believe that, if this plan
+be not carried out, the encomenderos much of necessity abandon their
+encomiendas, as has [_illegible in MS._] and no one will be found
+willing to burden himself with this charge and enter into relations
+with the Indians, in return for so small a stipend. Even if there were
+such persons, we could not place in them the confidence that we now
+have in the encomenderos, in whose virtue and Christian spirit his
+Majesty's conscience remains at rest. This would not be so secure in
+the care of substitutes, who replace persons who have abandoned their
+holdings, for lack [_illegible in MS._] without much fear of being
+obliged to give a bad account of either themselves or the Indians;
+and, consequently, instead of introducing our holy faith among them,
+would only irritate the natives by oppression and ill-treatment.
+
+This being so, if the encomenderos should abandon their offices, and
+no capable persons could be found in their stead, the rule of the
+Spaniards would come to an end in this land; for, as they possess
+here nothing beyond the encomiendas as a source of profit and a
+recompense for their services, if they should be deprived of these
+I fear that they all would depart from the country and it would be
+depopulated. In such a case, let your Lordship consider which of
+the two evils is the less, and which should be preferred: namely,
+that matters should remain in their present and past condition until
+his Majesty, after thorough information, make suitable provision;
+or that, in order to remedy this insignificant evil, we should run
+the risk of ruining and depopulating all the islands. I, my Lord,
+have not the slightest inclination to go to hell merely because the
+encomendero collects one or two thousand. After all, whatever your
+Lordship may consent to, and whatever we resolve to do, must be carried
+out, and I must order it to be executed, with the utmost promptness;
+for I understand this to be a matter which concerns the welfare of
+my conscience, wherein his Majesty unburdens his. But at present,
+I am thinking only of the difficulties involved in the execution of
+this act, which must be so hard for the encomenderos. When, in the
+establishment and accomplishment of a thing which in itself may be holy
+and good, there exist such obstacles that by means of them the whole
+is exposed to risk and danger, and the principal [_illegible in MS._],
+as your Lordship may discern in the case of the religious fathers,
+who, because they attempted to place the Indians in charge of justice,
+desired them to give up all, and thus there was constraint. Yet they
+had charity and love for them, for otherwise all would be lost. The
+same injury will be inflicted on the encomendero, if we oblige him to
+relinquish the tribute, and give him no other means of support. This
+the king can do, by the decree which is expected.
+
+It is certain that the very success of the affair admits of no other
+outcome than this. For, assuming that his Majesty, to unburden his
+own conscience, should commit to your Lordship and to myself the
+conduct and decision of what should be done in this matter, and should
+order me to execute what we both might determine, and agree upon,
+provided your Lordship should decide that what you have set down in
+your opinion and in your conclusions, ought in conscience to be done;
+and if I should find that, although such action is just and right
+according to law, yet in attempting to carry it out it would be in
+no wise proper to run the risk of ruining these islands--in this case
+your Lordship and I do not hold the same opinions, and we should report
+this to his Majesty. In the meantime matters will remain as they now
+are; and, if resolutions must be adopted, it is much better that we
+should propose them conjointly to his Majesty, with complete harmony
+and satisfaction on our part, in order that he may give such orders
+as shall seem best to him. In the meantime we should not undertake
+[_illegible in MS._] all the more because, considering the affair
+in its beginnings, the commission and order of his Majesty--which
+instruct me to see that your Lordship consider what should and can
+be done in this matter; and also to execute the resolutions made
+by our joint agreement, with all the punctuality which is required
+therein--clearly express the will and determination of his Majesty,
+who mentions only the encomiendas which are at present disaffected,
+or have never been pacified. It is only concerning these latter,
+that doubts may be entertained as to the question of collecting
+the tributes, either in whole or in part (by way of recognition,
+as is stated in your opinion). These encomiendas are not reached by
+religious teaching, or by the administration of justice, or by other
+advantages; and, consequently, are the ones concerning which, as I
+have said, doubts are entertained. As for those encomiendas which may
+possess any of the aforesaid benefits, such as religious teaching,
+the administration of justice, intercourse, and other advantageous
+relations, there is no occasion for any dispute concerning them; nor
+should the management of these (as far as our present knowledge goes)
+be committed to your Lordship. It is, therefore, needless to include
+them in the general rule; but in dealing with the encomiendas which
+are disaffected, and in those not yet pacified, only a part of the
+tribute should be collected, for the unburdening of his Majesty's
+and our own consciences. Your Lordship's, etc.
+
+
+
+
+The Petition Presented to the Governor by the City and the Encomenderos
+on the Fifteenth of February, 1591
+
+
+We, the corporation and magistrates of the city of Manila, for
+ourselves, and in the name of all these Filipinas Islands, and of their
+encomenderos, settlers, and discoverers, do declare the following: As
+is well known, many of us came here twenty-seven years ago, when these
+islands were discovered, and have spent years in the propagation of
+our holy Catholic faith, the defense of the preaching of the gospel,
+and the service of the king, our lord. On account of this devotion
+we abandoned our fatherland, and forgot our parents, brothers, and
+relatives, and the comforts which each one of us possessed; and after
+having endured the great dangers of a long and hitherto unknown voyage,
+we settled in a land where we have shed our blood, and suffered the
+fearful miseries of hunger, thirst, exposure, and many other hardships,
+so great that they have cost the lives of the many thousands of men
+who are known to have come to these islands--not to mention all those
+valiant soldiers who serve his Majesty throughout his realm. At the
+conclusion of so many toils and misfortunes--after we had made this
+discovery, and had pacified and brought under the royal crown the
+many vassals who today are to be found throughout these islands,
+and had brought to the bosom of our faith the great number of souls
+who have already received baptism--his Majesty and the governors
+in his name have rewarded us by allotting to us a certain number of
+natives. But these grants are under such limitations and the tributes
+are so moderate that the most prosperous among us (and there are but
+few) are living in straitened circumstances, and the others do not
+receive the half of what is necessary for their sustenance; many of
+these have no recompense. Although our possessions are so scanty, we
+have been content therewith, inasmuch as we consider them as being a
+reward which we have won with our blood and so great labors; for we
+are thereby encouraged to serve our Lord and his Majesty--enjoying,
+as we do, these tributes and encomiendas in tranquil and peaceable
+possession of them, after they have been assigned to us. The king,
+our lord, also is profited by those who hold positions in the service
+of his royal crown; for they, with the tributes, assist in the great
+expenses which his royal patrimony incurs for the churches, religious
+orders, and ministers of the evangelical teaching, and for the
+supplies necessary for their maintenance. In this state of affairs it
+seems that on the part of the bishop of these islands and some of the
+religious thereof--not only generally, in sermons and in the pulpit,
+but privately, in the confessional--obstacles and difficulties are
+imposed upon our consciences by maintaining that we cannot exact the
+[_illegible in MS._] his Majesty those which he exacts, and that we
+are going straight to hell [_illegible in MS._] and that we are under
+obligation to make restitution for them. For this reason they refuse
+us the sacraments of absolution and communion; and, finally, they
+so obstruct us in the collection of this slender means of livelihood
+that we, and in fact the whole colony, are continually disconsolate
+and afflicted, and our consciences disturbed and ill at ease. We know
+not what plan we are to pursue in making these collections; for if we
+submit to the constraint which the aforesaid bishop and a portion of
+the religious would impose upon us, the necessary result will be that
+we cannot support ourselves, or even live; and his Majesty will be
+unable to meet the costs and expenses necessary for the preservation
+of the land--although our aim now as always, is to live and die in
+the service of his Majesty like faithful and loyal vassals.
+
+We therefore entreat and supplicate your Lordship--inasmuch as the
+royal presence is so distant, and his authority is delegated to
+you in order to preserve us in peace and justice--to decree, in the
+name of his Majesty, as the person from whose hand we possess these
+encomiendas, that orders and explicit statements be given us as to what
+extent and in what manner we are to collect the aforesaid tributes, in
+order that with definite knowledge and freedom from misunderstanding,
+and without this present trouble and confusion, we may collect them
+by virtue of the order which your Lordship may give us to make such
+collections. And so likewise do we entreat your Lordship to command
+that his Majesty be informed as promptly as possible of what your
+Lordship shall order and decree, so that he may confirm and approve it,
+and determine what plan shall be pursued in this matter; and so that
+we may know and abide by it, and thus be delivered from these scruples
+and anxieties. In case the above should not be done as we petition,
+we would be deprived of part of the little that we possess; and,
+if compelled to make our collections in conformity with the ideas of
+the bishop and some of the religious, we shall not be able to support
+ourselves. We therefore entreat your Lordship, inasmuch as we do not
+depart from or fail in what we owe to the service of his Majesty as his
+loyal vassals, to give us permission to depart for Spain, where we may
+serve his Majesty in what he shall command us to do, and where he may
+favor us in proportion to the quality of the services of each one of
+us; thus we shall receive grace and justice, which is what we request.
+
+_Francisco Mereado Dandrade_
+_Pedro Davalos y Vargas_
+_Juan de Moron_
+_Diego de Castillo_
+_Juan Pacheco Maldonado_
+_Don Francisco de Poca y Pendara_
+_Hernan Gomez de Cespedes_
+_Don Luis Enriques de Guzman_
+_Antonio de Canedo_
+_Alonso Garrido de Salcedo_
+
+
+[The remaining documents on tributes are presented partly in full,
+partly in synopsis, because of the repetitions and diffuseness which
+are frequent therein. Such parts as are thus synopsized will appear
+in brackets.]
+
+
+
+Letter from Salazar to the Governor
+
+[Replying (February 8) to the governor's letter, the bishop makes
+various suggestions. He considers that the responsibility for deciding
+questions connected with the tribute rests upon himself and the
+governor, and that it is unnecessary and undesirable to refer them
+to the king in ordinary cases.] This has been done for the welfare
+of these natives, or, to speak more exactly, in order that our holy
+faith may be received in these realms. On account of the many and
+glaring instances of lawlessness and disorder, this result is not
+yet accomplished in the greater part of these islands; and even
+those who have accepted the faith have received from it very little
+benefit. [Salazar urges the governor to meet this responsibility,
+and with him to determine the amount and methods of collection of
+the tributes. He remonstrates with the latter against his intention
+of collecting the whole or most of the tributes from the pagan
+Indians. Salazar says:] You state that the encomenderos will not
+desire the encomiendas, since they will obtain from them so little
+advantage, but will abandon their holdings; that the Indians will
+become unmanageable, and it will be necessary to pacify them anew,
+in order to have them instructed; and (which would be still worse)
+when the encomenderos can not be supported it will be necessary to
+abandon the country, and the faith will be ruined. This is certainly
+a very great difficulty, and would be the greatest which could befall
+us. But God, who has established here the faith, will not permit it
+to be so easily destroyed. Accordingly I maintain, first, that what is
+assigned to the encomenderos is not too small to support adequately any
+one of them whatsoever--not with the opulence and abundance that they
+desire, but as the extreme poverty and wretchedness of the Indians
+allows, and as the little that they have accomplished and are doing
+requires. For, if the encomienda be of good size, the encomendero
+can support himself very comfortably with the third part of the
+tribute, if it is expended in the same encomienda, where goods are
+held at lower prices; and if the encomienda be small, he may, by way
+of equity--although by the letter of the law he should take no more
+than does he who owns a large one--be allowed to collect the half of
+the tribute, since it would seem that he could not support himself
+with less. If they must have more, the encomenderos are not of so
+poor standing as not to have other relations and dealings by which
+they can increase their property and help to meet their expenses,
+in order that all the burden may not be laid upon the Indians; since
+even what they collect from the latter according to law they are not
+entitled to, until they pay the Indians what is due them.
+
+[Salazar goes on to say that there is no danger that the encomiendas
+will be abandoned under this plan; and that the arrangement which he
+proposes is for only such time as is necessary to provide adequate
+religious instruction for the natives. Then the full amount of
+tribute may be collected, and the encomenderos will enjoy all their
+revenues. Most of them will shirk their obligations to the Indians,
+as they have done in the past, unless they are compelled to meet them;
+and Salazar thinks that they will be more ready to provide religious
+instruction if they are restricted from collecting the tributes until
+they shall have done so.] He who plants a vine expects to wait until it
+can mature its fruit; it is only with the Indians that the encomenderos
+will not wait until they are prepared to yield fruit, but are ready
+at once to cut their throats to make them yield it. And since they
+have thus far collected so many tributes from the Indians without
+justification for exacting them, it will be right that henceforth
+they should labor with them, without collecting from them the taxes
+so harshly, waiting until the Indians are prepared for having to pay
+the tribute; and the real preparation for this is to strive that they
+shall have instruction.
+
+... For this they deserve some reward, such as the concession made
+to them in the second conclusion, which seems sufficient return
+for the little value of all that will be done for the Indians until
+they receive instruction. In order that your Lordship may be fully
+convinced that, even if further limitations should be imposed on the
+encomenderos, they need not for that abandon their holdings, your
+Lordship should remember that, after coming here, you reduced the
+salaries of some alcaldes-mayor, and took away those of some deputies;
+and yet they did not cease on that account to discharge their duties
+cheerfully, for they can with good conscience take whatever your
+Lordship shall assign to them. Why, then, should we fear that the
+encomenderos will leave their encomiendas, even if they are ordered
+to collect no more than the third part of the tributes?... Former
+governors, as well as your Lordship, have allotted encomiendas,
+imposing upon them an annual charge, for a limited period, for
+the benefit of the hospital or of some individual. These were most
+willingly accepted, the owners knowing that when the annual pension
+expired the encomiendas remained to them, which they might freely
+enjoy. It is certain, too, that what the encomenderos collected
+while the pension lasted was not equal to the third part. Why, then,
+will not the encomenderos endure this pension for so short a time, in
+order afterward to enjoy the encomiendas freely and with consciences
+at ease? for they can do that now.
+
+[The bishop declares that the conversion of the pagan Indians
+will not be hindered by his plan. Not the least hindrance to the
+conversion of these islands is the harshness with which the tributes
+are collected from the Indians.] It is certain that when the faith
+is preached to the Indians on the plan and with the gentleness which
+our Lord ordained, attended with kind treatment and good examples,
+in accordance with the requirements of God's law, the infidels will
+never consider whether or not they have to pay tribute. For if they
+once reach a real understanding of what it means to be converted to
+God, and of the benefit which they receive from it, and the evils
+from which they are set free, not only will they not heed whether or
+not they are paying tribute, but they will, if necessary, surrender
+their goods and estates, in order not to remain without baptism. We
+need not vex ourselves to secure the baptism of infidels who avoid
+baptism in order not to pay tribute; since it is not such whom God
+chooses, or whom the church needs.
+
+The greatest difficulty for the Sangleys who sought baptism has been
+the command to cut off their hair. It is certain that on this account
+many have failed to become Christians, whereat I have been exceedingly
+grieved. Not that I have not always wished, and still desire, that
+all of that nation might be converted, and I have exerted myself to
+that end with all my strength; but when I see one of them hesitate
+as to cutting off his hair, it seems to me that he has not come for
+baptism in the right spirit, and for that reason I do not admit him
+to baptism. Those, however, in whose hearts God has moved, and who
+truly understand what they are receiving (and there are many such),
+are not disturbed because their hair is cut, or because they are
+forever abandoning their native land. On the contrary, these persons
+have broken all ties, and submitted to every requirement, that they
+might not remain without baptism. It is true that we have baptized
+some of that nation without requiring them to cut off their hair,
+through our reasonable consideration toward them; but we have never
+consented that anyone of them should be baptized until he had made up
+his mind to allow his hair to be cut: and then he did not know that we
+intended to baptize him without removing his hair. From the above it
+may be inferred that the payment of little, or much, or none of the
+tribute is not in itself a reason for the infidels to avoid baptism;
+they do so because we oppose so many obstacles to the preaching of
+the gospel, and set so bad an example, and because it is so preached
+that they do not understand it.
+
+[Salazar protests against the notion entertained by the encomenderos
+that "all their festivities and superfluous expenses should be at the
+expense of the wretched Indians, when they themselves do not fulfil
+their obligations toward the latter." Other persons can support
+themselves without an encomienda; so those who possess such aid can
+certainly do something outside of it to meet their expenses. The method
+of collecting the tributes hitherto has been little more than slavery
+for the natives; the bishop pleads in eloquent terms that the governor
+will reform this abuse, and consider the subject from the standpoint
+of the Indians as well as from that of the Spaniards.] In order that
+they may endure their hardships cheerfully, it is well that they should
+understand the change among the Spaniards which has occurred since the
+coming of your Lordship; for their burdens have been lightened by the
+reduction of the tributes from the former amount; and the Spaniards
+have done what they did not previously--that is, to treat the natives
+well, and to converse with them in a friendly manner. This, without
+doubt, will greatly incline them toward our holy Christian religion;
+and then the Indians cannot make this a matter of complaint against
+the Spaniards, but will keep silence and yield to whatever commands
+are given them. [The Spaniards have might on their side, and terrorize
+the weaker natives; but the right only should be considered, and is
+mainly on the side of the Indians. The conquerors have brought forward
+many specious arguments to justify their oppression, which for a time
+deceived even the bishop, who expresses his regret and remorse for
+his own mistakes; but his long experience has opened his eyes, and he
+espouses the cause of the oppressed Indians, urging the governor to
+consider their needs, without allowing the Spaniards to influence him
+in favor of their selfish and unjust practices. Salazar complains that
+the orders of both the king and the governors have been systematically
+violated or ignored; that no one has been punished for infractions
+of law save the poor Indians, who often have been justified in these
+actions.] But even this has not availed them to escape punishment
+in their persons and property. Yet thus far there is no instance
+known when an encontendero or collector has been punished for even
+the grossest acts of injustice and injury which they have inflicted
+upon the Indians. And this is the Christian spirit and the justice
+with which we have thus far treated this unfortunate people--we, who
+came hither to bestow upon them a knowledge of God! Notwithstanding
+all that, we demand that they shall not dare to move, or to open
+their lips in complaint. But we have a righteous God, who hears them,
+and in His own time will bestow upon each man according to his deserts.
+
+[The Audiencia had enacted laws favorable to the Indians, which the
+governor should enforce. For this purpose, it is useless to depend
+upon the alcaldes-mayor, since most of them care only for their own
+interests and profit.] On this account the president undertook to
+reduce the number of the alcaldes-mayor, and to increase the salaries
+of those who were left, in order to remove from them the temptation
+to plunder. He also wished to abolish entirely the office of deputy,
+as he had already begun to do; this would have been no little benefit
+to the country. [The country will only be injured by attempting to
+increase the number of officials; they aid in the oppression of
+the Indians, and care nothing for the bishop's efforts to oppose
+them. If the condition of affairs in Luzon is so bad, what must it
+be in Mindanao, or Xolo, or other remote districts? The Indians can
+not come to the governor with their grievances, and are helpless in
+the power of their oppressors.]
+
+[Salazar briefly state the opinions given by the religious persons whom
+he has consulted regarding some of the chief points at issue. Most of
+them decide that the third part of the tributes will be enough for
+any encomendero, no matter how small his holding may be. As for the
+restitution of tributes unjustly collected, they all conclude that to
+require the return of all the goods thus acquired by the Spaniards
+would be too severe a penalty for the latter; but that hereafter no
+encomendero should be allowed to collect tributes from Indians unless
+he shall provide them with religious instruction, and if he shall
+so collect, he shall be compelled to restore to them the goods thus
+unjustly obtained. The governor is urgently entreated to investigate
+the manner in which the encomenderos are dealing with the Indians;
+to adopt and enforce the orders recommended by the clergy; and to
+permit no Spaniard to make collections of tributes unless he fulfil
+all obligations due from him to the natives. The same course should
+be pursued in the encomiendas belonging to the royal crown. If the
+governor will follow this course, the clergy will cooperate with him
+by refusing absolution to all who disobey.] From our house, February
+8, 1591.
+
+_Fray Domingo_, Bishop of the Philipinas.
+
+
+
+Opinions of the Religious
+
+[At the request of the governor, the members of the various religious
+orders furnish him with their opinions regarding the collection of
+tributes. The Augustinians thus conclude, in brief: The natives who
+enjoy the benefits of Spanish protection, the administration of
+justice, and religious instruction, should pay the entire amount
+assessed on them as tribute; for it is but just that they should
+bear the expenses of these benefits. It was Spain to whom the Holy
+See allotted the work of converting the pagans of the Indias; and,
+although she has in doing so inflicted many injuries on the natives,
+she has also conferred upon them many benefits in converting and
+civilizing them. If she should abandon the islands great evils
+would result. Even tyrannical treatment does not justify vassals in
+refusing obedience to their rulers--in support of which position many
+citations are made from the Bible and from historical precedents. The
+Spanish rulers are accordingly entitled to collect the moderate
+tribute which they have imposed on the Indians, if they protect and
+instruct the latter--the condition on which their right to tribute
+is based; but all should pay alike, infidels as well as Christians,
+when they receive alike those benefits. As for the Indians who have
+not been provided with instruction and the protection of law, no
+tribute should in any case be demanded from them and whatever has
+been thus far collected ought to be restored to them in full, as
+having been unjustly and unrighteously exacted. In the encomiendas
+which, although once pacified, have since rebelled, a small amount
+of tribute should be collected, not to maintain the encomendero,
+but to meet the expenses of restoring order and obedience therein. In
+other cases, where the encomendero fulfils his obligations in other
+respects, but fails to provide religious instruction for the natives
+through lack of ministers, he is entitled to collect only part of
+the tribute designated--that is, what remains after deducting the
+amount due for the support of ministers (estimated in proportion to
+the number of the people), and for the erection and maintenance of
+churches. In short, the natives should pay only for such benefits as
+they actually receive. The amount to be paid should be based on the
+amount expended by the government and the encomenderos in providing
+those benefits.] In these islands the number of five hundred Indians
+(and in some places even a smaller number) has been assigned to
+each minister as sufficient for his charge; and to each minister
+of religion has been given a hundred pesos and a hundred fanégas of
+rice, all which is worth at least one hundred and twenty-five pesos;
+this is the fourth part of the five hundred pesos which the five
+hundred Indians are worth to the encomendero. It is then a fair rate
+of taxation, and usually the most exact, to deduct, when religious
+instruction is lacking, the fourth part of the tribute. [If the
+encomienda is governed with justice, its holder may in reason collect
+the other three-fourths. The fathers remonstrate against the proposal
+to allow the holder of a small encomienda to collect more than he may
+who has a large one, as unjust and dangerous. If the fourth part is
+to be withheld from the encomendero, they think that it should be at
+once returned to the natives from whom it was taken. They recommend
+that the governor give orders that the administration of justice be
+everywhere established in the encomiendas, and then three-fourths
+of the tributes may be collected. For this, however, they advise
+the appointment of deputies directly by the governor, to inspect
+the encomiendas regularly--a duty which will not be satisfactorily
+performed by the present alcaldes-mayor, or by deputies whom they
+would appoint; and these persons should be given adequate salaries,
+to obviate the possibility of their defrauding the natives. The
+paper is signed by the Augustinian provincial, Juan de Valderrama,
+and eleven others of the order.]
+
+[The Franciscans base their opinion upon the right of the king of
+Spain to impose tribute, as derived from the commission given to
+that country by the Holy See for the evangelization of the Indians;
+but this right exists only where the gospel is actually preached. They
+partially agree with the Augustinians, but hold a radically different
+view as to the amount of collections to be made when the encomendero
+does not or cannot provide religious instruction, but does protect and
+defend the natives, and set them a good example. For these services,
+as tending to prepare the Indians for receiving the true faith, he
+may be entitled to collect one-third of the tributes; but considered
+simply as temporal benefits, they do not give him any right to do
+so. Even the administration of justice to the Indians confers upon
+him no right in itself; it does so only as it may aid in or support
+the preaching of the gospel. This opinion is signed by Fray Pedro
+Baptista and three of his brethren.]
+
+[The Jesuits regard both religious instruction and the administration
+of justice as just ground for the imposition and collection of
+tributes. When the Spaniards take possession of any land without
+providing these benefits, they are only "establishing divisions of
+territory between the crowns of Castilla and Portugal," which has
+nothing to do with levying tributes on the natives of such region. In
+encomiendas where instruction is not given through lack of ministers,
+only such part of the tribute may be collected as belongs to the
+administration of justice; and the part which would be used for the
+support of religion must be returned to the natives. The fathers
+cite, in support of their opinion, various learned theologians. They
+would permit the encomendero who protects his Indians, but is
+unable to maintain religious teaching, to collect means for the
+support of himself and family--for which purpose they would allow him
+three-fourths of the tributes. The other fourth should be returned to
+the Indians; and, in districts where there is not and will not soon
+be religious instruction, this should be done without telling them
+the reason for such action; otherwise, they will not wish to become
+Christians. They urge that definite and prompt action be taken in
+regard to this matter. Their opinion is signed by Antonio Sedeño and
+two other fathers, and is dated February 20.]
+
+[The Jesuits also send to the bishop a long and learned discussion of
+the question, answering some of the twenty-five "conclusions" which
+were adopted by the bishop and clergy (_ante_, p. 276 ff.). Their
+position is the same as that already stated to the governor; but they
+make a more detailed and full statement of their opinions on certain
+points mentioned by the bishop. They think that, in encomiendas where
+both religion and justice are administered, the infidels as well as
+the Christians should pay tribute; for they also are vassals of the
+king, and receive from him those benefits, and they alone are to blame
+if they do not profit by the instruction placed before them. Where
+justice is administered, without instruction, the tributes should
+be collected, after deducting the amount needed for the support of
+religion.] The fundamental reason why your Lordship and we cannot
+agree in this matter is, that your Lordship measures it by standards
+of sustenance, and we by those of income and just and due tributes;
+for since there are so many Christians here, there is no doubt that
+the king holds these lands by just title, nor can he in conscience
+abandon them. [In regard to making restitution to the Indians for
+tributes unjustly collected, the Jesuits would exempt from this the
+governors and royal officials; but it should be required from the
+encomenderos. If in these matters, however, the bishop and governor do
+not agree with them, the fathers will support the position taken by
+those authorities. They desire that the latter shall make definite
+decision on such points as can be settled, without unnecessary
+delay. They oppose the bishop's desire to permit the collection of
+a larger part of the tributes from small encomiendas than from large
+ones, because this would be not only unjust, but a dangerous precedent
+and a source of intolerable confusion and uncertainty. The tributes
+should be considered not as the means of support for the encomendero,
+but as the right and revenue of the king--a consideration which must
+shape all conclusions reached upon this subject. The Indians are not
+bound to support the encomendero; that is due him for his services
+to the king, who gives him the encomienda for this purpose, and for
+means to carry out the obligations of the king to the Indians. If
+from this some encomenderos grow rich, that concerns only the king;
+it is well that he should have in his colonies powerful men, "who
+are the bone and sinew of commonwealths." Besides, the labors and
+responsibilities of these men increase in proportion to the size of
+their encomiendas; accordingly, they should be duly recompensed. The
+services rendered to the natives by the king and the encomenderos are
+enumerated; even those which are secular help to maintain religious
+instruction, and are also more costly than that; they should then
+be well recompensed. The restitution to be made by the encomenderos
+is a matter to be decided by the secular rather than the religious
+authorities; and such restitution need be only one-fourth of previous
+collections. A curious piece of information is here furnished:
+"It is known that a priest's district, even if it is not very large,
+yields him eight hundred to one thousand pesos; and besides this he
+has fees for burials, marriages, etc. There are reports, and even
+numerous complaints, from both secular and religious sources, that
+for lack of means to pay the fees, many persons do not marry, but
+live in concubinage." The Jesuits think that this fee-system is wrong,
+and that the priest should be content with his stipend, at least among
+the poor, whether Indians or Spaniards; this applies both to regular
+clergy and to friars. The bishop is urged to remedy this abuse.]
+
+[This is followed by another paper, which discusses minutely,
+from the standpoint of the logician and theologian, the question of
+collecting tribute from infidels who are not provided with religious
+instruction; it contains abundant citations from the Scriptures and
+from ecclesiastical writers. As it simply elaborates the opinions they
+have already stated, we do not here present it.] (_To be concluded_.)
+
+
+
+
+
+Bibliographical Data
+
+
+_Relation of 1586-88_.--The text of this document is obtained from
+_Cartas de Indias_, pp. 637-652; but the location of the original
+MS. is not indicated by the editor of that work.
+
+_Decree of August 9, 1589_.--This is obtained from the "Cedulario
+Indico" in the Archivo Historico Nacional, Madrid; its pressmark is:
+"Tomo 7, fº 301, nº 449."
+
+_Customs of the Tagalogs_.--This is one of the appendices to Santa
+Inés's _Crónica_; see vol. ii, pp. 592-603.
+
+_The Chinese and the Parián_.--This is translated from Retana's
+_Archivo del bibliófilo filipino_, iii, pp. 47-80.
+
+All the remaining documents presented in this volume, are obtained
+from the Archivo general de Indias, Sevilla, and are translated either
+from the originals or from transcripts thereof; the pressmark of each
+is indicated as follows:
+
+1. _Letter by Vera_ (1588).--"Simancas-Secular; Audiencia de Filipinas;
+cartas y expedientes del gobernador de Filipinas, vistas en el Consejo;
+años 1567 á 1599; est. 67, caj. 6, leg. 6."
+
+2. _Letter by Salazar_ (1588).--"Simancas-Eclesiastico; Audiencia de
+Filipinas; cartas y espedientes del arzobispo de Manila vistos en el
+Consejo; años de 1579 á 1599; est. 68, caj. 1, leg. 32."
+
+3. _Letter by viceroy of India_.--"Simancas-Secular; Audiencia de
+Filipinas; cartas y expedientes del presidente y oidores de esta
+Audiencia vistos en el Consejo; años 1583 á 1599; est. 67, caj. 6,
+leg. 18."
+
+4. _Letter by Vera_ (1589).--The same as No. 3.
+
+5. _Conspiracy against the Spaniards_.--The same as No. 3.
+
+6. _Letter by Ayala_.--The same as No. 3.
+
+7. _Instructions to Dasmariñas_.--"Simancas-Secular; Audiencia de
+Filipinas; registros de oficio y partes; reales ordenes dirigidas a
+las autoridades y particulares del distrito de la Audiencia; años 1568
+á 1605; est. 105, caj. 2, leg. 11, lib. i, fol. 171b-195a, part 2."
+
+8. _Letter from Portugal_.--The same as No. 3.
+
+9. _Grant to Salazar_.--"Simancas-Audiencia de Filipinas; consultas
+originales correspondientes á dha Audiencia desde el año 1586 á 1636;
+est. 67, caj. 6, leg. 1."
+
+10. _Letter by Audiencia_.--The same as No. 3.
+
+11. _Letter by Salazar_ (1590).--The same as No. 2.
+
+12. _Decree of July 23_, 1590.--The same as No. 3.
+
+13. _Collection of tributes_ (1591).--The same as No. 2.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+NOTES
+
+[1] This document is published in _Cartas de Indias_ (pp. 637-652),
+under the title, "Letter of petition from the bishop of Manila to the
+president of the Council of the Indias, giving information of the
+religious condition and needs of the Filipinas Islands; December,
+1585." This date is incorrect, as shown by the internal evidence
+of the document itself, and probably arises from some error in
+the transcription from the original; the cabildo's letter was dated
+Dec. 31, 1586, and the bishop's on June 25, 1588 (incorrectly printed
+1585 in _Cartas de Indias_). The allusions in this letter indicate
+that it was addressed to the king, rather than to the president of
+the council.
+
+[2] Span., _ynsigne é siempre leal ciudad de Manilla_; see the royal
+decree conferring this title, in _Vol_. III, pp. 250, 251.
+
+[3] Span., _naguatatos_, originally a Mexican word.
+
+[4] The alcaicería (silk-market) for the Chinese, where their trade
+was exclusively carried on, was at first located on the Pasig River,
+opposite Manila, and was established by Peñalosa (1581?). In 1583
+it was brought within the city (_Vol_. V, p. 237) by his temporary
+successor, Diego Ronquillo, and was generally styled "the Parián." An
+interesting description of it is given by Salazar in a document,
+dated 1590, which appears in the present volume, _post_. The Parián was
+long the property of the city; it was destroyed under Governor Basco y
+Vargas (1778-87), to make room for other edifices, but was rebuilt by
+him in another location; it was finally destroyed in 1860. See Buzeta
+and Bravo's _Diccionario_, ii, p. 229; and _Los Chinos en Filipinas_
+(Manila, 1886).
+
+[5] Lake Bombón, or Taal (_Vol_. III, p. 82).
+
+[6] We here follow the text as given in _Cartas de Indias (dos mill)_;
+but this number, if all the Indians in this province were allotted,
+and the number of those in the royal encomienda is correctly given,
+should be seven thousand four hundred.
+
+[7] In 1579 Gabriel de Ribera, who had been one of Legazpi's officers,
+was sent to conquer Mindanao--an undertaking, however, which was
+unsuccessful. Later, he explored the coasts of Borneo and Patan, and
+was afterward sent by Peñalosa to Spain, to render an account of the
+conquests thus far made in the Indian archipelago. As a reward for
+Ribera's services, Felipe II conferred upon him the title of Mariscal
+de Bonbon; it is he who is referred to in our text.
+
+[8] According to _U.S. Philippine Gazetteer_ (pp. 9, 10, 286), there
+are now in the province of Ambos Camarines no active volcanoes,
+although its mountains form a volcanic chain. The peaks of Labo,
+Colasi, Isarog, and Iriga are extinct volcanoes, their height ranging
+from 4,000 to 6,450 feet.
+
+[9] This town was founded by Peñalosa (_Vol_. V, p. 26), and named
+for his native town, Arevalo in Castilla. The former is located a
+few miles west of Iloilo.
+
+[10] See Candish's own account of this affair in Hakluyt's _Voyages_
+(Goldsmid ed.). xvi, pp. 43-45.
+
+[11] "The licentiate Palacios, alcalde of court in the Audiencia of
+Mexico, who in 1581 made official visits to the ports of Guatulco and
+Acapulco, where he had charge of the construction of ships intended
+for the Philippine archipelago." (_Cartas de Indias_, p. 820.)
+
+[12] The Portuguese admiral Don Duarte de Meneses--who had been present
+in the negotiations between Legazpi and Pereira in 1569 (_Vol_. II,
+pp. 295, 298, 310)--was viceroy of India from November, 1584 until
+his death, May 15, 1588. He was succeeded in that office by Manuel de
+Sousa Coutinho, the writer of this letter. See Linschoten's _Voyage_
+(Hakluyt Society's trans., London, 1885), pp. 174, 200-203.
+
+[13] The following table of Chinese weights is given in Clarke's
+_Weights, Measures, and Money_ (N.Y., 1888): 10 mace = 1 tael; 16 taels
+= 1 catty or kan; 2 catties = 1 yin; 50 yin = 1 pecul or tam. The catty
+= 1 1/3 lbs., or 604.8 grammes. Hence the pecul = 133 1/3 lbs. The shik
+is a weight of 160 lbs. In China almost everything is sold by weight.
+
+[14] _Orejeras_ was the name of a fine grade of gold used by the
+Malays; see _Vol_. III, p. 224, and IV, p. 99.
+
+Exile thus inflicted was of two kinds. The Spanish phrase here is
+_seis años de destierro precisos_--the last word meaning that the
+culprit's residence was prescribed in a certain place. In the other
+form of exile, read, for _precisos, voluntarios_ ("at will"), which
+may be translated "unconditioned"--that is, he might choose his place
+of residence.
+
+[15] Span., _corte_; a now obsolete use of the word, to signify a
+district of five leagues around the court. It will be remembered that
+Sande, in 1577, fixed the boundaries of the city of Manila within
+this limit. (See _Vol_. IV, p. 107.)
+
+[16] As the names of these notaries do not appear on the MS. from
+which our transcript was made, it was probably one of the duplicate
+despatches sent to Spain, rather than the first and original document.
+
+[17] Apparently a reference to the law found in _Recop. leyes Indias_
+(ed. 1841), lib. viii, tit. xx, ley i, which enumerates the offices
+that may be sold in the Indias. Cf. ley i, tit. xxi, which relates
+to the renunciation of such offices after purchase.
+
+[18] This was a lay brother, Juan Clemente, who came with the first
+Franciscan mission. (1577). He devoted himself to the care of the
+sick among the natives, and was in charge of a hospital for them
+(founded by himself) for many years. For an account of this charity,
+see Santa Inés's _Crónica_, i, pp. 379-392.
+
+[19] Gómez Pérez Dasmariñas was corregidor of Murcia and Cartagena
+in Spain when (in 1589) he was appointed governor of the Philippine
+Islands. Arriving there in May, 1590, he at once began the task of
+providing suitable fortifications for Manila, and a body of paid troops
+in place of the irregular and unpaid soldiers who had hitherto been the
+only dependence of the Spanish colony. In October, 1593, he formed a
+naval expedition to recover the fortress at Ternate; but on the way
+thither he was treacherously slain, with nearly all the Spaniards
+in his galley, by the Chinese rowers thereon. See Morga's account
+of him in _Sucesos_, cap. v, or in Stanley's translation (Hakluyt
+Society's publications, no. 39), pp. 32-39; also La Concepcion's
+_Hist. de Philipinas_, ii, pp. 177-213.
+
+[20] The proceedings of Sanchez at the Spanish court, and the
+decisions of the government regarding the Philippine colony, are
+fully recounted by La Concepción in his _Hist. de Philipinas_,
+ii, pp. 103-148. Sanchez did not return to the Philippines, being
+assigned by the general of his order to various duties in Spain;
+his death occurred not long afterward.
+
+[21] For account of Sanchez's embassy, and of his instructions, see the
+"Memorial" adopted by the junta of 1586, with accompanying documents,
+in _Vol_. VI.
+
+[22] Regarding the rates thus levied, see _Vol_. V, pp. 29, 30.
+
+[23] This last sentence is literally translated from the MS which we
+follow; but there is evidently a defect or error in the text--probably
+arising from some mistake made by the first copyist, as the MS. is
+not the first original, but a copy made apparently by some government
+clerk.
+
+[24] For the text of this decree, see p. 137, _ante_.
+
+[25] With this document cf., throughout, the "Relation" by Miguel de
+Loarca, in _Vol_. V of this series.
+
+[26] Juan de Plasencia, who entered the Franciscan order in early
+youth, came to the Philippine Islands as one of the first missionaries
+of that order, in 1577. He was distinguished, in his labors among
+the natives, for gathering the converts into reductions (villages in
+which they dwelt apart from the heathen, and under the special care
+of the missionaries), for establishing numerous primary schools, for
+his linguistic abilities--being one of the first to form a grammar and
+vocabulary of the Tagal language--and for the ethnological researches
+embodied in the memoir which is presented in our text. He died at
+Lilio, in the province of La Laguna, in 1590. See account of his life
+in Santa Inés's _Crónica_, i, pp. 512-522; and of his writings, _Id_.,
+ii, pp. 590, 591.
+
+[27] The betel-nut; see _Vol_. IV, p. 222.
+
+[28] The Aetas, or Negritos, were the primitive inhabitants
+of the Philippine Islands; but their origin is not certainly
+known. It is perhaps most probable that they came from Papua or New
+Guinea. For various opinions on this point, see Zúñiga's _Estadismo_
+(Retana's ed.), i, pp. 422-429; Delgado's _Historia general_, part i,
+lib. iii, cap. i; and _Report_ of U.S. Philippine Commission, 1900,
+iii, pp. 333-335. Invasions of the islands by Indonesian tribes, of
+superior strength and culture, drove the Negritos into the forest
+and mountain regions of the islands where they dwelt; they still
+remain there, in a state of barbarism, but in gradually decreasing
+numbers. See the _Report_ above cited (pp. 347-351), for habitat and
+physical characteristics of this race.
+
+[29] For much curious and interesting information regarding these
+superstitions, beliefs in demons, etc., see Blumentritt's "_Diccionario
+mitológico_," in Retana's _Archivo_, ii, pp. 345-454.
+
+[30] This paragraph is a quite literal translation of the clause
+therein mentioned; the latter (in Portuguese) is at the end of the
+original MS. of this document.
+
+[31] This was the Cardinal Archduke Albert of Austria, nephew of
+Felipe II, who in 1583 appointed Albert viceroy of Portugal. In that
+post he remained until 1594, when he was removed to the archiepiscopal
+see of Toledo.
+
+[32] The above instructions were intended doubtless for this
+document. They occupy a separate sheet in the collection of documents,
+but their position warrants this inference.
+
+[33] The first sentence is the official endorsement by the Council;
+the second, evidently that of the king; and the third, that of the
+Council's secretary.
+
+[34] The collection of documents of which the above forms a part
+contains a letter from the licentiate Ayala to the king, under date
+of June 25, 1590. As in so many letters from royal officials, Ayala
+narrates his devotion to the king's service, and especially in the
+Philippines, whither he had been ordered suddenly from the Canaries,
+his previous post. He begs for a position in Mexico, and means to
+return to that country. The king orders that one-half his salary be
+given him.
+
+[35] At that time, Java was supposed to contain two islands;
+the western part, inhabited by the people of Sunda, was thought
+to be separated by a river from the other, forming an entire
+island. Trapobana is a misprint for Taprobana, the ancient name of
+Sumatra; and Dacheu, for Achen (Achin).
+
+[36] The cahiz is equal to twelve fanégas, or nearly nineteen and
+one-fifth bushels.
+
+[37] Villamanrique was removed from his post in 1589, and in his stead
+as viceroy of Nueva España was appointed Luis de Velasco, Conde de
+Santiago, a son of the second viceroy; he reached Mexico on Jan. 25,
+1590. "The country made steady progress in every branch of industry
+during Velasco's rule; political, commercial, and social conditions
+were improved, and prosperity prevailed." (Bancroft, _Hist. Mexico_,
+ii, p. 766.) He held the office until 1595, when he was appointed
+viceroy of Peru.
+
+[38] Miguel de Benavides was born about 1550, and came to the
+Philippines as one of the first Dominican missionaries (1587). Soon
+after his return from China, he sailed (1591) for Spain, where he
+acted as procurator of his province. Early in 1598, he returned
+to the Philippines as bishop of Nueva Segovia; but the archbishop
+Santibañez dying in that same year (Aug. 14), he was succeeded by
+Benavides. Under his administration was begun the college of Santo
+Tomás at Manila. He died there July 26, 1605.
+
+[39] Regarding the numbers of Chinese residents at Manila, see
+Salazar's own statement in his account of the Parián (p. 230 _ante_.)
+
+[40] The English pirate Candish, who plundered the "Santa Ana."
+
+[41] _Fuerça_: as here used, indicates violence to law, done by
+ecclesiastical judges; _see_ note 46, in _Vol_. V, p. 292.
+
+[42] Reference is here made to the archbishop of Mexico, who
+had ecclesiastical jurisdiction over the Philippines until the
+archbishopric was created there. At the time when Salazar's letter
+was written, the see of Mexico had no incumbent, the diocese being
+governed by the dean and chapter.
+
+[43] The MS. from which this document was translated is evidently a
+copy of a decree prepared in answer to the request of the citizens of
+the Philippines (see the "Memorial" of the general junta, in _Vol_. VI,
+p. 166 ff.).
+
+[44] On the back, this document is signed by members of the royal
+Council of the Indias.
+
+[45] This statement by the bishop, and the twenty-five "conclusions"
+which follow it are, in the original document from which we copy,
+misplaced in order of time; we therefore restore them to their proper
+place, as indicated by their respective dates.
+
+[46] Apparently a metaphorical use of the word, a religious _double
+entendre_.
+
+[47] The original MS. is in places torn or illegible; and matter
+enclosed in brackets, with the translator's initial, gives his
+conjectural readings of lacunæ.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898, V7,
+1588-1591, by Emma Helen Blair
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS ***
+
+***** This file should be named 13701-8.txt or 13701-8.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        https://www.gutenberg.org/1/3/7/0/13701/
+
+Produced by Jeroen Hellingman and the Distributed Proofreaders Team
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+https://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+https://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at https://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit https://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including including checks, online payments and credit card
+donations.  To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     https://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
+*** END: FULL LICENSE ***
+